Over $14 Billion in Clean Energy Projects Canceled or Delayed in 2025 Amid Uncertainty Over Trump Tax Plan

More than $14 billion in clean energy investments across the United States have either been scrapped or postponed this year, according to a new analysis released on Thursday. The uncertainty stems from President Donald Trump’s proposed sweeping tax legislation, which has sparked concerns about the future of domestic development in batteries, electric vehicles (EVs), and renewable energy sources such as solar and wind.

Nonpartisan environmental group E2, along with consultancy Atlas Public Policy, tracked these cancellations and delays. Their findings highlight the alarm among clean energy companies over the House Republicans’ recently passed tax bill. The bill would significantly reduce clean energy tax credits, potentially undermining the incentives that have been crucial in driving green energy investments.

E2 reported that since January, these cancellations and delays have also resulted in the loss of around 10,000 potential clean energy jobs.

The tax incentives in question were strengthened under the 2022 Inflation Reduction Act, a major climate and energy bill signed by then-President Joe Biden. These credits were intended to support the transition from fossil fuels to renewable energy by making technologies like solar panels, wind turbines, and EVs more affordable and attractive to investors.

Since the Inflation Reduction Act passed, E2 estimates that $132 billion in clean energy investment plans have been announced. That figure does not include the recent cancellations, which signal a stark reversal in momentum for the sector.

The new tax bill, passed in the House last week, would severely curtail or eliminate many of the incentives offered in Biden’s legislation. This has drawn sharp criticism from environmental advocates and clean energy proponents, who warn that the move could cripple the industry just as it was beginning to gain speed.

“The House’s plan coupled with the administration’s focus on stomping out clean energy and returning us to a country powered by coal and gas guzzlers is causing businesses to cancel plans, delay their plans and take their money and jobs to other countries instead,” said E2 executive director Bob Keefe.

Currently, the Senate is reviewing the bill, and lawmakers have set an informal deadline of July 4 to finalize it and send it to President Trump for signing.

Among the most notable project cancellations are the Kore Power battery manufacturing facility in Arizona and BorgWarner’s decision to close two EV manufacturing plants in Michigan. Additionally, Bosch has paused a planned $200 million investment in a hydrogen fuel cell plant in South Carolina, pointing to changing market conditions in a statement to the Associated Press.

While some of these cancellations are directly tied to policy uncertainty, others may also be influenced by broader economic factors. Tariffs, inflation, the slow pace of adoption for certain clean technologies, and struggles faced by newer companies in the sector have all contributed to the growing list of scrapped or postponed projects. The battery storage and EV sectors, in particular, have been hit hard in 2025, although some projects launched under the Inflation Reduction Act had already been canceled before this year.

According to E2’s analysis, over $12 billion of the canceled projects this year were located in Republican-led states and congressional districts. Ironically, many of these districts have benefited more than Democratic ones from the clean energy boom, especially in terms of job creation and local investment.

Experts warn that states such as Georgia and Tennessee, which have made significant investments in EV and battery production, could be disproportionately affected if the tax credits are rolled back. “If all of a sudden these tax credits are removed, I’m not sure how these ongoing projects are going to continue,” said Marilyn Brown, an energy policy professor at the Georgia Institute of Technology who was not part of the E2 analysis.

Fengqi You, an engineering professor at Cornell University who also was not involved in the study, echoed the concern. He warned that stripping away the credits could destabilize the industry and disrupt ongoing projects.

Despite the Republican push for the repeal, a small number of GOP lawmakers have expressed concern over its potential consequences. In April, a few Republicans sent a letter to Senate Majority Leader John Thune of South Dakota, urging the continuation of clean energy tax incentives. They argued that repealing the credits could harm American households and weaken the United States’ leadership in the global energy market.

While the Trump administration continues to dismantle many of Biden’s climate and environmental initiatives, other nations are moving ahead with ambitious green policies. Trump has described Democratic climate efforts as part of a “green new scam” and has overseen a series of rollbacks, including withdrawing from the Paris climate agreement, overturning key pollution regulations, halting renewable energy funding, and rejecting scientific findings that support climate action.

As Trump pushes a fossil fuel-driven strategy framed as “American energy dominance,” global counterparts are reinforcing their commitment to climate goals. The European Parliament is backing the European Union Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism, a policy designed to prevent companies from shifting production to countries with laxer climate rules. Meanwhile, the International Maritime Organization is advancing plans for a global carbon tax on the shipping industry.

Still, there are signs of resilience within the U.S. renewable sector. In April, despite mounting uncertainty, nearly $500 million in new clean energy developments were announced. Among these, Japanese firm Hitachi’s energy division committed to expanding its transmission and electrification operations in Virginia, while technology company Corning invested in solar manufacturing projects in Michigan.

Nevertheless, the broader trend remains troubling. E2 reported that $4.5 billion in clean energy developments were either canceled or delayed in April alone. This underscores the precarious state of the industry as it awaits the final outcome of the tax bill.

As the Senate deliberates and the July 4 deadline approaches, clean energy stakeholders are watching closely. The outcome could determine whether the United States remains a global leader in renewable energy innovation or retreats into a fossil fuel-heavy energy strategy reminiscent of decades past.

The coming weeks will be critical in shaping not only the domestic energy landscape but also America’s standing in the global climate movement.

UnitedHealth’s Fall From Grace Sparks Scrutiny of Medicare Advantage Model

In early April, UnitedHealth Group was being hailed by market analysts as a “tariff safe haven,” largely due to a favorable policy shift. The Trump administration had announced increased payments to Medicare Advantage plans starting in 2026. With UnitedHealth standing as both the country’s largest insurer and the top provider of Medicare Advantage plans, many anticipated that the firm would enjoy significant profits as a result.

However, less than two months later, the company is in a downward spiral. Its rapid decline not only underscores broader issues plaguing the health care sector but also highlights the deep-rooted problems within the Medicare Advantage system itself. Designed with the belief that private insurers could outperform traditional Medicare in both efficiency and cost, Medicare Advantage has instead become a tool for corporate profit. Critics argue that the system leads to higher charges and more frequent care denials than traditional Medicare.

What’s unfolding at UnitedHealth Group now suggests something more serious than just operational missteps. The company may have inflated its earnings through fraudulent billing and mistreatment of patients. Currently, it is facing three separate federal investigations for potential civil and criminal fraud as well as antitrust violations.

A February report in The Wall Street Journal revealed that the Department of Justice is probing whether UnitedHealth forced clinicians to input questionable diagnoses that made Medicare Advantage patients appear sicker than they actually were. This technique, known as “upcoding,” can trigger additional federal reimbursements. UnitedHealth, however, told the Journal that it stands “by the integrity of our Medicare Advantage program.”

Further allegations surfaced in The Guardian, which reported that UnitedHealth had covertly paid nursing homes to delay or prevent transfers of Medicare Advantage patients to hospitals. This tactic saved the insurer money, but in some cases, severely impacted patients. “At least one lived with permanent brain damage following his delayed transfer,” the outlet wrote, citing a confidential log, recordings, and photo documentation.

The Guardian also cited five current and former UnitedHealth employees who alleged that the company “pressed nurse practitioners to persuade Medicare Advantage members to change their ‘code status’ to DNR” — do not resuscitate — a move that made them ineligible for “certain life-saving treatments that might lead to costly hospital stays.” UnitedHealth has denied these allegations.

Adding to its woes, a group of investors filed a lawsuit accusing UnitedHealth of misleading them about its financial health following the death of Brian Thompson, CEO of UnitedHealthcare, the company’s insurance division. UnitedHealth also denied the claims in the lawsuit.

In May, CEO Andrew Witty abruptly resigned, citing “personal reasons,” and the company retracted its earnings forecast for 2025. It attributed this to unexpectedly high costs within its Medicare Advantage segment during the first quarter of the year.

UnitedHealth’s structure is vertically integrated. It not only pays for medical care through UnitedHealthcare but also provides that care via its health services arm, Optum, which owns both physician groups and pharmacies. This integration gives UnitedHealth vast control over which claims get approved, which doctors patients can see, and which medications are prescribed.

Additionally, UnitedHealth reportedly pays its own physician practices and pharmacies much higher rates than it pays independent competitors. A recent Federal Trade Commission (FTC) report highlighted that markups could reach over 7,700%. This leaves independent doctors and pharmacists at a significant disadvantage, forcing many to sell to Optum. This consolidation further cements UnitedHealth’s dominant position in the market and pushes patients into health care deserts as independent services shutter.

Despite ethical concerns, the Medicare Advantage approach has been enormously profitable. Since 2003, UnitedHealth’s annual revenue has grown nearly 15-fold, reaching $372 billion last year. The company also surged 59 places on the Fortune rankings, now sitting in fourth place. Seeing this success, competitors like CVS Health’s Aetna, Elevance Health’s Anthem, and Humana have mimicked its vertically integrated model and Medicare Advantage billing tactics.

Earlier this month, the Department of Justice sued these three rivals. The allegation: they paid brokers hundreds of millions of dollars to steer elderly Americans toward their Medicare Advantage plans while actively avoiding potential enrollees with disabilities. Each of the companies has said it plans to contest the charges.

Many seniors are initially drawn to Medicare Advantage because of its lower out-of-pocket costs and extra benefits like dental and vision coverage. Yet, it’s often only when they need intensive care that the program’s pitfalls — especially the frequency of denied treatments — come to light.

For over 20 years, patients and taxpayers have borne the financial and health-related burdens of the Medicare Advantage system. Only recently have shareholders begun to feel its impact, as UnitedHealth’s dramatic downturn reveals that its size and business model might now be liabilities instead of strengths.

Even though the Trump administration is pushing for higher payments to Medicare Advantage plans next year, the sector is still grappling with the effects of a Biden-era rule aimed at curbing upcoding. At UnitedHealth, things worsened when Medicare Advantage costs unexpectedly ballooned. One reason cited is that patients sought significantly more care in the first quarter of the year — potentially due to a backlog of health needs following the COVID-19 pandemic. Regardless of the cause, UnitedHealth had to shell out more for care both as an insurer covering claims and as a provider handling the delivery of services. As The Wall Street Journal put it, the company was “absorbing the higher cost of delivering that care.”

This brings to light the fundamental flaw of Medicare Advantage. The model prioritizes shareholder gains, often necessitating the denial of care to maintain profits. Moreover, these profits are then funneled into acquiring other entities within the health care system — including the very clinics and pharmacies patients rely on. Employees within these acquisitions may then find themselves compelled to act in ways that serve corporate rather than patient interests.

The situation has alarmed lawmakers across party lines. Democratic Representative Lloyd Doggett of Texas and Republican Representative Greg Murphy of North Carolina have both called for a formal investigation into private Medicare Advantage plans. Representative Pat Ryan of New York wrote to Attorney General Pam Bondi urging her to hold UnitedHealth accountable. In a Senate Judiciary Committee hearing, several senators echoed these concerns and advocated for breaking up large insurance conglomerates like UnitedHealth.

Senator Cory Booker, a Democrat from New Jersey, criticized what he called “a level of corporate violence that is costing American lives, a level of colossal greed at the expense of patient wellbeing.” Republican Senator Josh Hawley of Missouri also weighed in, stating, “Why shouldn’t we be breaking you guys up? This looks like classic monopolist behavior. The patients are getting screwed. … You’re getting rich.”

While all this unfolds, traditional Medicare continues to perform efficiently. It costs Americans about 20% less than private alternatives and outperforms them in most care-related metrics. Ironically, this government-run system, often portrayed as inefficient, has proven to be a more responsible steward of taxpayer dollars than profit-driven executives and shareholders. Yet, traditional Medicare now covers only a minority of Medicare beneficiaries.

It’s time to confront reality. Medicare Advantage, like much of the private insurance system in the U.S., is fundamentally broken. Nothing short of a complete overhaul can restore the health care system to one that prioritizes patients over profits.

Bond Market Signals Trouble Amid Rising Deficit Fears and Tax Bill Concerns

The U.S. bond market is once again showing signs of distress, raising alarms among investors and economists. Long-term Treasury yields rose sharply this week, driven by heightened investor concern over the expanding federal deficit and the fiscal direction tied to President Donald Trump’s recently proposed tax legislation.

Traditionally seen as a refuge during times of uncertainty, the bond market is behaving unusually. Investors are pulling away from U.S. Treasurys, signaling growing anxiety and triggering fears that a broader global trend to abandon U.S. assets—commonly referred to as the “sell America” trade—may be underway.

“Clearly, the market is very focused on two key things: the tariff news and this policy framework of debt and deficits with interest rates,” said Jeremy Schwartz, chief investment officer at WisdomTree Global, during an interview with Yahoo Finance on Thursday. “If interest rates blow out because there’s fear about the deficit [and] we don’t actually bring down spending … that’s one of the [key] downside risks.”

Concerns over growing deficits are nothing new, but the current unease is fueled by a combination of both longstanding and emerging threats. Investors are now juggling worries about government overspending, persistent inflation, and the unpredictable political landscape. At the heart of these concerns is Trump’s recently advanced tax bill, which successfully passed through the House this week and now awaits a Senate vote.

“We have an unsustainable fiscal situation that is leading to very challenging dynamics in the bond markets where we are having to pay higher interest rates to service our debts,” Shai Akabas, director of economic policy at the Bipartisan Policy Center, told Yahoo Finance on Friday.

Akabas added, “That ultimately is leading to higher interest rates across the economy and feeding the inflation that we’ve seen in past years, and that we might continue to see from the tariff dynamic that’s going on.”

The legislation in question introduces significant tax cuts, affecting both individual and corporate rates. Analysts estimate that the bill will increase the national debt by $4 trillion over the next ten years. What worries investors further is that, despite the massive tax breaks, the legislation does not propose immediate or meaningful spending cuts. This omission is intensifying fears regarding America’s already vulnerable fiscal health.

Brett Ryan, a senior U.S. economist at Deutsche Bank, commented, “The House bill is probably the floor for what deficits look like. The Senate is going to have its say, and that’s probably going to mean even less in terms of spending cuts.”

Ryan also expressed skepticism over the bill’s long-term fiscal promises, stating, “Will it ever happen?” in reference to the more than $1 trillion in projected savings, much of which would occur beyond the current presidential administration.

The bond market’s response to the proposed legislation was both immediate and severe. The 30-year Treasury yield spiked to 5.15% this week, marking the most substantial single-day rise since 2023. That level is approaching closing highs last seen before the 2008 financial crisis.

This spike wasn’t driven solely by domestic fiscal concerns. A poorly received Treasury auction and financial turbulence in Japan also played roles. Japanese Prime Minister Shigeru Ishiba’s warning about his country’s deteriorating financial position caused a bond sell-off there, which, in turn, stoked fears globally about diminishing demand for U.S. debt.

Joe Hegener, chief investment officer at Asterozoa Capital, described the volatility in the long end of the bond market as significant. “The long end of the curve, there’s a tremendous amount of uncertainty,” Hegener said on Friday. He added, “We’re starting to see investors get a little spooked. What’s going on in Japan and abroad is only exacerbating that risk.”

While shorter-term bond yields have remained relatively stable due to expectations that the Federal Reserve will not raise interest rates in the near term, longer-term yields are rising faster. This divergence reflects growing investor demands for higher returns to compensate for long-term risks tied to fiscal instability and erratic policymaking.

Heather Boushey, who previously served on President Joe Biden’s Council of Economic Advisors, sees the bond market’s recent behavior as a warning sign. “There is not good news here,” Boushey said. “Let’s not go down this path,” she added, suggesting that the financial markets are reflecting a growing concern about the direction of the economy, including potential stagflation—a combination of high inflation and stagnant growth.

Altogether, the bond market appears to be reacting to a convergence of troubling factors: ballooning federal deficits, a controversial tax proposal with unclear long-term savings, and international fiscal unrest. The result is a wave of anxiety that is causing U.S. bond prices to fall and yields to climb, a shift that could ripple across all sectors of the economy.

Investors, economists, and policymakers are all watching closely, as the implications of these market shifts could prove far-reaching. Rising long-term yields increase borrowing costs for the government, businesses, and consumers alike. If these trends persist, they could undercut economic growth, push inflation higher, and make it more expensive for the U.S. to service its growing debt.

With Trump’s tax bill headed to the Senate, the next steps taken by lawmakers could either reinforce or alleviate market fears. However, the current mood in the bond market suggests that confidence is already fragile. Whether this represents a short-term reaction or the start of a deeper financial reckoning remains to be seen.

In the meantime, experts like Jeremy Schwartz, Shai Akabas, Brett Ryan, Joe Hegener, and Heather Boushey are united in their message: the combination of tax cuts, deficits, and political instability is presenting serious risks. And if these are not addressed, the markets may continue to react in ways that could affect everything from interest rates to equity prices to global investor sentiment.

The warning from the bond market is growing louder by the day. As Boushey put it succinctly, “There is not good news here.”

Indian Americans Among Washington’s Most Influential Voices in Policy and Advocacy

Several Indian Americans have earned a spot on Washingtonian magazine’s prestigious list of the 500 Most Influential People in Washington for this year. The list highlights influential experts and advocates operating outside of government who are actively shaping vital policy discussions in sectors like healthcare, national security, climate change, and global commerce.

These Indian Americans, all with significant roles in various organizations and sectors, have been recognized for their unique contributions to shaping American policy. Their work spans areas such as healthcare advocacy, economic reforms, tech policy, trade, environmental law, and strategic security.

Among those featured is Neera Tanden, who currently serves as the president and CEO of the Center for American Progress (CAP). After a period in the Biden administration, she has returned to the progressive think tank, reestablishing her presence as a prominent liberal figure. Tanden has focused on countering conservative Republican plans concerning Medicaid, while also championing economic strategies that support the middle class, such as raising the minimum wage. She believes that progressives must “offer real alternatives to the status quo and articulate the real harms of policies like proposed Medicaid cuts to voters.”

In healthcare policy, Dr. Kavita Patel, a physician affiliated with Mary’s Center and a former health official under President Obama, continues to be a leading voice in defending and strengthening the Affordable Care Act (ACA). Patel argues that the ACA remains a durable piece of legislation, despite political challenges, and asserts that it “cannot be undone by a White House pen,” underscoring its lasting role in expanding healthcare access in the United States.

Also advocating for healthcare reform is Dr. Anand Parekh, who serves as the chief medical adviser at the Bipartisan Policy Center. He has been instrumental in reinvigorating the House Congressional Primary Care Caucus. In doing so, he seeks to educate lawmakers about the importance of revitalizing primary care to improve health outcomes on a national scale. Parekh, who once served as a deputy assistant secretary of health, insists that real progress in public health can only be achieved if the government reinvests in primary care, prevention, and public health infrastructure.

Jay Khosla, now the chief government affairs officer for Humana, brings years of experience from his time in Senate Republican leadership. He uses this background to influence federal policy from within the private sector, especially at the critical juncture of healthcare and economic development. Khosla’s work underscores the influence of private firms in shaping the future of health policy in Washington.

In the tech policy arena, Ruchi Bhowmik serves as the vice president of public policy at Netflix. A former official in the Obama administration, Bhowmik now works on issues like net neutrality, copyright enforcement, data privacy, and content regulation. She plays a vital role in ensuring that Netflix’s policy interests are in line with evolving domestic and international regulations. Her leadership has been crucial as streaming platforms like Netflix continue to navigate growing regulatory scrutiny.

Atul Keshap, who heads the U.S.–India Business Council (USIBC) under the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, has focused his attention on India’s economic future. Following India’s 2024 general elections, Keshap has emphasized the importance of continued economic reform. He has urged Indian policymakers to embrace further changes in taxation, regulatory systems, and business processes, arguing that these steps are essential to improving the country’s global standing and increasing foreign investment.

Samir Kapadia, managing principal at the Vogel Group, is known for his work on complex trade compliance matters. He has carved out a reputation for advising multinational companies, particularly those dealing with U.S. steel tariffs and trade law. Kapadia’s insights are highly sought after by firms aiming to navigate the challenging terrain of international commerce and federal trade policy.

In national security and technology strategy, Nitin Chadda plays a critical role. He is the co-founder of WestExec Advisors and also serves as Vice Chairman at Teneo, a major global consultancy. Chadda advises defense and technology firms on how to effectively engage with federal agencies in an increasingly volatile international environment. Before founding WestExec, he worked closely with Secretary of Defense Ash Carter as a senior advisor and also held strategic positions at the White House and the State Department.

Tech policy continues to be a major area of influence for Indian Americans, as seen in the work of Karan Bhatia. Serving as the vice president of Government Affairs and Public Policy at Google, Bhatia leads a global policy team that spans more than 50 countries. He advises Google’s CEO on international regulatory matters and issues surrounding artificial intelligence, digital freedoms, and global tech governance. Bhatia previously served as the Deputy U.S. Trade Representative and held key roles in the Bush administration, giving him deep insight into both trade and policy.

Environmental policy also features prominently in this year’s list, with Radhika Fox recognized for her extensive work in water regulation. Formerly the head of the Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA) water program, Fox now works as a principal at North Star Strategy. Her expertise lies in drinking-water regulation and the replacement of lead pipes, areas that have taken center stage in federal infrastructure efforts. During her time at the EPA, she played a key role in crafting the water pillar of the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law. As a result of her leadership, a staggering $50 billion was allocated—the single largest federal investment in water-related infrastructure to date.

These Indian American professionals, though working outside formal government roles, have become essential players in the policy arena of the U.S. capital. Their backgrounds span public service, private industry, and non-profit sectors, yet they share a common influence on shaping the policies that define modern American governance. Each has demonstrated a commitment to driving innovation, ensuring accountability, and advocating for reforms that align with a more inclusive and forward-looking vision of national and global leadership.

From championing affordable healthcare and economic reform to shaping international business policy and advocating for technology regulation, these individuals represent the growing influence of the Indian American community in Washington’s corridors of power. Their recognition in Washingtonian magazine’s list of the 500 Most Influential People in Washington marks not only personal achievements but also the broader evolution of diversity in American policymaking circles.

GOP Budget Bill Raises Alarms with Provision Undermining Court Contempt Powers

Buried within the vast pages of a multi-trillion-dollar budget proposal currently advancing through the Republican-led U.S. House of Representatives lies a brief but powerful clause that could significantly limit the judiciary’s ability to compel government compliance through contempt rulings. This paragraph would weaken one of the courts’ key enforcement tools—contempt findings—against the federal government.

Although the fate of the bill remains uncertain—it recently failed a committee vote and may face opposition in both the full House and the Senate—the inclusion of this provision reveals growing anxiety among lawmakers over judicial authority as conflicts between courts and the Trump administration intensify.

Tensions reached a new high on Friday when Republican President Donald Trump lashed out at the U.S. Supreme Court after it blocked his administration from resuming swift deportations under an old wartime statute. Posting on Truth Social, Trump declared, “THE SUPREME COURT WON’T ALLOW US TO GET CRIMINALS OUT OF OUR COUNTRY!”

Escalating Conflict with Lower Courts

The most contentious legal battles have emerged in the lower federal courts. One judge found that Trump administration officials may be subject to contempt after defying an order to halt deportation flights authorized under the Alien Enemies Act of 1798. In another case, the administration ignored a ruling—upheld by the Supreme Court—to “facilitate” the return of a man wrongly deported to El Salvador.

There have been other incidents where the government proceeded with deportations despite judicial orders or failed to comply with judicial instructions. Dan Bongino, now serving as Trump’s deputy director of the FBI, fueled the defiance on his radio show in February when he encouraged Trump to ignore court directives. “Who’s going to arrest him? The marshals?” he asked rhetorically, before adding, “You guys know who the U.S. Marshals work for? Department of Justice.”

Administration Testing Boundaries

Despite heated rhetoric, the Trump administration has largely complied with most court rulings—especially those tied to his executive orders. Trump himself has often insisted he will follow court decisions, even as he publicly criticizes judges who oppose his policies.

Still, legal scholars note the unusually aggressive tone of the administration’s pushback. “It seems to me they are walking as close to the line as they can, and even stepping over it, in an effort to see how much they can get away with,” said Steve Vladeck, a Georgetown University law professor. “It’s what you would expect from a very clever and mischievous child.”

Mike Davis, leader of the Article III Project advocating pro-Trump judicial appointments, believes the courts’ resistance will ultimately strengthen Trump’s hand. “The more they do this, the more it’s going to anger the American people, and the chief justice is going to follow the politics on this like he always does,” Davis said.

Supreme Court Showdown and Judicial Skepticism

These tensions were on full display during an unusual Supreme Court session the day before the deportation ruling. Trump’s legal team sought to limit lower courts’ power to issue sweeping nationwide injunctions, a tactic not unique to his presidency but one that has increasingly drawn criticism. Several justices have previously questioned the frequency and scope of such injunctions.

During the session, Justice Amy Coney Barrett challenged Solicitor General D. John Sauer on whether the administration would obey an unfavorable ruling from an appeals court. “Really?” Barrett asked, highlighting the court’s concern. Sauer replied that it was standard policy at the Department of Justice to respect such rulings and assured the justices that the administration would comply.

Mounting Judicial Concerns

Some members of the judiciary have grown more vocal about the administration’s attitude toward the courts. Justices Sonia Sotomayor and Ketanji Brown-Jackson have cautioned against ignoring court orders or threatening judges. Meanwhile, Chief Justice John Roberts publicly criticized Trump’s attempt to impeach Judge James E. Boasberg, who found probable cause of contempt after the administration defied a deportation-related ruling.

Even after the Supreme Court upheld a lower court’s order requiring the return of Kilmar Abrego Garcia to the U.S., the official White House account posted on X: “he’s NOT coming back.” Legal experts suggest this defiance could potentially lead to contempt charges.

U.S. District Judge Paula Xinis has accused the administration of acting in “bad faith” as she continues to demand updates on its efforts to comply with her ruling. While contempt proceedings against the government tend to unfold slowly and are often resolved before penalties are imposed, this case could test the limits of that tradition.

Understanding Contempt of Court

Contempt of court applies when a party disobeys a judicial order. Sanctions can include fines, civil penalties, or, in extreme cases, criminal prosecution and imprisonment. The budget provision put forth by House Republicans would significantly restrict contempt enforcement in cases involving injunctions or temporary restraining orders—the very tools used most frequently to curb Trump’s executive actions—unless plaintiffs have first posted a bond. This is uncommon in lawsuits against the government.

Yale law professor Nick Parrillo, in an in-depth review, found only 67 instances of contempt rulings being upheld against the federal government, out of over 650 cases where contempt was considered. Most were overturned by appellate courts. Still, higher courts have repeatedly signaled that a future case might withstand appeals.

David Noll, a professor at Rutgers Law School, noted, “The courts, for their part, don’t want to find out how far their authority goes, and the executive doesn’t really want to undermine the legal order because the economy and their ability to just get stuff done depends on the law.”

Exploring Uncharted Legal Territory

Some legal analysts are now questioning whether courts could appoint independent prosecutors to pursue contempt or if they’d be forced to rely on the Department of Justice, which may be reluctant to act. They also wonder whether U.S. marshals would actually arrest individuals found in contempt.

“If you get to the point of asking the marshals to arrest a contemnor, it’s truly uncharted territory,” Noll said.

There remains another avenue courts can use—civil contempt—which often leads to fines. According to Justin Levitt, a former Obama administration official now advising President Biden, civil contempt may be more effective because it bypasses the Justice Department and cannot be nullified by a presidential pardon.

“Should the courts want, they have the tools to make individuals who plan on defying the courts miserable,” Levitt said, adding that government lawyers and those executing illegal orders would face the most risk.

Beyond contempt, courts possess other ways to exert pressure. Judges can reduce the Justice Department’s credibility in future cases, potentially making it harder for the government to win. Friday’s Supreme Court order showed some justices were skeptical of the administration’s claims regarding deportations.

Furthermore, public opinion appears strongly opposed to defying court rulings. A recent Pew Research Center poll found that roughly 80 percent of Americans believe the federal government must comply with a court ruling declaring a Trump policy illegal.

Ultimately, the broader picture may be less dire than a few dramatic immigration cases suggest, according to Vladeck. “In the majority of these cases, the courts are successfully restraining the executive branch and the executive branch is abiding by their rulings,” he said.

Trump Faces Declining Public Support on Immigration Amid Shifting Voter Sentiments

Immigration, a defining pillar of Donald Trump’s 2024 presidential campaign and a topic on which he previously enjoyed strong public support, is now emerging as a point of vulnerability. Recent polling data reveals a noticeable dip in Trump’s approval ratings on immigration, signaling possible dissatisfaction with his approach among voters and highlighting evolving public attitudes.

A new Morning Consult survey, conducted from May 9 to 11 among 2,221 registered voters, indicates that Trump’s approval on immigration has dropped to the lowest level since he began his second term. According to the poll, 51 percent of respondents approved of his immigration stance, while 44 percent expressed disapproval. Notably, enthusiasm for mass deportations as a top policy priority has waned, with only 35 percent in favor.

This shift comes as additional surveys reveal growing disapproval of Trump’s hardline immigration policies, which include widespread deportations and a reduction in legal immigration opportunities. A Fox News poll conducted in April found Trump with a negative approval rating on immigration for the first time: 47 percent approved of his performance, while 48 percent disapproved. However, Trump still received better marks for his handling of the border, where 55 percent expressed approval.

Similarly, the most recent AP-NORC poll, carried out between May 1 and 5 among 1,175 adults, reported that 49 percent approved of Trump’s immigration policies, while 51 percent disapproved. This showed a slight improvement from April, when the approval rating stood at 46 percent and disapproval at 53 percent.

Another survey, conducted in April by Atlas Intel, showed a net approval rating of minus 6 points for Trump on immigration. In that poll, 52 percent rated his performance as “terrible” or “very poor,” compared to 46 percent who said it was “excellent” or “good.” This marked a notable drop from March, when 51 percent viewed Trump’s immigration policies positively and only 43 percent negatively.

This decline in approval is occurring against a backdrop of increased legal scrutiny and mounting criticism over Trump’s deportation agenda. One case drawing particular attention is that of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, who was deported from Maryland. The Department of Justice referred to his removal as an “administrative error.” Although Trump’s administration identified Garcia as a member of MS-13, a gang now classified as a terrorist organization, Garcia’s legal team and family deny any such affiliation.

Trump’s current immigration plan calls for the deportation of millions of undocumented individuals through expanded operations by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and involvement of the National Guard. His strategy involves reviving and intensifying first-term policies, constructing large detention centers, and accelerating deportations by limiting judicial review.

What stands out about the current enforcement is that it targets undocumented immigrants without criminal records. During Trump’s first 50 days back in office, ICE arrested over 32,000 people, nearly half of whom had no prior criminal record. A report by El País also revealed that by mid-February 2025, over 40 percent of deportees had no criminal background.

Public support for deportation of non-criminal undocumented immigrants appears weak. A Pew Research Center survey found that while a slim majority—51 percent—of Americans support the deportation of at least some undocumented individuals, only around one-third support mass deportation. Notably, there is overwhelming support for removing violent criminals, but approval sharply declines when it comes to deporting individuals married to U.S. citizens or those brought to the country as children.

Trump’s declining approval on immigration mirrors broader polling trends showing a general downturn in public support since the start of his second term, even though he entered it with record-high approval levels. According to Morning Consult, Trump’s overall approval rating dropped one point since April to 45 percent, while 52 percent disapproved of his performance.

Echelon Insights also documented a one-point drop in Trump’s approval between April and May, falling to 46 percent, with disapproval climbing to 52 percent. Similarly, Big Data Poll found that Trump’s approval now stands at 48 percent, down from 56 percent in January. Meanwhile, disapproval has risen to 47 percent, compared to just 37 percent in January.

Nonetheless, some recent surveys indicate a slight rebound in Trump’s approval. Newsweek’s approval tracker currently shows Trump at 46 percent approval with 50 percent disapproval. This marks a marginal improvement over the previous week, when he had a 45 percent approval rating and disapproval was firmly in the 50s.

A compilation of various polls paints a mixed picture:

Rasmussen (May 12): 52% approve, 46% disapprove

Morning Consult (May 9-11): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

Echelon Insights (May 8-12): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

YouGov (May 6-8): 42% approve, 50% disapprove

Quantus (May 5-7): 48% approve, 48% disapprove

Big Data Poll (May 3-5): 48% approve, 47% disapprove

YouGov/Economist (May 2-5): 42% approve, 52% disapprove

AP-NORC (May 1-5): 41% approve, 57% disapprove

RMG Research (April 30-May 8): 49% approve, 49% disapprove

TIPP Insights (April 30-May 2): 42% approve, 47% disapprove

While these polls show Trump’s approval rating holding relatively steady, they also reveal a subtle but consistent uptick in disapproval. For instance, the YouGov poll conducted from May 6 to 8 among 1,143 adults showed a 42 percent approval rate—unchanged from previous polling—while disapproval rose by 2 points to 50 percent. A similar pattern was seen in the Quantus Insights poll, conducted between May 5 and 7.

Comparing Trump’s current ratings with those from his first term provides additional perspective. On May 13, 2017, RealClearPolitics recorded Trump’s approval at 42 percent and disapproval at 53 percent, a net rating of minus 11 points. This suggests Trump is marginally less popular now than he was at the same point during his first term.

In comparison to Joe Biden, Trump’s current approval rating also falls short. On May 13, 2021, Biden enjoyed a 54 percent approval rating, with 42 percent disapproving, according to RealClearPolitics.

Even though Trump began his second term with his highest approval rating to date, Gallup’s initial poll for the term—conducted between January 21 and 27—showed him as the least popular incoming president since 1953, and the only one to start with an approval rating below 50 percent. Gallup noted that Biden started his presidency with a 57 percent approval rating.

Historical data from Gallup, analyzed by The American Presidency Project, underscores Trump’s low standing compared to previous presidents at the 100-day mark. Dwight Eisenhower held a 73 percent approval rating at that point. Other presidents also fared better: John F. Kennedy had 83 percent, Richard Nixon 62 percent, Jimmy Carter 63 percent, Ronald Reagan 68 percent, George H.W. Bush 56 percent, Bill Clinton 55 percent, George W. Bush 62 percent, and Barack Obama 65 percent.

Looking ahead, Trump’s approval ratings may fluctuate depending on several critical developments, such as the outcome of the Russia-Ukraine war, changing dynamics in international trade, and increasing economic uncertainty linked to potential recession fears.

Gulf Powers Race to Leverage Trump Visit for Strategic Gains

Three energy-rich Gulf nations—Saudi Arabia, Qatar, and the United Arab Emirates—are moving swiftly to transform their influence over U.S. President Donald Trump into tangible advantages as he prepares to visit the region this week. The leaders of these nations have fostered personal relationships with Trump, collectively committed trillions of dollars to American investments, and positioned themselves as indispensable players in conflicts that Trump aims to address, including those in Gaza, Ukraine, and Iran.

In return, they’re being rewarded with the prestige of hosting Trump’s first official state visits since beginning his second term. The trip kicks off in Saudi Arabia on Tuesday, with scheduled stops in Qatar and the UAE, extending through May 16.

Given Trump’s transactional approach to diplomacy, the Gulf nations hold considerable appeal.

“In Trump’s book, the Gulf states tick all the right boxes,” said Hasan Alhasan, senior fellow for Middle East policy at the International Institute for Strategic Studies in Bahrain. “They pledge to invest trillions in the US economy and spend colossal amounts on US weapons systems.”

This well-orchestrated strategy to win Trump’s favor stems from a desire among Gulf leaders to entrench their status as crucial security and economic partners to the United States, while also maximizing their own gains.

Relations between the US and Gulf nations have markedly improved since Trump’s return to the White House. Under President Biden, Gulf leaders had grown disillusioned with what they perceived as waning U.S. interest in their concerns. During that period, Saudi Arabia and the UAE actively diversified their military, technological, and economic alliances. Now, Trump’s leadership presents what a Gulf official described as a “once-in-a-lifetime opportunity” to realize long-standing goals.

“This is the time to consolidate ties with Washington,” said EbtesamAlKetbi, founder and president of the Emirates Policy Center in Abu Dhabi, “and even secure greater privileges in their relationship with the world’s most powerful nation.”

Each of the three countries on Trump’s itinerary has distinct objectives for his visit, and each is employing a tailored strategy to achieve its goals.

Saudi Arabia Seeks a Security Agreement

Saudi Arabia’s top priority is clear: bolstering its security partnership with the United States.

“Security, security and security,” said Ali Shihabi, a commentator and author on Saudi politics and economics, when asked about what Riyadh expects from Trump’s trip. “Gulf States are looking for reassurance of the US security commitment to the Gulf’s stability. Trump has many priorities and has been known to lose interest quickly … and they want to keep him engaged.”

Last year, Washington and Riyadh nearly completed a major defense and trade agreement. However, negotiations stalled due to Saudi Arabia’s demand that Israel make a formal commitment toward establishing a Palestinian state.

Firas Maksad, managing director for the Middle East and North Africa at Eurasia Group, suggested that Trump may push ahead with significant deals regardless of progress on Israeli-Palestinian normalization, which he declared “dead.”

Saudi Arabia is also pursuing U.S. support for its civil nuclear ambitions. Yet its insistence on enriching uranium within its borders has caused concern in both Washington and Tel Aviv due to the potential for nuclear weapons development. High-grade uranium can be weaponized, making this a contentious point.

Despite these hurdles, a U.S.-endorsed Saudi nuclear initiative could be a windfall for American companies in terms of lucrative contracts.

Riyadh appears eager to frame its dealings with the United States as mutually beneficial. In March, Trump said, “They’ve agreed to do that, so I’m going to be going there,” referencing a proposed $1 trillion Saudi investment in the U.S.

Though Saudi Arabia did not confirm that specific amount, in January it did announce plans to boost trade and investment with the United States by $600 billion over four years, with potential for further increases.

At the same time, Saudi Arabia’s efforts to diversify its economy away from oil still depend heavily on oil revenues. Recent price drops, partly driven by Trump’s trade tariffs, have undercut Saudi efforts. Trump has made his preference for lower oil prices clear, a stance that conflicts with Riyadh’s need for high oil revenues to bankroll its economic transformation.

UAE Aims for Technological Leadership

Of the Gulf states, the United Arab Emirates is perhaps the most focused on leveraging investment to cement its relationship with the U.S. and generate substantial returns. Backed by vast financial resources and holding one of the highest per capita incomes in the world, the UAE has pledged trillions in American investments. Its capital, Abu Dhabi, even brands itself as “the capital of capital.”

“Expanding trade and investment is a way to reinforce this strategic partnership,” said AlKetbi. “The US remains a critical security guarantor for the Gulf region, while also offering a dynamic economy full of opportunities and capabilities that align with the long-term Gulf development plans.”

In March, the UAE revealed a $1.4 trillion investment plan over the next decade focused on artificial intelligence, semiconductors, manufacturing, and energy. Its existing American investments already amount to $1 trillion, according to its embassy in Washington.

“The UAE sees a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to become a significant contributor in AI and advanced technology,” said Anwar Gargash, diplomatic adviser to the UAE president. “The commitment to invest $1.4 trillion… aligns with the UAE’s goal to diversify its economy away from its over reliance on hydrocarbons to ensure prosperity for the country in the future.”

However, realizing its ambition to lead globally in AI by 2031 will be difficult without access to advanced U.S. microchips. Toward the end of President Biden’s term, the U.S. enacted tighter restrictions on AI exports to prevent sensitive technologies from reaching adversaries such as China. These restrictions, set to take effect on May 15, include limits that also affect the UAE.

On Thursday, the U.S. announced that Trump will rescind some of those Biden-era restrictions, potentially removing a significant obstacle for the UAE.

Qatar Focuses on Strategic Diplomacy

Qatar stands out for having the most formalized security arrangement with the United States among the Gulf states. It hosts the largest U.S. military base in the Middle East, which the State Department has labeled “indispensable” for regional operations.

Last year, the U.S. discreetly extended its military presence at the base for another decade. Washington also updated its 1992 defense cooperation agreement with Qatar to further strengthen bilateral security ties.

In 2022, the Biden administration granted Qatar the status of Major Non-NATO Ally, a title reserved for nations with close military cooperation with the U.S.

Qatar has also played mediator in several global conflicts—from Gaza to Afghanistan—partly as a means of maintaining its relevance in Washington’s eyes.

“The Gulf states view conflict mediation as a source of influence and prestige,” said Alhasan. “They have managed to use their role as mediators to position themselves as indispensable partners for Trump’s political agenda.”

Doha also maintains ties with Syria’s new president, Ahmed al-Sharaa, and is pushing for a U.S. review of sanctions imposed under the Caesar Act. An official familiar with the matter told CNN that Qatar will raise this issue with Trump during his visit, though Doha is reluctant to offer financial support to Syria without U.S. approval.

Ultimately, Trump’s trip is seen by experts as an opportunity for all sides to finalize substantial agreements.

“He’s coming here because he believes it is in the interest of the US economy, perhaps his interest and those around him, to have those deals here with Saudi Arabia, the UAE and Qatar,” said Maksad. “So expect big announcements.”

Zelenskiy Open to Meeting Putin in Turkey After Trump Urges Immediate Talks

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy expressed his readiness to hold direct talks with Russian President Vladimir Putin in Turkey on Thursday. This announcement came shortly after U.S. President Donald Trump publicly urged Zelenskiy to accept Putin’s proposal for negotiations without delay.

Zelenskiy’s willingness to meet his Russian counterpart marked a significant development after an intense 48-hour period in which European leaders had joined Ukraine in calling for a 30-day ceasefire to begin Monday. However, instead of agreeing to the proposed truce, Putin countered with an offer to engage in direct Ukraine-Russia talks—the first such encounter since the early months following Russia’s full-scale invasion in 2022.

Despite the offer, it remains uncertain whether Putin intends to participate in the talks in person. The two leaders have not met face-to-face since December 2019, and both have publicly displayed disdain for each other.

“I will be waiting for Putin in Türkiye on Thursday. Personally,” Zelenskiy stated on X. He added, “I hope that this time the Russians will not look for excuses.”

Zelenskiy’s chief of staff, Andriy Yermak, also took to Telegram, writing, “What about Putin? Is he afraid? We’ll see.”

The Ukrainian leader’s response followed a televised message from Putin, broadcast late at night on Sunday. Notably, the timing coincided with prime-time evening hours in the United States. During the broadcast, the Russian president proposed holding direct negotiations in Istanbul on Thursday, May 15.

Putin’s proposal came just hours after key European nations had gathered in Kyiv on Saturday to press for an unconditional 30-day ceasefire. They warned that failure to comply could result in a new wave of “massive” sanctions. Trump’s Ukraine envoy, Keith Kellogg, backed that position.

Zelenskiy had also voiced support for peace talks—on the condition that Russia would agree to the ceasefire. But Trump took a different stance, bypassing the truce and pushing for immediate negotiations instead.

“President Putin of Russia doesn’t want to have a Cease Fire Agreement with Ukraine, but rather wants to meet on Thursday, in Turkey, to negotiate a possible end to the BLOODBATH. Ukraine should agree to this, IMMEDIATELY,” Trump wrote on his social media platform, Truth Social.

He added, “At least they will be able to determine whether or not a deal is possible, and if it is not, European leaders, and the U.S., will know where everything stands, and can proceed accordingly!”

Both Kyiv and Moscow have been vying for Trump’s favor. For Ukraine, securing Trump’s support is critical in hopes of maintaining or expanding military assistance from the United States—aid that had been consistently supplied under President Joe Biden. On the other hand, Moscow sees a possible opportunity to negotiate an easing of Western sanctions and re-establish ties with the world’s largest economy.

Russia’s invasion of Ukraine began in February 2022, plunging the region into one of the deadliest and most consequential military conflicts since the Cold War. Hundreds of thousands of soldiers have died, and the standoff has brought relations between Russia and the West to their lowest point since the 1962 Cuban Missile Crisis.

Despite suffering heavy losses, Russian forces have been gradually advancing. Yet, President Putin has shown little interest in compromise. In his latest address, he advocated for “direct negotiations without any preconditions.”

However, shortly after his statement, Kremlin aide Yuri Ushakov clarified that any such negotiations must take into account both the now-defunct 2022 draft peace framework and the current realities on the battlefield.

This phrasing is often interpreted to mean that Ukraine would have to accept a permanently neutral status in exchange for security guarantees and acknowledge Russian control over significant territories that Moscow has seized.

Ukrainian officials have long rejected the 2022 draft terms, arguing that accepting them would be equivalent to surrender.

Meanwhile, Putin dismissed the ceasefire proposal as an “ultimatum” from Western European and Ukrainian leaders. According to Russia’s foreign ministry, any talks must first address the fundamental causes of the war before a ceasefire can be seriously discussed.

Trump, who has frequently presented himself as a global dealmaker and vowed to end the war swiftly if elected again, reacted positively to Putin’s proposal. He declared it “A potentially great day for Russia and Ukraine!”

Even though Russia has not formally committed to the ceasefire that European nations proposed, Zelenskiy said Ukraine’s plan to implement it on Monday remained intact.

“We await a full and lasting ceasefire, starting from tomorrow, to provide the necessary basis for diplomacy,” Zelenskiy posted on X.

In his nightly address to the nation, Zelenskiy emphasized that Ukraine was still awaiting an official response from Russia. He warned that if Russian troops ignored the truce, Ukrainian forces would retaliate accordingly.

The U.S. embassy in Kyiv, anticipating a potentially volatile situation, issued a public advisory last Friday. It warned of a “potentially significant” Russian airstrike in the days ahead, heightening concerns of escalating violence despite the diplomatic overtures.

Whether this tentative opening will lead to substantive negotiations remains uncertain. While Trump’s public call may influence momentum, both Kyiv and Moscow appear to have fundamentally different interpretations of what the talks should achieve and under what conditions. With deep-rooted distrust and no mutual concessions yet on the table, the road to peace remains fraught with challenges.

India Warns of Measured Response to Terrorism, Cautions Pakistan Against Escalation

India will continue to respond in a “measured” and calculated manner to terrorist attacks against its citizens and territory, but it will not tolerate any moves by Pakistan to escalate military conflict, External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar told U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio during a phone call on Thursday night. The conversation came amid growing tension following cross-border hostilities between India and Pakistan.

During the call, Jaishankar expressed appreciation for the United States’ commitment to cooperate in the global fight against terrorism. He said India’s actions were aimed at maintaining stability and ensuring that terrorism is countered firmly but responsibly.

“Underlined India’s targeted and measured response to cross-border terrorism. Will firmly counter any attempts at escalation,” Jaishankar stated in a post on social media platform X following the discussion with Rubio.

On a separate call with Pakistani Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif, Rubio stressed the need for “immediate de-escalation” of military tension, according to a U.S. State Department spokesperson. The appeal from the U.S. came at a time when tensions were rapidly rising between the two nuclear-armed neighbors.

The conversation between Jaishankar and Rubio occurred just hours before Pakistan launched a wave of missile and drone strikes aimed at Indian military sites. The strikes targeted regions including Jammu and Kashmir, Punjab, Rajasthan, and Gujarat, representing one of the most coordinated aerial attacks in recent years. These assaults were met with strong defensive responses from the Indian military.

Most of the incoming projectiles were neutralized by Indian air defense systems, preventing what could have been extensive damage and casualties. Despite the successful interception, the attacks triggered panic, prompting air raid sirens and blackouts in several areas close to the border, including the union territory of Chandigarh, which lies only 244 kilometers from the national capital, Delhi.

In one of the more intense exchanges, eight missiles were fired by Pakistan at military positions in Jammu and Kashmir alone. Fortunately, all were intercepted before causing any damage, according to official sources. In Punjab, Pathankot, which lies just 30 kilometers from the Pakistani border, experienced a full-scale blackout in anticipation of further attacks.

Local residents posted dramatic footage on social media, capturing the frightening spectacle of Pakistani missiles blazing through the night sky and exploding mid-air as they were intercepted by Indian defense systems. These videos showed the tense atmosphere along the border and the high level of alertness maintained by Indian forces.

According to defense sources, at least one Pakistani fighter jet was reportedly shot down during the incident. The aircraft, identified as a supersonic F-16, was believed to be part of the strike mission targeting Indian facilities.

This latest wave of Pakistani attacks came just one day after another barrage of missiles was launched late Wednesday and early Thursday. That earlier offensive targeted Indian military installations in 15 cities, including Amritsar, Ludhiana, Jalandhar, and Srinagar. In response, India’s air defense network, primarily the Russian-manufactured S-400 system, successfully intercepted and neutralized the incoming threats.

In retaliation, India deployed its Israeli-made HARPY drones to conduct strikes on Pakistani air defense systems. These drones reportedly hit targets in Lahore and other strategic locations, significantly weakening Pakistan’s ability to protect its airspace and making it vulnerable to potential future counterstrikes.

The ongoing escalation follows India’s execution of precision strikes on terrorist camps located both in Pakistan and in Pakistan-occupied Kashmir (PoK). These strikes, carried out by Indian armed forces, were launched under the codename “Operation Sindoor.” The coordinated military action took place early Wednesday morning and was completed within a 25-minute window starting at 1:05 a.m.

During the operation, Indian forces unleashed a powerful assault using a range of advanced weaponry, including HAMMER smart bombs and SCALP missiles. A total of 24 munitions were deployed, targeting nine terror sites—four in Pakistan and five in PoK. These sites, identified as headquarters and training facilities for terrorist organizations, were completely destroyed in the operation.

Defence Minister Rajnath Singh reported that more than 100 terrorists were killed during the strikes, marking one of the deadliest counterterror operations conducted by India in recent years.

Operation Sindoor was a direct response to the April 22 terrorist attack in Pahalgam, located in the southern part of Kashmir. That brutal assault was carried out by four militants belonging to The Resistance Front, a known proxy group of the Lashkar-e-Taiba terrorist organization.

The attackers opened fire in the Baisaran Valley, a well-known tourist destination located less than 70 kilometers from Srinagar, killing 26 people. Many of the victims were civilians, adding to the sense of outrage across the country and triggering an urgent response from Indian authorities.

The horrifying incident in Pahalgam had drawn strong condemnation from Indian leaders, including Prime Minister Narendra Modi. Following the attack, Modi vowed that India would retaliate and hold the perpetrators accountable for the loss of innocent lives. “Those who are responsible for this cowardly attack will not be spared,” he said in a statement soon after the incident.

The Indian government’s firm stance on dealing with cross-border terrorism has now manifested in a series of military actions aimed at dismantling terrorist infrastructure and sending a clear signal to those providing safe haven to such groups.

As the situation evolves, the international community, particularly the United States, has been closely monitoring developments. The Biden administration has emphasized the importance of restraint and de-escalation while also expressing support for India’s right to self-defense.

At the same time, New Delhi has communicated that it remains committed to regional stability but will not shy away from responding to any threat to its sovereignty. Jaishankar’s message to Secretary Rubio reinforces India’s position: it seeks peace, but not at the cost of its national security.

The coming days will be crucial as diplomatic and military channels remain active. With the U.S. urging both sides to reduce tensions, attention now shifts to whether Pakistan will heed the warning or continue with provocative actions.

Meanwhile, India has reaffirmed that it will continue to act decisively against terrorism while avoiding unnecessary escalation. This balance between assertiveness and restraint underscores New Delhi’s strategy of safeguarding its interests without plunging the region into wider conflict.

Indian American Lawmakers Respond to India’s Retaliatory Strikes Against Terror Camps

Two Indian American members of the U.S. Congress expressed strong reactions on Wednesday to India’s retaliatory strikes targeting terror camps located in Pakistan and the region of Pakistan-occupied Kashmir. The strikes followed a deadly terror attack that took place in Pahalgam last month, which claimed the lives of 26 civilians in Jammu and Kashmir on April 22. While one lawmaker gave his full support to India’s counterterrorism action, the other emphasized the importance of addressing terrorism without allowing it to justify political suppression within Pakistan.

Congressman Raja Krishnamoorthi of Illinois urged for a balanced response to the heightened regional tensions. He underscored the importance of tackling terrorism while simultaneously safeguarding democratic principles in Pakistan. “In the wake of last month’s horrific terrorist attack in Pahalgam, the need to combat terrorism and prevent future violence has become even more urgent,” he said. However, Krishnamoorthi warned that the crisis should not be used by Pakistan’s government as a justification for further democratic erosion. “At the same time, Pakistan must release former Prime Minister Imran Khan and ensure free and fair elections that uphold democratic values. The current situation should not be used as a pretext to further undermine democracy.”

Krishnamoorthi, who has already declared his intention to run for the U.S. Senate in 2026, has consistently supported the promotion of democratic values and human rights across South Asia. His recent statements align with his broader political stance, which favors strengthening democratic institutions and preventing authoritarian overreach in countries facing internal and external threats.

In support of his cautionary approach, Krishnamoorthi cited remarks by U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio, who also encouraged de-escalation in the wake of the strikes. Rubio reaffirmed the Biden administration’s focus on closely observing the situation and engaging with both Indian and Pakistani officials in order to seek a diplomatic resolution. Rubio reiterated President Joe Biden’s earlier appeal for restraint, calling for cooler heads to prevail during this volatile period.

Meanwhile, Michigan Representative Shri Thanedar took a more forceful position in support of India’s actions, firmly backing the country’s right to defend itself. Thanedar strongly condemned terrorism and said India was justified in carrying out its counterterrorism strikes. “Terrorism cannot be tolerated, and it cannot go unanswered,” he said. “India has the right to defend its people, and I stand firmly with our ally in its efforts to dismantle these extremist networks.”

Thanedar further advocated for stronger strategic ties between the United States and India in the face of mutual security challenges. “The United States should always stand with our allies against terrorism. This is a time for deeper U.S.-India cooperation to protect innocent lives and defend the principles of democracy, human rights, and religious freedom,” he said. Thanedar’s stance reflects a growing consensus among several U.S. lawmakers who view India as a vital ally in the global fight against extremism.

Both Krishnamoorthi and Thanedar belong to the Democratic Party and are part of the informal “Samosa Caucus” in Congress, a group composed of Indian American lawmakers. Other members of this group include Ami Bera of California, Ro Khanna of California, and Pramila Jayapal of Washington. Together, they represent a rising wave of Indian American political voices on Capitol Hill, often bringing South Asian perspectives into American legislative discourse.

The reactions from these lawmakers come as India’s military operation, codenamed Operation Sindoor, continues to draw international attention. The mission, aimed at targeting and dismantling terrorist training camps and infrastructure, has elicited a range of responses from the global community. Some international leaders have echoed calls for calm and diplomatic engagement, while others have acknowledged India’s right to self-defense in the aftermath of what is being described as one of the deadliest attacks in Jammu and Kashmir in recent years.

While the situation on the ground remains tense, the broader conversation in Washington highlights a dual concern: the need to combat terrorism effectively and the imperative to uphold democratic values across the region. Krishnamoorthi’s remarks about the release of former Pakistani Prime Minister Imran Khan underline the ongoing scrutiny of Pakistan’s internal political environment. The former leader has remained in detention amid a wider crackdown on opposition figures, raising alarms among international watchdogs and democracy advocates.

Secretary of State Marco Rubio’s involvement adds a significant layer of diplomatic engagement to the crisis. His comments are in line with the Biden administration’s broader strategy of maintaining regional stability while discouraging escalatory actions by either side. Rubio’s reassurance that the U.S. will continue to monitor developments and maintain open lines of communication with New Delhi and Islamabad suggests Washington’s intention to play a stabilizing role.

Meanwhile, Thanedar’s unequivocal support for India underscores the growing alignment between Indian and American strategic interests, particularly in the fight against terrorism. His reference to the need for deepened cooperation on issues such as human rights and religious freedom indicates a willingness among some U.S. lawmakers to not only support India militarily but also to encourage the country’s leadership to maintain its democratic credentials even during times of conflict.

In the domestic political context, both lawmakers’ statements serve to reinforce their individual political profiles. Krishnamoorthi’s Senate ambitions likely inform his more measured approach, seeking to balance foreign policy firmness with advocacy for democratic norms. Thanedar’s strong backing of India resonates with his constituents, many of whom see India as a vital partner in global security and as a bulwark against regional instability.

As Operation Sindoor unfolds, the spotlight remains fixed on how India and Pakistan will navigate this latest flashpoint. The stakes are high, not just for the two countries involved but also for international allies like the United States, which must balance its relationships with both nations while promoting peace and democratic governance. The divided responses of Krishnamoorthi and Thanedar reflect the complexity of the situation—combining a shared condemnation of terrorism with diverging perspectives on the best path forward.

Ultimately, both lawmakers have voiced their concern about the violence and the broader implications for democracy and human rights. As Krishnamoorthi warned, “The current situation should not be used as a pretext to further undermine democracy.” And as Thanedar insisted, “Terrorism cannot be tolerated, and it cannot go unanswered.” These two positions, though framed differently, together underscore the challenge of responding to terror while protecting democratic principles in a deeply volatile region.

Raja Krishnamoorthi Enters U.S. Senate Race, Could Become Second Indian American Elected to the Chamber

Democratic Representative Raja Krishnamoorthi has officially launched his campaign for the U.S. Senate, announcing his bid on Wednesday. If successful, he would become only the second Indian American ever elected to the Senate, joining Vice President Kamala Harris in the history books.

“I’ve made it my mission to fight for families like the ones I grew up with—people who just want a chance to work hard and realize their dreams,” Krishnamoorthi said in a video released as part of his campaign announcement. His campaign will formally begin with a series of public events scheduled to take place across Illinois starting Friday.

Krishnamoorthi currently serves as a U.S. Representative for Illinois and is looking to fill the Senate seat being vacated by long-serving Democrat Senator Dick Durbin. Durbin’s seat, located in a deeply Democratic-leaning state, presents a favorable opportunity for Krishnamoorthi to continue his political ascent on a broader platform.

The Congressman’s journey began in New Delhi, India, where he was born before relocating to the United States with his family at the age of three. His early experiences as an immigrant in America have played a pivotal role in shaping his political identity. After earning a law degree, Krishnamoorthi made his first significant political mark by working as Policy Director for Barack Obama’s successful Senate campaign. His involvement in Obama’s rise provided him with critical experience in national politics and helped position him for his own eventual run for office.

Krishnamoorthi was elected to the House of Representatives in 2016. He gained national attention not only for his legislative work but also for his role in creating a cultural and political identity for Indian Americans in Congress. That same year, he coined the term “Samosa Caucus” to refer to the then-small group of Indian American lawmakers in Congress. At the time, the group included Reps. Ami Bera, Ro Khanna, and Pramila Jayapal, all of whom shared a similar heritage and political outlook.

Since its informal founding, the Samosa Caucus has grown to include newer members like Shri Thanedar and Suhas Subramanyam. It represents not just a symbolic coalition of Indian American legislators but also a growing political force advocating for issues related to immigrant communities, economic equality, and global diplomacy, particularly between the U.S. and India.

If Krishnamoorthi wins the Senate seat, he will follow in the footsteps of Kamala Harris, who became the first Indian American elected to the U.S. Senate when she won her seat in California in 2016. That year was a landmark moment for Indian American representation in politics. Alongside Harris, Krishnamoorthi, Khanna, and Jayapal were elected to the House, solidifying a significant moment for the Indian American community in U.S. governance. Harris briefly participated in the Samosa Caucus before she stepped down from the Senate to run for Vice President on Joe Biden’s ticket.

The historical resonance of Krishnamoorthi’s candidacy is expected to be a key component of his campaign narrative. His life story—from a young immigrant arriving in the United States to a rising figure in national politics—reflects the broader American dream. He is likely to emphasize his legislative accomplishments, advocacy for working families, and dedication to expanding economic opportunities for all Americans.

Over the years, Krishnamoorthi has built a reputation as a pragmatic and effective legislator. He has supported legislation focusing on workforce development, national security, and public health, while also pushing for stronger oversight and transparency in government. His work has made him a recognizable figure not just within Illinois but on the national stage as well.

In his campaign video, Krishnamoorthi highlighted the values that have driven his public service. “I’ve made it my mission to fight for families like the ones I grew up with—people who just want a chance to work hard and realize their dreams,” he said, underscoring a message that is likely to resonate with working-class voters, immigrants, and minority communities throughout Illinois and beyond.

Krishnamoorthi’s campaign is also expected to reflect his long-standing commitment to issues like education, job creation, and economic fairness. His personal background and professional experience offer him a unique vantage point from which to address complex policy challenges and advocate for inclusive growth.

As he embarks on his Senate campaign, Krishnamoorthi is expected to draw on his deep ties to the Illinois electorate, his fundraising network, and the support of the growing South Asian American political community. His candidacy not only marks a pivotal moment in his own career but also adds to the increasing visibility of Indian Americans in American politics.

His supporters view his Senate bid as a natural next step for a politician who has spent years building a solid legislative track record and a strong presence in both local and national political circles. With Senator Durbin stepping down, Krishnamoorthi’s move has been seen as both strategic and timely.

The race for the Illinois Senate seat is likely to draw considerable attention, particularly given Krishnamoorthi’s potential to break another barrier for Indian Americans in the U.S. government. As one of the most prominent South Asian voices in Congress, his campaign will serve as a litmus test for the evolving role of minority communities in American politics.

In addition to promoting his legislative accomplishments, Krishnamoorthi is expected to emphasize his background as an immigrant and his understanding of the American middle class’s struggles. His campaign will likely focus on building a more equitable economy and securing opportunities for future generations, all while maintaining his consistent support for democratic values and civil liberties.

His announcement video and upcoming campaign events across Illinois mark the beginning of what could be a significant chapter in U.S. political history. If elected, Raja Krishnamoorthi would not only continue his own political journey but also help further diversify the upper chamber of Congress.

As he takes the first steps in his Senate bid, Krishnamoorthi’s story is poised to inspire a wide range of voters who see in him a reflection of their own aspirations and challenges. His campaign will likely underscore how a child who arrived in America from New Delhi at age three can rise to help shape the nation’s future from one of its highest legislative offices.

Adani’s Team Presses Trump Officials to Drop Bribery Case Amid Lobbying Push

Representatives of Indian billionaire Gautam Adani and his companies have engaged in discussions with officials from the Trump administration, aiming to have criminal charges against him dismissed in an overseas bribery case, according to individuals familiar with the matter.

These discussions, which began earlier this year, have recently intensified. Some sources indicated that, if this momentum is maintained, the case might see a resolution in the coming month. One individual said Adani’s representatives are attempting to argue that the prosecution is inconsistent with President Donald Trump’s policy priorities and should be reconsidered.

A spokesperson for the Adani Group refused to comment on the matter. The White House and the Department of Justice also declined to respond to inquiries.

On Monday, the Mumbai stock market reflected the developments positively, with shares of Adani Group companies rising. Adani Enterprises Ltd., the group’s flagship company, jumped as much as 6.2%, marking its highest increase since January 16.

Following Trump’s election victory in November, the Biden administration unveiled an indictment against Gautam Adani, 62, and his nephew Sagar. Alongside it, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filed a parallel civil suit. At the time, prosecutors accused Adani of offering $250 million in bribes to regional officials in India in exchange for solar-power contracts. The Adani Group has denied all allegations.

Since the indictment, Adani—currently Asia’s second-richest individual—has taken multiple steps to influence U.S. authorities and avert a conviction, hoping to safeguard his global business interests from potential fallout. According to sources, intermediaries for the billionaire, who is known for his close association with Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, have contacted officials in India to obtain guidance on how best to approach the Trump administration, particularly as India and the U.S. seek to strengthen economic relations. Requests for comment from India’s Prime Minister’s Office and the Ministry of External Affairs went unanswered.

In the U.S., Adani has built a legal and lobbying team to champion his case. This team has been in contact with administration officials, according to the sources. One meeting reportedly took place in March involving prosecutors from both the U.S. Attorney’s Office in Brooklyn and the main Justice Department.

Adani’s growing network in the U.S., which Bloomberg first highlighted in mid-February, has continued to evolve. Mark Filip of the law firm Kirkland & Ellis has emerged as a key representative in recent negotiations, according to some individuals. Adani also engaged BGR Group, a firm noted for its strong ties to the Trump administration. Senate lobbying records confirm that BGR currently represents India in trade negotiations with the Trump administration.

Neither the law firms nor individuals representing Adani in the U.S. provided comments or responded to messages regarding the case.

President Trump has previously voiced skepticism over the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), breaking from the stance taken by past administrations. The 1977 law has historically been used to prosecute both U.S. and foreign firms involved in bribing foreign officials. However, Trump has expressed concern that such prosecutions can damage American business interests.

In a February executive order, Trump instructed Attorney General Pam Bondi to pause FCPA-related actions until she issues updated enforcement guidance. “It’s going to mean a lot more business for America,” Trump said at the time.

Following this directive, certain FCPA cases have been dropped. One example was the Justice Department’s decision to dismiss a foreign bribery case against former executives at Cognizant Technology Solutions Corp. These executives, who had denied any wrongdoing, had been set to go on trial in New Jersey over allegations they paid bribes to speed up a construction project in India.

However, the Trump administration’s efforts to interfere in another corruption prosecution—the case involving New York Mayor Eric Adams—sparked significant controversy. When the administration decided to drop charges against Adams related to alleged illegal campaign contributions from Turkish officials, it led to resignations among several career prosecutors. A federal judge eventually allowed the charges to be dismissed, but did so “with prejudice,” which prevents the administration from re-filing them in the future. Adams has consistently maintained his innocence.

Despite Gautam Adani’s substantial net worth, estimated at around $70 billion, his business operations in the U.S. remain relatively limited. Nevertheless, just after Trump’s November election win and a few days before the Justice Department announced the charges, Adani publicly congratulated Trump on X (formerly Twitter) and pledged $10 billion in U.S. investments, promising to create over 15,000 jobs.

The Justice Department had filed the criminal charges against Adani under seal in October. These included allegations of securities fraud and conspiracy to commit securities and wire fraud. Interestingly, the case does not reference the FCPA. Instead, the Justice Department and SEC allege that Adani misled U.S. lenders by falsely claiming his companies complied with anti-bribery regulations.

While there has been little movement on the criminal side, the SEC continues to pursue its civil lawsuit. In a recent filing, the SEC indicated it is seeking assistance from Indian authorities to serve Adani and his nephew with its complaint and summons. If Adani manages to resolve the criminal case while only facing civil claims from the SEC, the potential legal and financial consequences in the U.S. would be significantly diminished.

Adani’s efforts to have the charges dropped reflect a broader trend in Washington, where individuals under investigation or already convicted have approached President Trump or his associates to seek dismissals, reversals, or clemency.

Already, Adani’s appeal has gained traction among several Republican lawmakers in Congress. A group of them has formally requested that Attorney General Bondi drop the criminal case and initiate a review of why federal prosecutors pursued it in the first place.

Meanwhile, Adani’s allies in the U.S. are also advocating for his business interests. Both Mark Filip and William Burck—a seasoned white-collar defense attorney from the law firm Quinn Emanuel Urquhart & Sullivan who previously represented Mayor Eric Adams—have officially registered to lobby on behalf of Adani’s companies.

Trump Recalls Phone Call with Bezos, Defends Tariffs and Urges Retailer Cooperation

President Donald Trump recently recounted a phone conversation he had with Amazon founder and Executive Chairman Jeff Bezos, revealing that he would not hesitate to contact other CEOs if similar situations arise. In an interview with NBC News’ “Meet the Press” aired on Sunday, Trump shared details of the discussion, which took place earlier in the week following Amazon’s initial plans to begin listing tariff-related charges on some of its products. The decision came after the Trump administration introduced steep 145 percent tariffs on Chinese imports.

Describing the nature of the call, Trump spoke positively about Bezos. “He’s just a very nice guy,” Trump said. “We have a relationship. I asked him about [the tariff charge language Amazon considered including in listings]. He said, ‘Well, I don’t want to do that,’ and he took it off immediately.” According to Trump, Bezos agreed to remove the proposed listing changes after their conversation, demonstrating what Trump perceived as a productive dialogue.

Their current rapport stands in stark contrast to the more contentious dynamic they shared during Trump’s first term in office. Signs of a thawing relationship emerged in December when Amazon contributed $1 million to Trump’s inauguration fund, and Bezos attended the inauguration ceremony. Though Bezos stepped down as Amazon’s CEO in 2021, he continues to serve as executive chairman of the company.

Shortly after the initial report by Punchbowl News about Amazon’s consideration of listing import charges, the company clarified its stance. An Amazon spokesperson told NBC News, “The team that runs our ultra low cost Amazon Haul store considered the idea of listing import charges on certain products. This was never approved and is not going to happen.”

During the interview, moderator Kristen Welker asked Trump whether he would adopt a similar approach with CEOs of other major retail corporations. Trump’s response was unequivocal. “Sure. I’ll always call people if I disagree with them,” he said. He added, “If I think that somebody’s doing something that’s incorrect, wrong or maybe hurtful to the country, I’ll call. Wouldn’t you want me to call? [Former President Joe] Biden wouldn’t call because he didn’t know what was happening, but I do.”

Trump also used the interview as an opportunity to justify his administration’s imposition of heavy tariffs on Chinese imports. He emphasized that the objective of these tariffs is not to burden American consumers but to encourage companies to relocate their manufacturing and operations to the United States.

“I don’t view it as a tax. I view it as an incentive for people to come into the United States and build plants, factories, offices, a lot of things. I think it’s an incentive,” he told Welker. Trump further stated, “What people don’t understand is, and this is a lot, the country eats the tariff. The company eats the tariff. And it’s not passed along at all.”

Despite Trump’s assertion, other online retailers and consumer brands are beginning to take visible actions in response to the tariffs. Chinese-based budget retailer Temu has already begun including a line item labeled “import charges” on customer purchases. American retailers such as Béis, Bare Necessities, and Fashion Nova are also encouraging consumers to make purchases sooner rather than later, warning that new or increased tariffs may require them to raise prices.

Large corporations like PepsiCo and Procter & Gamble have echoed similar concerns. In recent meetings with shareholders, these companies noted that they are already feeling the financial effects of tariffs and cautioned about potential impacts on future earnings.

While acknowledging that tariffs may temporarily affect the availability of some consumer goods, Trump insisted the trade-offs are worthwhile. When Welker asked about his previous Cabinet meeting comments referencing children potentially having fewer toys, Trump elaborated on his perspective.

“I don’t think that a beautiful baby girl needs — that’s 11 years old — needs to have 30 dolls. I think they can have three dolls or four dolls, because what we were doing with China was just unbelievable,” Trump said. He used the example to illustrate what he believes is excessive consumerism fueled by cheap imports, suggesting that America’s reliance on low-cost goods from China should be reevaluated.

At that earlier Cabinet meeting at the White House, Trump told his administration officials, “Maybe the children will have two dolls instead of 30 dolls. And maybe the two dolls will cost a couple of bucks more than they would normally.”

Although critics interpreted these comments as an admission that tariffs would lead to price hikes or supply limitations, Trump firmly rejected that interpretation during the NBC interview. “I’m just saying they don’t need to have 30 dolls. They can have three. They don’t need to have 250 pencils. They can have five,” Trump clarified. He added, “we don’t have to waste money on a trade deficit with China for things we don’t need, for junk that we don’t need.”

Throughout the interview, Trump remained confident that his tariff policies serve as a long-term economic strategy to reduce America’s trade deficit and revive domestic manufacturing. His call to Bezos, and willingness to speak directly with other top executives, represents a broader tactic he plans to employ as part of his economic approach.

In contrast to what he sees as a more passive stance taken by President Joe Biden, Trump positioned himself as an active participant willing to challenge business decisions that he believes could negatively impact the country. His comments suggest a future administration, if elected again, that would continue to intervene directly with major corporations, particularly on trade and pricing issues related to foreign policy.

By emphasizing self-reliance and questioning America’s dependence on imported goods, Trump aimed to reframe the tariff debate. Rather than focusing on short-term costs or consumer inconvenience, he urged Americans to see the broader benefits of economic nationalism and industrial independence.

The discussion underscores the extent to which trade policy and corporate cooperation remain integral to Trump’s political and economic agenda. Whether this approach will resonate with voters and corporate leaders alike remains to be seen, but the president has made clear that his focus on tariffs and domestic production will be a central theme moving forward.

US Student Visa Cancellations Make Indian Youth Rethink Overseas Education Plans

The recent reports of student visa cancellations in the United States have caused anxiety among many Indian students, including Delhi University undergraduate Radhakrishnan, who is now reconsidering his goal of studying in America.

“What I feel is that during my father’s time, it was very lucrative to study in the US. They could get a visa quite easily. But things seem to have gone haywire,” said the 19-year-old.

With his original plans shaken, Radhakrishnan is now setting his sights on enrolling in one of India’s premier management institutions for a master’s degree in business administration. He will only consider going to the US if he fails to secure admission within India.

The sudden revocation of multiple international student visas and the ongoing tensions between the Biden administration and top-tier American universities—some of which are battling over funding issues—have raised alarms among Indian students hoping to study abroad.

India continues to dominate the international student scene in the US, accounting for 29.4 percent of all foreign enrolments for the 2024–25 academic year. It also remains the leading source of international graduate students in America for the second year in a row.

However, many young Indians are now opting to chase their academic and professional dreams within the country. Even those who still choose to study overseas are increasingly planning short-term stays, with the intention of returning soon after graduation.

In recent months, several international students in the US have faced visa cancellations, with some even being instructed to leave voluntarily. The reasons cited range from participating in political demonstrations—especially those supporting Palestinians amid the Israel-Gaza conflict—to minor legal violations such as traffic offenses.

Most students feel powerless to challenge these decisions legally, as the financial burden of litigation is simply too high in addition to their already steep university expenses.

Although many still believe that a US degree offers an edge in the global job market, the tense and unpredictable atmosphere is prompting them to think more carefully about where to pursue their education.

As Indian students expand their options, regions like Europe, Australia, Singapore, and Hong Kong are becoming increasingly attractive. Simultaneously, India’s own top-tier universities are expected to benefit from this shift, according to education experts.

Soumya Shukla, an associate professor at Delhi University, said the current atmosphere in the US is reinforcing a trend she’s observed over the past two to three years.

“Things may not be as rosy in the US as it might seem. Some students who have gone there for studies have later had to pick up unskilled jobs. You don’t get a direct job placement unless you have a qualification from an Ivy League college,” she explained.

The steep cost of studying abroad is another deterrent. Students in India can complete a degree for anywhere between US$200 and US$10,000, while attending a top US university can cost approximately US$50,000 annually—an overwhelming expense for most middle-class Indian families.

The overall demand for higher education within India is booming. According to data from Statista, the number of Indian students enrolled in higher education is projected to more than double, rising from around 40 million in the financial year 2020 to 92 million by 2035.

Nonetheless, students choosing to stay in India must confront the reality that many local colleges are overcrowded, which may compromise educational standards. According to a report by global consultancy EY, few Indian institutions rank among the world’s best, and their academic programs often fail to align with industry needs.

Despite these shortcomings, a growing number of students are optimistic about their prospects in India, especially as the country’s economy remains one of the fastest-growing in the world, promising more job opportunities for well-qualified individuals.

Delhi University student Pratyush Taing, 20, has decided against pursuing his dream of studying at an Ivy League school in the US due to increasing concerns over safety and anti-immigration policies.

“When someone is coming from so far away to study, they want a safe environment,” he said.

Taing also pointed out that India is rapidly expanding its own quality education options, which makes staying in the country more appealing.

This expansion includes international participation. Two years ago, India’s University Grants Commission permitted foreign universities to establish campuses within India. In August of last year, the UK’s University of Southampton became the first to launch an offshore campus in India under the newly introduced national education policy.

Education specialists highlight that prestigious private Indian institutions like Ashoka University and O.P. Jindal Global University have gained a solid reputation for offering world-class education, thereby expanding domestic choices for ambitious students.

Harsh Pant, a professor of international relations at King’s College London, said that universities in Europe, Australia, and Singapore may see an uptick in Indian student applications due to current uncertainty surrounding the US.

However, Pant also emphasized that the US remains a formidable player in global education. “Once things settle down, I do think the diversion from the US will be smaller,” he stated.

One Indian student, who has been accepted into a computer software engineering program in San Jose, California, still intends to go ahead with his plans, despite the recent visa-related controversies.

“I know someone whose visa was cancelled because he participated in a protest. But if you are studying and not taking part in any such activity, then I don’t think it would affect you,” said the student, who wished to remain anonymous.

He also noted that the US continues to offer unmatched opportunities for cutting-edge education and research in the field of technology.

Nonetheless, he plans to return to India after working there for two to three years. His decision is driven by a desire to support his parents and capitalize on India’s rising job market and increasing availability of well-paid roles.

In conclusion, while the United States remains a desirable academic destination due to its advanced educational infrastructure and global prestige, growing concerns about visa security, legal vulnerability, and safety are driving Indian students to reassess their options. With increasing investment in domestic education and the emergence of international campuses in India, students now have broader choices at home and abroad. The shift may not signal a complete departure from the US, but it does reflect a changing mindset shaped by evolving geopolitical and financial realities.

Trump Promotes Economic Growth Amid Recession Fears, Touts Domestic Investments and Ukraine Deal

President Donald Trump took center stage at the White House during an ‘Invest in America’ event this afternoon, highlighting his administration’s efforts to boost domestic investment. The event attracted top executives from major corporations, including tech giant Nvidia. Those interested were able to follow the event live through a broadcast link provided on the official platform.

Earlier in the day, Trump convened a Cabinet meeting with his senior leadership team, where he lauded the impact of tariffs on strengthening the American economy. He praised businesses that have committed to investing within the United States, asserting that these actions were signs of a healthy and resilient economy despite recent concerns.

This series of public engagements came on the heels of a troubling new economic report indicating that the U.S. economy contracted at an annual rate of 0.3% during the first quarter of the year. This downturn, attributed to companies stockpiling imports ahead of Trump’s tariffs, marks the first time the economy has shrunk since 2022. The move to accumulate imports was widely seen as a preemptive strategy by firms anticipating cost increases due to upcoming tariff policies.

Despite the contraction, President Trump remained steadfast in his defense of tariffs and dismissed suggestions that his trade policies were to blame. Instead, he shifted the focus to his political opponent, President Joe Biden. “Bad numbers” on Wall Street, Trump claimed, “have nothing to do with tariffs.” His comments suggest an effort to reframe the economic narrative, distancing himself from the contraction and placing blame squarely on the Biden administration.

While Trump’s comments dominated the headlines, another significant development unfolded more quietly in the background. The United States and Ukraine have reached a major economic agreement concerning the development and management of rare earth minerals, a critical area in both geopolitical and technological terms. According to information obtained by the BBC, the two nations have agreed to form an economic partnership designed to support Ukraine’s post-war recovery and bolster U.S. access to strategic resources.

A press release issued by the U.S. Treasury Department confirmed this, stating that both countries would collaborate through the creation of a “Reconstruction Investment Fund.” The purpose of the fund is to ensure that “mutual assets, talents, and capabilities” can be leveraged to expedite Kyiv’s recovery and contribute to long-term regional stability. This fund marks a new chapter in U.S.-Ukraine relations, reinforcing economic ties while addressing strategic concerns about resource dependency.

Meanwhile, Trump used the ‘Invest in America’ platform to make a series of economic claims, particularly about consumer prices under his leadership. One of his key assertions was that gasoline prices have declined since he took office. However, recent fact-checking by BBC Verify found that this claim does not align with current data.

According to the American Automobile Association (AAA), the average national price for regular gasoline now stands at $3.16. This figure actually represents a slight increase from the $3.125 average on the day Trump assumed office. Despite Trump’s repeated claims that gas prices “just hit $1.98 in a lot of states,” BBC Verify was unable to find any evidence supporting this. Data from AAA confirms that no state currently has an average gas price lower than $2.67.

Another economic metric highlighted by Trump was the price of eggs. During his White House remarks, he insisted that egg prices had fallen since he became president. BBC Verify reviewed this statement and, again, found no supporting data.

When Trump entered office in January, the average national retail price for a dozen large Grade A eggs was about $4.95. Since then, the cost has not gone down but instead reached a record high of around $6.23 per dozen in March, based on the most recent available data. This contradicts Trump’s public statements and underscores a disconnect between his messaging and verified consumer price trends.

The White House, in its defense, has pointed to wholesale prices as evidence of improvement in the egg market. According to data from the U.S. Department of Agriculture, wholesale prices for large white eggs have decreased significantly. From a high of $6.55 per dozen in January, prices have dropped by approximately 52%, landing at $3.15 in the past week. This drop, while notable, reflects wholesale trends rather than retail prices experienced directly by consumers.

These contradictions between the president’s statements and independent data have raised questions about the administration’s broader economic messaging strategy. While Trump continues to paint a picture of economic strength, citing falling prices and increasing domestic investment, analysts and fact-checkers warn that the reality is more complex.

Still, Trump’s core message appears focused on long-term growth through protectionist policies and strong international partnerships. By praising businesses that reinvest in American infrastructure and forming economic alliances with key global players like Ukraine, he aims to project confidence in his administration’s economic vision, despite immediate challenges.

Trump’s day at the White House was marked by a dual focus on promoting domestic investment and defending his economic policies in the face of troubling data. He offered strong support for tariffs, insisted consumer prices were improving, and announced a strategic deal with Ukraine. However, some of these claims, especially regarding gas and egg prices, do not stand up to independent verification. The contrast between political rhetoric and economic data continues to be a defining feature of the current discourse, as Trump positions himself for future challenges.

Federal Government Expands Grounds for Deporting International Students, Sparking Legal Battles and Campus Confusion

The U.S. federal government has widened the list of reasons international students can lose their legal status, intensifying fears among thousands of foreign students already unsettled by a recent crackdown under the Trump administration. Immigration attorneys argue that these expanded justifications enable swifter deportations and serve to rationalize actions taken earlier this year to revoke many students’ permission to study in the U.S.

Many international students found themselves suddenly stripped of their legal standing, often without warning or explanation. This abrupt shift prompted a wave of legal challenges in federal courts, where several judges issued preliminary rulings asserting that the government had failed to provide due process in revoking the students’ status.

Following these legal challenges, federal officials announced they would draft new guidelines to govern the cancellation of student status. According to a document from U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) submitted Monday in court, one of the new permissible reasons is the revocation of the visa students used to enter the United States. This marks a stark change in policy. Previously, students whose visas were revoked could typically remain in the country to complete their studies but would be barred from reentering if they left.

“This just gave them carte blanche to have the State Department revoke a visa and then deport those students, even if they’ve done nothing wrong,” said Brad Banias, an immigration lawyer representing a student affected by the crackdown. His client had a traffic offense on his record, which was included in a law enforcement database accessed by immigration officials.

Banias noted that this new rule significantly broadens ICE’s authority. Prior to this, visa revocation alone was not considered sufficient grounds for terminating a student’s legal presence in the U.S.

Over the past month, foreign students across the country have been shocked to find that their names were deleted from a student-tracking database managed by ICE. Some students went into hiding to avoid being deported, while others chose to return to their home countries, abandoning their academic pursuits.

As legal challenges continued to grow, the government announced on Friday that it would temporarily reinstate the legal status of international students while it worked on formalizing a new policy. That new guidance surfaced in court just days later.

Charles Kuck, an Atlanta-based immigration attorney representing 133 students who lost their status, said the updated policy permits revocations if a student’s name appears in criminal or fingerprint databases in ways previously not allowed. “Basically, they’re trying to cover what they already did bad by making the bad thing that they did now legal for them to do,” said Kuck.

Numerous students affected by these policy changes had only minor legal issues on their records, such as traffic infractions. Others were left completely in the dark about why they had been targeted.

In one legal case, attorneys for the government provided partial clarity during a hearing involving Akshar Patel, a student in Texas pursuing studies in information systems. His status was revoked and later reinstated, prompting him to ask the court to prevent his deportation.

During court proceedings and in official filings, Department of Homeland Security officials disclosed that they had cross-referenced the names of student visa holders with the National Crime Information Center (NCIC), a comprehensive FBI-run database. This system includes details about criminal suspects, missing persons, and individuals who have been arrested—even if charges were never filed or had been dropped.

U.S. District Judge Ana Reyes revealed during the hearing that about 6,400 students were flagged in the database sweep. Patel was one of them; he had been charged with reckless driving in 2018, a charge that was ultimately dismissed. That outcome, though, was still logged in the database.

Patel’s name appeared in a list of 734 students compiled in a spreadsheet that was forwarded to a Homeland Security official. Within just 24 hours of receiving it, the official instructed others to “Please terminate all in SEVIS,” referring to the system that tracks international students’ legal status.

Judge Reyes said the rapid response indicated that no individualized review of the records had taken place to determine why the students’ names were in the NCIC. “All of this could have been avoided if someone had taken a beat,” she remarked. Reyes, who was appointed by President Joe Biden, criticized the federal government’s actions, stating it had shown “an utter lack of concern for individuals who have come into this country.”

As ICE was revoking students’ legal status, the U.S. State Department was also canceling some of the visas used by these students to enter the country. Secretary of State Marco Rubio indicated that some of these cancellations were prompted by students’ participation in pro-Palestinian protests, which he claimed threatened U.S. foreign policy interests. However, Rubio admitted in March that certain visa cancellations had “nothing to do with any protests” but were based on “potential criminal activity.”

Rubio explained his rationale to reporters: “My standard: If we knew this information about them before we gave them a visa, would we have allowed them in? If the answer is no, then we revoke the visa.” He further emphasized his stance, declaring, “Your visa is expired, your visa is revoked, you have to leave. There is no right to a student visa.”

The government’s actions caused widespread confusion and panic on college campuses. Universities that discovered their international students had lost legal status were thrown into disarray. In earlier cases, institutions typically updated a student’s legal status only after reporting that they were no longer enrolled. This time, however, the revocations seemed to originate directly from federal authorities.

In some instances, colleges instructed students to immediately cease attending classes or working on campus, warning them they could face deportation if they remained.

Government attorneys later argued that changes in the student database didn’t necessarily equate to a loss of legal status. Although some students were flagged as “failure to maintain status,” officials said the changes were meant as investigative alerts rather than definitive rulings.

Patel’s legal presence in the U.S. was confirmed during the hearing. “He is lawfully present in the U.S.,” stated Andre Watson of the Department of Homeland Security. “He is not subject to immediate detention or removal.”

While Judge Reyes declined to issue a preliminary injunction, she encouraged both legal teams to negotiate a resolution that would ensure Patel could remain in the country.

Trump’s First 100 Days: A Presidency of Bold Moves and Sharp Divides

On January 20, Donald Trump began his second term as President of the United States, declaring that he would deliver “the most extraordinary first 100 days of any presidency in American history.” For decades, the 100-day benchmark has served as a symbolic moment to evaluate a new administration’s achievements. The early data from Trump’s second term offers insight into the progress he has made on his key promises—ranging from imposing global tariffs and arresting migrants to making deep cuts to federal spending.

One of the most telling indicators of a president’s early performance is the public’s approval rating. Gallup, the U.S. polling firm that has long tracked presidential approval at the 100-day mark, shows Trump faring poorly compared to his predecessors. Trump, now the first post-war president to serve two non-consecutive terms, has seen low ratings in both his presidencies. Historically, presidents such as John F. Kennedy and Ronald Reagan enjoyed strong support with 83% and 67% approval ratings, respectively. Joe Biden and Bill Clinton were also above 50%. In contrast, both of Trump’s terms saw him with under 50% approval at this milestone, making him the only post-war president with this distinction.

However, looking at approval through a partisan lens tells a more complex story. Trump’s second term shows the most extreme polarization to date, with 90% of Republicans supporting him and just 4% of Democrats. This 86-point gap marks the largest partisan split ever recorded at the 100-day point. “The longer the line, the more polarised the support,” Gallup’s polling analysis notes.

The most recent Gallup poll, conducted from April 1–14 during a time of market volatility triggered by Trump’s tariff announcements, recorded his approval at 44%. This figure, drawn from over 1,000 interviews, reflects stable ratings consistent with the first quarter of his term.

Throughout his campaign, Trump promised swift action on top issues. He said he would lower prices, end the war in Ukraine, and pardon individuals tied to the January 6 Capitol attack. While not all promises have been fulfilled, Trump has been extremely active in terms of executive action. He has issued more executive orders in 100 days than any president in the last 100 years. In fact, he has already signed more than half the number of orders from his entire first term and nearly 90% of the total executive orders Joe Biden issued in four years.

Some of these executive orders have been high-impact. On his first day, Trump announced that the U.S. would withdraw from the UN’s Paris Climate Agreement, calling it an unfair burden on Americans. He also declared a national energy emergency to boost domestic oil production. Other actions have been less weighty but symbolic, such as lifting the ban on plastic straws.

Despite this flurry of executive activity, Trump has not shown much interest in working with Congress. He has signed only five bills into law in his first 100 days—a lower number than any new president in 70 years, according to Punchbowl News. His aggressive use of executive authority has also sparked legal backlash. Over 200 of his orders have been challenged in court, and judges have blocked several of them, as reported by the legal publication Just Security.

Economically, Trump’s platform centered on lowering prices and creating jobs. His pro-business rhetoric was initially welcomed by Wall Street, reflected in a spike in S&P 500 stock prices following his election. But as Trump escalated his threats of tariffs, investor confidence waned. The markets dipped sharply on April 2 when Trump imposed sweeping global tariffs. Though he softened some tariffs a week later, global markets remained jittery, and his trade policies were blamed for economic disruptions.

Consumer confidence has also declined. The University of Michigan’s Consumer Sentiment Index, a long-running measure of public economic outlook, dropped for four straight months. April’s score was the second-lowest on record. The lowest came in June 2022 during Biden’s presidency, amid inflation concerns following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. In April 2025, Americans voiced worries about an impending trade war, reporting deteriorating expectations for inflation, income, and personal finances. Trump hasn’t ruled out a recession but remains confident in the long-term benefits of his policies.

Inflation trends remain uncertain, but the U.S. Federal Reserve has warned that Trump’s tariff strategy could drive prices upward again. On trade, Trump argues that global tariffs will help bring jobs and manufacturing back to the U.S. while reducing the trade deficit. He criticizes America’s long-standing trade imbalance as a sign of other countries “ripping off” the U.S., frequently citing China.

According to data from the U.S. Census Bureau and the Bureau of Economic Analysis, America continued to import more goods and services than it exported through 2024. After Trump’s re-election in November 2024, importers rushed to bring in products before tariffs could take effect. By January 2025, imports hit a record high of $329 billion—the highest monthly total since records began in 1992. Although Trump paused many of his harshest tariffs in early April, reports suggest Americans have been stockpiling goods, fearing price hikes. Tariffs on Chinese imports remain, but Trump has signaled he is open to reducing them if a deal can be made.

On immigration, Trump returned to the presidency vowing large-scale deportations and an end to birthright citizenship. Although he has faced legal blocks on birthright citizenship, one area where he claims success is at the southern border. In March 2025, just over 7,000 arrests were made at the U.S.-Mexico border—down significantly from the 137,000 arrests in March 2024 during Biden’s presidency.

While the number of deportations remains lower than promised and legal challenges persist, Trump points to rising internal detentions and strong cooperation with local law enforcement as evidence of success. ICE raids have increased, with many targeting individuals with criminal records. Trump’s team is also promoting what it calls “unprecedented” collaboration with police departments across the country.

However, with detention facilities nearing capacity, experts warn of potential overcrowding issues. The future of Trump’s immigration policies—and their legality—will likely be shaped by court rulings in the coming months.

Looking ahead, Trump’s broader agenda depends heavily on what unfolds in the next 100 days. Public perception of his actions on the border, trade decisions, and economic outcomes such as food prices will help determine whether Trump maintains his reputation as the most polarizing president in modern history.

US Urges India and Pakistan to Pursue Responsible Resolution Amid Rising Kashmir Tensions

The U.S. State Department announced on Sunday that Washington is actively communicating with both India and Pakistan amid growing tensions between the two South Asian neighbors following a recent deadly militant attack in Kashmir. While affirming its support for India, the United States has stopped short of directly criticizing Pakistan.

India has placed blame on Pakistan for the April 22 terrorist attack in Indian-administered Kashmir that claimed more than two dozen lives. Pakistan, however, has denied any involvement and is advocating for an impartial international investigation.

“This is an evolving situation and we are monitoring developments closely. We have been in touch with the governments of India and Pakistan at multiple levels,” said a spokesperson for the U.S. State Department in a statement emailed to Reuters. “The United States encourages all parties to work together towards a responsible resolution.”

The State Department also reiterated its condemnation of the attack, specifically referring to the incident in Pahalgam, aligning with statements made earlier by President Donald Trump and Vice President JD Vance. “The United States stands with India and strongly condemns the terrorist attack in Pahalgam,” the spokesperson said.

India has become an increasingly strategic partner for the United States as Washington seeks to curb China’s growing power across Asia. Meanwhile, Pakistan, although still a U.S. ally, has seen its importance to American foreign policy decline, particularly after the U.S. military withdrew from Afghanistan in 2021.

Michael Kugelman, a South Asia analyst based in Washington and a contributor to Foreign Policy magazine, emphasized the shifting dynamics between the U.S. and the two South Asian countries. “India is now a much closer U.S. partner than Pakistan,” Kugelman stated. He noted that this growing alliance could unsettle Islamabad. “This may worry Islamabad that if India retaliates militarily, the U.S. may sympathize with its counter-terrorism imperatives and not try to stand in the way.”

Kugelman also pointed out that the U.S. government, currently engaged in major international crises such as Russia’s war in Ukraine and the Israel-Gaza conflict, may lack the bandwidth to intervene promptly in South Asia. “The Trump administration is dealing with a lot on its global plate and may leave India and Pakistan on their own, at least in the early days of the tensions,” he added.

Hussain Haqqani, a former Pakistani ambassador to the U.S. and currently a senior fellow at the Hudson Institute think tank, echoed this sentiment. He suggested that the current U.S. administration has little interest in de-escalating the situation. “India has a longstanding grievance about terrorism emanating or supported from across border. Pakistan has a longstanding belief that India wants to dismember it. Both work themselves into a frenzy every few years. This time there is no U.S. interest in calming things down,” Haqqani observed.

The region of Kashmir, a Muslim-majority territory, remains a flashpoint of conflict between Hindu-majority India and Islamic Pakistan. Both nations claim the territory in full but control only parts of it. The dispute has triggered several wars and countless skirmishes since the two nations gained independence from Britain in 1947.

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, known for his strong nationalist stance, vowed to hunt down the attackers responsible for the Pahalgam violence. “Those who planned and carried out the Kashmir attack will be punished beyond their imagination,” Modi declared. He pledged to pursue the perpetrators “to the ends of the earth.”

In the wake of the attack, demands have surged within India for a military response against Pakistan. Politicians and commentators have urged strong retaliatory measures. The situation has led both nations to take a series of antagonistic steps, worsening bilateral relations further.

Pakistan, in response to India’s accusations and increasing hostility, closed its airspace to Indian aircraft. Meanwhile, India suspended the Indus Waters Treaty, a key agreement signed in 1960 to manage the shared usage of the Indus River and its tributaries between the two countries.

There have also been reports of military exchanges along the Line of Control, the de facto border that divides Indian and Pakistani-controlled Kashmir. This marks an end to a four-year period of relative calm between the nuclear-armed rivals.

The militant group claiming responsibility for the Pahalgam attack, Kashmir Resistance, issued a statement on social media. Indian security agencies contend that this group, also known as The Resistance Front, serves as a front for well-known Pakistan-based terrorist outfits like Lashkar-e-Taiba and Hizbul Mujahideen.

Ned Price, a former U.S. State Department spokesperson under President Joe Biden, warned that the Trump administration’s perceived strong backing of India might exacerbate the situation. “The Trump Administration has made clear it wishes to deepen the U.S.-India partnership — a laudable goal — but that it is willing to do so at almost any cost. If India feels that the Trump Administration will back it to the hilt no matter what, we could be in store for more escalation and more violence between these nuclear-armed neighbors,” said Price.

The delicate balance of diplomacy in South Asia is now under added strain, with both India and Pakistan escalating rhetoric and taking tit-for-tat measures. The involvement of the United States, while supportive of India’s counter-terrorism position, appears limited in terms of proactive peacemaking, potentially leaving the region to navigate its latest crisis largely on its own.

As tensions mount, the region and the broader international community will be watching closely to see whether diplomatic efforts can prevent another escalation or whether retaliatory military action will push South Asia into yet another phase of heightened conflict. The risks remain high, given both nations possess nuclear weapons and have a long history of confrontations over Kashmir.

Majority of Americans Say Trump’s Policies Have Worsened Economy, CNN Poll Finds

A growing number of Americans believe that  President Donald Trump’s policies have negatively impacted the nation’s economy, according to a new CNN poll conducted by SSRS. The survey reveals that 59% of the public now thinks Trump’s economic approach has worsened conditions in the country, a noticeable increase from 51% in March. This figure matches the lowest approval numbers President Joe Biden received regarding his economic handling during his tenure.

The poll reflects widespread dissatisfaction with the state of the U.S. economy. There is little excitement among Americans for the White House’s sweeping new trade initiatives, with most respondents pessimistic about the direction things are headed. Although many of Trump’s recently announced tariffs are yet to be implemented, 60% of those surveyed already say his policies have raised the cost of living in their communities. Only 12% believe that Trump’s actions have actually helped reduce prices.

The findings further show that 69% of Americans believe an economic recession within the next year is at least somewhat likely. Of that group, 32% think a recession is very likely. In terms of general economic outlook, only 34% of Americans describe themselves as enthusiastic or optimistic, while 29% are pessimistic and 37% say they feel afraid. Among those under the age of 45, 70% express pessimism or fear. This sentiment is shared even more strongly among Americans of color, with 76% reporting similar concerns.

This increasing dissatisfaction marks a notable change for Trump, who during his first term was often credited with strong economic management. In fact, Trump’s 2024 campaign heavily emphasized economic recovery, with the promise to “immediately bring prices down, starting on Day One.” He was particularly successful with voters who ranked economic concerns as their primary motivation, according to CNN’s exit poll data.

One Republican respondent, a 59-year-old from Georgia, expressed his anxiety over the current market turbulence and how it has impacted his retirement plans. “Everything I worked for all my life is rapidly [disappearing],” he wrote. “It will probably take years to recover what I have lost due to what’s going on.”

Despite this, Republican sentiment regarding the economy has improved slightly over the past month. Many within the GOP remain hopeful that the newly announced tariffs will have a long-term positive effect on the economy.

However, most Americans remain skeptical about Trump’s tariff strategy. A 55% majority says his tariff actions so far this term have been poor policy, while just 28% view them positively. Another 17% consider them neither good nor bad. Tariffs imposed specifically on Chinese imports are viewed a bit more favorably, though still mostly negatively: 53% say they are bad policy and 32% consider them good.

The poll was conducted between April 17 and April 24, shortly after the White House first announced a wave of new tariffs targeting dozens of countries, only to pause many of them shortly thereafter. During the survey period, the administration issued multiple contradictory statements about the state of international trade talks and the intended goals of the tariff plan. Overall, 58% of respondents say they do not believe Trump has a clear strategy for introducing and managing tariffs, while 42% believe he does.

Most Americans predict the tariffs will harm the economy in the short term. Specifically, 72% expect negative consequences for the U.S. economy, 60% foresee damage to the country’s global standing, and 59% believe their personal finances will be adversely affected. Fewer than 30% expect the tariffs to help in any of these areas.

Looking at the long-term picture, 53% think the tariffs will ultimately hurt the U.S. economy, compared to 34% who believe they will be beneficial. This view reflects a cautious optimism among some Republicans, who believe the initial damage could eventually lead to gains. Among GOP respondents, 47% think the tariffs will hurt the economy in the near future, but roughly three-quarters anticipate eventual benefits.

John Metcalf, a Democrat from Michigan, expressed concern about the unpredictability of Trump’s tariff policy. “I’m not an economics guy, but I can kind of see with what he’s doing with tariffs,” he said. “It’s just causing confusion. If you are a business owner and you’re thinking about the future, how in the world can you make decisions when he flips back and forth every other day?”

Public perception of the broader economy continues to be bleak. Only 28% describe current economic conditions as good, while 71% say they are poor. These numbers have remained virtually unchanged since fall 2023. Meanwhile, 47% of Americans are satisfied with their personal finances, which also shows little movement over recent years.

Underneath these stable numbers, there is growing partisan division. The percentage of Republicans who call the economy good has increased by 10 points since March, whereas Democratic approval has continued to decline. Republicans are now over ten times more likely than Democrats to say they are enthusiastic or optimistic about the economy.

Nonetheless, signs of discontent are emerging within the GOP. While 94% of Republicans say they trust Trump to manage the economy, only 63% believe his policies have improved conditions, and just 23% credit him with lowering living costs in their communities. Nearly as many Republicans think his tariff policies will hurt their personal finances (28%) as those who believe they will help (33%).

A Republican respondent from New Jersey observed, “The prices for energy, medical services, higher education, repair and maintenance continue to [rise]. I think that Pres. Trump’s program will help once they are given a chance.”

When asked to name their family’s biggest economic challenge, most Americans cite costs and inflation. That includes 28% who specifically mention inflation, 15% the overall cost of living, and 16% food prices. Those figures are largely unchanged from June 2024. However, some newer concerns are emerging: 9% cite tariffs, 7% mention investment or stock market worries, and 4% each say Trump’s policies and general economic uncertainty.

One Democrat from Pennsylvania wrote, “My wife lost her job due to the Trump administration DOGE cuts. We are suddenly down an income with costs rising all around us. My own job is at risk due to NIH grant cuts. Our retirement accounts are plummeting in value. Everything is just so, so much worse than it was before Trump took office.”

Among working Americans, half believe Trump’s tariff plans will hurt their industries, while just 11% say the impact will be beneficial. A respondent from Massachusetts explained, “I make board games and they can’t be made in the US. I have preorders I need to fulfill but can’t afford to with the tariffs. The profit I would have gotten from sales would have allowed my business to grow into a studio, hire people, etc. Now I will lose money.”

Even as the Trump administration promotes tariffs as a strategy to create new manufacturing jobs in the U.S., the public remains unconvinced. By a margin of 73% to 26%, Americans say they would personally prefer an office job to a manufacturing job with equal pay. Men are slightly more inclined toward manufacturing work, with 37% expressing that preference, which rises to 43% among Republican men.

The CNN poll surveyed 1,678 adults nationwide using online and telephone interviews. Conducted between April 17 and 24, the sample was drawn from a mix of probability-based online panels and registration-based sources. Initial contact was made via mail, phone, or email. The margin of error for the full sample is plus or minus 2.9 percentage points.

Trump Administration Restores Legal Status for International Students After Sudden Terminations

The Trump administration has decided to reinstate the legal status of international students whose records were abruptly terminated in recent weeks, according to a government attorney during a hearing held on Friday.

Elizabeth D. Kurlan, representing the Justice Department, stated during a hearing at the Northern District of California in Oakland that the records for international students would be temporarily reactivated. She explained that Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) is currently working on developing a new policy that will “provide a framework for status record termination.”

This decision follows weeks of controversy after the Trump administration began revoking not only the visas of thousands of international students but also their records and legal standing in the United States. These actions appeared to specifically target individuals involved in political activism or those who had past infractions, such as DUI charges.

During the hearing, Kurlan clarified, “ICE still maintains the authority to terminate a SEVIS record for other reasons, such as if a student fails to maintain his or her nonimmigrant status after the record is reactivated, or engages in other unlawful activity that would render him or her removable from the United States under the Immigration and Nationality Act.” Here, she referred to SEVIS, the Student and Exchange Visitor Program.

Additionally, Kurlan indicated that moving forward, ICE would no longer terminate a student’s legal status based solely on information found in the National Crime Information Center. This index, which contains criminal history details, had been a major factor in the recent terminations of SEVIS records.

Across the United States, many international students whose legal statuses had been terminated suddenly found that their records were reinstated starting Thursday afternoon. According to immigration attorneys and various universities, the reinstatements occurred with little to no formal explanation from authorities.

Jath Shao, an immigration attorney based in Cleveland, described the abrupt changes by saying, “It’s like somebody flipped a light switch on.” He mentioned that one of his clients was among those who experienced the sudden reversal.

Although many students saw their records restored, the changes have not impacted every affected student. For example, at the University of California, Berkeley, Janet Gilmore, a university spokesperson, reported that twelve out of twenty-three international students whose SEVIS records had been terminated in previous weeks were reinstated.

Similarly, Carl Langsenkamp, the public information director at the Rochester Institute of Technology, noted that some students there had their records reinstated. In Atlanta, immigration attorney Charles Kuck said that approximately a dozen of his clients also reported a reversal in their status.

David Wilson, an attorney representing about twenty students in Minnesota, observed that roughly half of his clients had their statuses restored. Despite the progress, Wilson emphasized that significant uncertainty remains. He pointed out that while many students had their SEVIS records reactivated, their visas remain revoked, creating a complicated situation.

“That means they’re kind of trapped in the country. So that’ll be the next phase of seeking clarity as to what the government’s actually doing,” Wilson said.

Immigration attorneys also warned that even with the reinstatement of SEVIS records, the previous termination still shows up on students’ histories. This could negatively impact future applications for green cards, employment authorization, or other immigration benefits.

Elora Mukherjee, who serves as director of the Immigrants’ Rights Clinic at Columbia Law School, stated, “The time that they had their SEVIS status terminated could still have harmful effects for those students.” Mukherjee stressed that restoring records alone would not resolve the full scope of damage inflicted by the terminations. She added, “So it’s not enough for the federal government to simply restore service records. The government would need to somehow make the students whole.”

Attorney Jath Shao expressed cautious optimism about the recent developments. While he acknowledged that reactivating SEVIS records was a positive step, he stressed that more comprehensive actions were necessary to fully protect international students.

“By now it’s obvious that the Trump administration spent the four years of Biden plotting their revenge on the immigration system,” Shao said. He referred to what he perceives as the Trump administration’s long-standing effort to create obstacles for immigrants, even before President Biden took office. Shao continued, “But once some brave students and lawyers went to the courts — the administration’s defenders were unable or unwilling to explain the rationale.”

The sudden reinstatement of records, while welcomed by many, has not entirely erased the anxiety and confusion faced by affected students. Without clear communication from ICE and with visa revocations still hanging over many of them, international students remain in a vulnerable legal limbo. Moving forward, both students and their attorneys plan to seek further clarity and advocate for permanent solutions to secure their clients’ futures in the United States.

The Trump administration’s handling of international students’ records, and the subsequent reversal, has sparked widespread criticism from universities, legal advocates, and immigrant rights groups. Many view the situation as part of a broader pattern of unpredictable immigration enforcement actions that have marked the last few years.

In the meantime, attorneys are advising affected students to maintain strict compliance with all immigration regulations while waiting for official guidance from ICE on the next steps. Universities, too, are monitoring the situation closely and providing support to students whose educational and professional futures remain uncertain.

Although the reinstatement of SEVIS records represents a significant shift from the administration’s earlier aggressive stance, experts caution that it may take considerable time before the full implications of the terminations and reinstatements are understood. Until then, the impacted students continue to live with the ongoing challenges brought about by these sudden changes.

Trump’s Job Rating Drops, Key Policies Draw Majority Disapproval as He Nears 100 Days

Majorities in both parties say Trump administration must stop an action if a federal court rules it is illegal

With President Donald Trump’s second term approaching its 100-day mark, 40% of Americans approve of how he’s handling the job – a decline of 7 percentage points from February.

1 Trump’s Job Rating Drops, Key Policies Draw Majority Disapproval as He Nears 100 Days

And, even as Trump continues to receive high marks from his strongest supporters, several of his key policy actions are viewed more negatively than positively by the public:

  • 59% of Americans disapprove of the administration’s tariff increases, while 39% approve.
  • 55% disapprove of the cuts the administration is making to federal departments and agencies, while 44% approve.

Trump’s use of executive authority also comes in for criticism: 51% of U.S. adults say he is setting too much policy via executive order. Far smaller shares say he is doing about the right amount (27%) or too little (5%) through executive orders.

Note: This survey was conducted after Trump’s April 2 announcement of sweeping new tariffs on nearly all U.S. trading partners, which triggered several days of volatility in U.S. and global stock markets. The survey was in the field on April 9 when Trump paused tariffs on most countries but levied higher rates on China. Americans’ opinions (including those about the economy and tariffs) were largely unchanged throughout the April 7-13 field period.

With many of the administration’s actions facing legal challenges in federal courts, there is widespread – largely bipartisan – sentiment that the administration would have to end an action if a federal court deemed it illegal.2 Trump’s Job Rating Drops, Key Policies Draw Majority Disapproval as He Nears 100 Days

  • 78% say the Trump administration should have to follow a federal court’s ruling, rising to 88% if the Supreme Court were to issue the ruling.
  • 91% of Democrats and 65% of Republicans say the administration would need to stop an action if a federal court ruled it illegal, rising to 95% of Democrats and 82% of Republicans for a Supreme Court ruling.

However, the latest national survey by Pew Research Center, conducted April 7-13 among 3,589 adults, finds much wider partisan differences in evaluations of Trump’s overall job performance and some key policies.

Seven-in-ten or more Republicans and Republican-leaning independents approve of:

  • Trump’s job performance (75%)
  • The administration’s cuts to government (78%)
  • Increased tariffs (70%)
  • Ending diversity, equity and inclusion (DEI) policies in the federal government (78%)

By comparison, even wider majorities of Democrats and Democratic leaners disapprove of:

  • Trump’s job performance (93%)
  • The administration’s cuts to government (89%)
  • Increased tariffs (90%)
  • Ending DEI policies in the federal government (86%)

Trump’s job rating compared with his first term and his predecessors

Trump’s current approval rating of 40% is on par with his rating at this point in his first term. It remains lower than other recent presidents’ approval ratings in the early months of their presidencies.

3 Trump’s Job Rating Drops, Key Policies Draw Majority Disapproval as He Nears 100 DaysAmong Trump’s predecessors dating back to Ronald Reagan, the only other leader who did not enjoy majority approval at his 100-day mark is Bill Clinton (49% approval in April 1993).

In April 2021, Joe Biden’s job approval rating stood at 59% – though it would drop substantially to 44% by September of that year.

In their own words: How Americans view the first months of Trump’s presidency

Asked to describe what they like most – and least – about the administration’s actions so far, similar topics come up in both questions, though to different degrees.

Immigration actions

4 Trump’s Job Rating Drops, Key Policies Draw Majority Disapproval as He Nears 100 Days

Trump’s immigration actions top the list of what Americans say they like most about the administration: 20% point to immigration, including 7% who specifically mention Trump’s deportation actions. But immigration actions, including deportations, also are cited by 11% of Americans as the thing they like least about the administration.

Related: Americans’ Views of Deportations

Approach to governing

About two-in-ten Americans (22%) describe an aspect of Trump’s governing approach as what they like least about the administration. This includes mentions of “carelessness” (3%), Cabinet and other staffing picks (2%), perceived targeting of law firms and universities (2%), and terms like “authoritarian” or “dictator” (3%). Conversely, 11% of Americans cite his “keeping promises” or “getting things done” as what they like most.

Tariffs and cuts to government

Tariffs and trade policy (15%) and government cuts (11%) are both mentioned by at least one-in-ten Americans as actions they like least. But these are also volunteered by sizable shares (6% and 9%, respectively) as aspects of Trump’s presidency they like most.

Views of cuts to the federal government

As the administration continues to plan and implement large-scale reductions across federal agencies, 59% of Americans say it is being “too careless” in how it makes these cuts. And the public is more likely to see the cuts having negative, rather than positive, effects.

  • 51% say the cuts will make the government run worse, while 36% say they will make the government run better.
  • 48% expect the cuts will cost Americans money in the long run. Fewer (41%) say the cuts will save money.

Other key findings

5 Trump’s Job Rating Drops, Key Policies Draw Majority Disapproval as He Nears 100 Days

The public’s economic outlook has turned more negative. While current overall economic evaluations are unchanged from February, Americans are now more likely to say the economy will be worse a year from now (45% now, up from 37% then).

Read Chapter 4 for more on economic views.

Confidence in Trump’s handling of the economy – long a relative strength – has declined. Today, 45% express confidence in Trump to make good decisions about the economy, his lowest rating on this measure in Pew Research Center surveys dating back to 2019. Still, Trump’s economic rating remains higher than Biden’s was throughout his presidency. About half (48%) express confidence in Trump on immigration – his highest-rated issue.

Half of Americans say Trump’s policies are weakening U.S. standing in the world compared with Biden’s policies. About four-in-ten (38%) say Trump’s policies are putting the U.S. in a stronger position internationally. Views of the impact of Trump’s policies on the economy are nearly identical.

Read Chapter 1 for more on Trump’s handling of issues.

Related: Americans Give Early Trump Foreign Policy Actions Mixed or Negative Reviews

The GOP is viewed more favorably than the Democratic Party, a shift from recent years. Views of the Republican Party have trended more positive over the last year, and 43% now have a favorable view. Views of the Democratic Party are little changed over the last few years, with 38% now expressing a favorable view.

U.S. Vice President J.D. Vance Set for First Official Visit to India, Aims to Strengthen Bilateral Ties

U.S. Vice President J.D. Vance will undertake his first official trip to India from April 21 to 24, marking a significant moment in the ongoing development of India-U.S. relations. The Indian Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) has highlighted this upcoming visit as an important occasion to examine how far both nations have come in fulfilling the commitments made during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s February visit to Washington.

Joining Vice President Vance will be his wife, Second Lady Usha Vance, their children, and several senior officials from the U.S. administration. Their itinerary covers a mix of official meetings and cultural experiences, with planned stops in New Delhi, Jaipur, and Agra. The delegation is scheduled to return to Washington on April 24, following the conclusion of the four-day visit.

The Indian government sees the visit as an essential checkpoint in evaluating the current status of bilateral cooperation. In a statement released on Wednesday evening, the MEA noted, “This visit will allow both sides to review the advancement of India-U.S. relations and evaluate the implementation of the outcomes of the India-U.S. Joint Statement issued on February 13, 2025.” The statement also added that “the two sides will also exchange views on regional and global developments of mutual interest,” indicating that broader geopolitical topics will be on the agenda as well.

This trip forms the second segment of Vice President Vance’s two-nation tour. Prior to arriving in India, he is expected to visit Italy. The journey represents a historic milestone, as it is the first visit to India by a sitting U.S. Vice President in more than ten years. The last time a Vice President visited India was in 2013, when Joe Biden made the trip during his tenure in the Obama administration.

In India, Vice President Vance is set to meet Prime Minister Narendra Modi on April 21. The meeting is expected to include discussions on strategic cooperation, economic ties, and regional security. Alongside his official duties, Vance will also participate in cultural activities with his family, highlighting the people-to-people dimension of India-U.S. relations.

There has been speculation about a possible visit by National Security Advisor Mike Waltz during the same period, though the White House has not confirmed these details. If Waltz does make the trip, he would become the third high-ranking Trump administration official to visit India in 2025. Vice President Vance and Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard are the other two officials who have either visited or are scheduled to do so this year.

Vice President Vance and Prime Minister Modi are not strangers to each other. They previously met in Paris during the AI Summit in February, a meeting that included Second Lady Usha Vance and the couple’s two sons. This earlier engagement served as a preliminary interaction ahead of the more formal bilateral meeting scheduled in New Delhi.

Since joining President Donald Trump’s administration, J.D. Vance has taken on a highly visible role in foreign policy. He has been part of several high-profile diplomatic events and frequently joins the President in meetings with international leaders. On occasion, Trump has even invited Vance to speak during official White House functions. One particularly prominent moment came when Vance participated in an Oval Office meeting with Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky, further solidifying his standing within the administration.

The personal dimension of this visit adds another layer of significance. Second Lady Usha Vance brings a unique cultural connection to India. Born as Usha Bala Chilukuri in San Diego, she is of Indian descent, with her parents originally from the southern Indian state of Andhra Pradesh. Her Indian background has drawn comparisons to former Vice President Kamala Harris, whose mother hailed from Tamil Nadu. However, despite her Indian heritage, Harris never made an official visit to India during her time as Vice President.

Similarly, former Vice President Mike Pence had shown an interest in visiting India during the Trump administration’s first term, but the trip never materialized. In contrast, Vance’s visit will mark a significant moment in the Trump administration’s outreach to India, with his presence symbolizing a renewed commitment to strengthening diplomatic, economic, and cultural ties between the two nations.

The timing of this trip is also critical, coming just months after the February 2025 summit in Washington, where a comprehensive India-U.S. Joint Statement was issued. That statement outlined key areas of collaboration, including defense, clean energy, technology sharing, and trade. Both governments now have a chance to assess how effectively those plans are being implemented.

The inclusion of stops in Jaipur and Agra, in addition to New Delhi, underlines the importance of cultural diplomacy in this visit. While official discussions in the capital will focus on statecraft and policy matters, the time spent in Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh is expected to offer a softer engagement through heritage tourism and public interaction. These elements play a vital role in enhancing mutual understanding and fostering goodwill between the people of both countries.

The trip also serves to highlight the growing strategic partnership between India and the United States, one that extends beyond government corridors to touch on technology, education, climate change, and defense cooperation. In recent years, both countries have placed increasing importance on working together in areas such as the Indo-Pacific region, where shared security interests have driven deeper collaboration.

Vice President Vance’s visit is likely to reinforce this trajectory, particularly as global events demand tighter coordination between democratic nations. With rising tensions in various parts of the world and an ever-evolving geopolitical landscape, India and the United States are positioning themselves as key partners in maintaining stability and advancing democratic values.

The upcoming meetings and public appearances are also expected to project a positive image of bilateral ties to domestic audiences in both countries. For the U.S., it sends a message of continued engagement with one of its most important allies in Asia. For India, it showcases the strength of its relationship with Washington under the leadership of Prime Minister Modi.

As the visit draws near, anticipation is building around the kind of agreements and understandings that may emerge from Vice President Vance’s time in India. Whether it leads to new announcements or serves primarily as a follow-up to the February summit, the visit holds the promise of further solidifying a partnership that has grown steadily over the past two decades.

With a packed schedule and significant expectations, Vice President Vance’s trip to India will not only be closely watched by diplomats and analysts but also by the general public in both nations. The outcome may very well shape the next phase of cooperation between two of the world’s largest democracies.

Harvard Refuses Federal Demands Despite Threat to Billions in Research Funding

Harvard University has announced it will not comply with new requirements from the Trump administration, even though the decision could cost the school billions in federal grants and contracts used for research in vital scientific and medical fields. Harvard President Alan M. Garber declared the university’s position in a strongly worded letter sent to the campus community on Monday, emphasizing that government overreach threatens academic independence and violates constitutional principles.

Garber made it clear that the university would not accept a proposed agreement from the federal government, which he says imposes regulations on academic freedom and the ideological orientation of Harvard’s faculty, staff, and students. “No government… should dictate what private universities can teach, whom they can admit and hire, and areas of study and inquiry they can pursue,” Garber stated in his letter.

For more than 75 years, Garber said, the U.S. government has partnered with universities like Harvard by awarding grants and contracts to help finance innovative research in various disciplines. This collaboration, combined with internal university investment, has produced groundbreaking advancements in medicine, engineering, and science. “These innovations have made countless people in our country and throughout the world healthier and safer,” he noted.

However, Garber said that in recent weeks, the government has been threatening to withdraw funding from several academic institutions, including Harvard, accusing them of allowing antisemitism to flourish on campus. He called these partnerships “among the most productive and beneficial in American history.”

Garber highlighted the type of research at risk, citing Harvard’s contributions to developing treatments for Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s disease, and diabetes, along with major progress in artificial intelligence, quantum science, and engineering. He warned that cutting off support would endanger the health of millions and jeopardize national economic and technological strength. “The federal government was risking not just the health and well-being of millions of individuals by retreating from partnerships with Harvard and other universities, but also the economic security and vitality of the country,” he said.

Late last week, the Trump administration issued a revised and expanded list of conditions that Harvard must fulfill to preserve its financial relationship with the federal government. According to Garber, the new list made it clear that the goal was not genuine cooperation to fight antisemitism but rather to control the university’s academic environment. “Although some of the demands outlined by the government are aimed at combating antisemitism, the majority represent direct governmental regulation of the ‘intellectual conditions’ at Harvard,” Garber wrote.

Among the new demands, the administration has asked the university to audit the beliefs and opinions of its student body, staff, and faculty. Additionally, it called for Harvard to reduce the influence of individuals who hold certain ideological positions. Garber found such requests unacceptable and said Harvard had informed the administration through legal counsel that it would not comply.

“We have informed the administration through our legal counsel that we will not accept their proposed agreement,” he declared. “The University will not negotiate over its independence or its constitutional rights.” He further stated that the administration’s demands “go beyond the power of the federal government,” violate First Amendment rights, and surpass the legal authority allowed under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act.

Garber emphasized that Harvard remains committed to combating antisemitism but will do so on its own terms and in a way that upholds its institutional values. He acknowledged the university’s moral responsibility in addressing antisemitism and said the administration’s tactics do not help meet that responsibility. “The administration’s prescription… threatens our values as a private institution devoted to the pursuit, production, and dissemination of knowledge,” he said.

He noted that over the past 15 months, Harvard has implemented various initiatives to address antisemitism on campus and that further actions are planned. Garber stressed the university’s commitment to promoting an environment of open debate and intellectual diversity. This includes respecting freedom of expression and peaceful protest, as long as it does not disrupt academic life. He also expressed a desire to foster a welcoming campus culture that embraces differing perspectives.

“We will continue to nurture a thriving culture of open inquiry on campus and broaden the intellectual and viewpoint diversity within the community,” Garber said. “The university will respect free speech and dissent while also ensuring protest occurs in a time, place and manner that does not interfere with teaching, learning and research.” He added that Harvard would seek legal and appropriate ways to build a community that “exemplifies, respects and embraces differences.”

Garber argued that the responsibility for addressing institutional shortcomings lies within the university, not with federal authorities. “These ends will not be achieved by assertions of power, unmoored from the law, to control teaching and learning at Harvard and to dictate how we operate,” he said. “The work of addressing our shortcomings, fulfilling our commitments, and embodying our values is ours to define and undertake as a community.”

He concluded his message by reaffirming Harvard’s belief in academic freedom and the university’s role in advancing society through independent research and education. “Freedom of thought and inquiry, along with the government’s longstanding commitment to respect and protect it, has enabled universities to contribute in vital ways to a free society and to healthier, more prosperous lives for people everywhere,” Garber wrote. “We proceed now, as always, with the conviction that the fearless and unfettered pursuit of truth liberates humanity—and with faith in the enduring promise that America’s colleges and universities hold for our country and our world.”

The standoff with Harvard comes as the Trump administration escalates its crackdown on antisemitism in higher education. Since October 2023, the administration has suspended federal funding to nearly every Ivy League school, except the University of Pennsylvania and Dartmouth, due to ongoing investigations into anti-Israel demonstrations on campus.

Columbia University was the first to lose federal support, with more than $400 million in funding withdrawn after it was determined that Jewish students did not feel safe on campus. Columbia later complied with administration demands in hopes of having its funding restored.

Earlier this month, a federal task force on antisemitism began reviewing Harvard’s nearly $9 billion in federal grants and contracts as part of an ongoing investigation into how the university has handled antisemitism on campus.

The Trump administration has committed to taking a more aggressive approach to addressing campus antisemitism, criticizing President Joe Biden for what it sees as leniency toward violent campus protests. In addition, the administration has taken steps to identify, detain, and deport foreign students who have been involved in organizing or participating in anti-Israel protests at U.S. universities.

Trump Administration Plans to Revoke Social Security Access for Certain Immigrants to Encourage Self-Deportation

The Trump administration is pursuing a strategy designed to prompt certain immigrants without legal status to voluntarily leave the United States. According to an official who spoke to Reuters on condition of anonymity, the government intends to classify these individuals as deceased in federal databases, thereby deactivating their Social Security numbers.

The focus of this effort is on immigrants who were initially granted legal entry under the Biden administration but have since lost their temporary protected status. These individuals would be added to the Social Security Administration’s “death master list,” a federal record typically used to prevent deceased individuals from receiving Social Security payments. “Immigrants who were legally admitted to the U.S. under the Biden administration but have since had their temporary status revoked would be added to the Social Security Administration’s ‘death master list,’” the anonymous official told Reuters.

In the U.S., a Social Security number is essential not just for employment and tax purposes but also for obtaining government benefits and performing routine financial tasks. These numbers serve as tax identifiers and are necessary for opening bank accounts, applying for credit cards, and conducting many other transactions. Without a valid Social Security number, individuals are effectively excluded from both public assistance and the financial system.

The plan was initially revealed by The New York Times, which reviewed internal documents and interviewed six individuals familiar with the proposal. The newspaper reported that the underlying strategy is to create enough financial pressure on the affected immigrants that they will opt to leave the country voluntarily. By invalidating their Social Security numbers, the administration hopes to cut them off from key financial and governmental services. “The goal is to pressure migrants to self-deport by effectively canceling their Social Security numbers and cutting them off from financial services,” the Times reported.

Although the administration has not publicly confirmed the plan in detail, Assistant Press Secretary Liz Huston issued a statement that hinted at the policy’s broader objectives. “President Trump promised mass deportations and by removing the monetary incentive for illegal aliens to come and stay, we will encourage them to self-deport,” Huston stated. However, she did not directly confirm or elaborate on the specifics of the Social Security deactivation plan.

The Times also reported that the government has already added over 6,300 names to a federal blacklist. These names reportedly belong to individuals convicted of crimes or identified as suspected terrorists.The Times, citing documents, reported that the names of more than 6,300 convicted criminals or ‘suspected terrorists’ have been added to the government blacklist.

Using the “death master list” in this way marks a significant expansion of the federal government’s use of sensitive personal data in immigration enforcement. President Trump has repeatedly emphasized his goal of significantly reducing the number of undocumented immigrants living in the U.S., and this effort is seen as another step in that direction.

Further highlighting this approach, the Treasury Department, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), and the Department of Homeland Security recently finalized an agreement to share taxpayer information with immigration enforcement agencies. This agreement will allow immigration officials access to sensitive tax records that can be used to locate undocumented individuals more efficiently. “On Monday, the Treasury Department, the Internal Revenue Service and the Department of Homeland Security finalized an agreement under which taxpayer data will be provided to federal immigration authorities to help them locate migrants,” Reuters reported.

This move has already triggered internal consequences. Following the finalization of the agreement, the acting head of the IRS, along with several other senior officials, resigned from their positions. Their resignations signal the potential controversy and ethical concerns surrounding the sharing of confidential taxpayer information with immigration authorities.

The administration’s broader immigration enforcement plans also include significant financial penalties for those who defy deportation orders. Reuters reported on Tuesday that migrants who remain in the United States despite being under deportation orders could face daily fines of up to $998. In cases where individuals fail to pay these fines, the government may seize their property. Reuters on Tuesday reported that the Trump administration plans to fine migrants under deportation orders up to $998 a day if they fail to leave the United States and to seize their property if they do not pay.

These combined efforts represent a multi-pronged strategy aimed at deterring unauthorized immigration and encouraging self-deportation by eliminating access to financial and social infrastructure. By cutting off Social Security numbers, imposing heavy financial penalties, and using taxpayer data for enforcement purposes, the administration is making it increasingly difficult for individuals without legal status to remain in the country.

While critics are likely to challenge the legality and ethics of these measures, the administration appears committed to using every tool at its disposal to reduce the undocumented population. The classification of living individuals as deceased for enforcement purposes is particularly controversial and could lead to legal challenges if implemented.

The proposal also raises significant concerns about due process, accuracy, and the potential for mistaken identity. Critics warn that such a plan could result in legal immigrants or even U.S. citizens being wrongly targeted, especially if the data used to compile the lists is flawed or outdated.

Nevertheless, the Trump administration continues to defend its immigration policies as necessary to uphold the rule of law and national security. “By removing the monetary incentive for illegal aliens to come and stay, we will encourage them to self-deport,” said Huston, reaffirming the administration’s belief that economic deterrence is a viable enforcement strategy.

As the 2024 presidential election approaches, immigration policy is expected to remain a key issue for the Trump campaign, with promises of stricter enforcement and reduced immigration taking center stage. The recent steps taken by the administration reflect a growing focus on administrative and bureaucratic tools to achieve policy objectives without requiring new legislation.

In summary, the Trump administration’s latest immigration policy involves adding certain immigrants who have lost their temporary legal status to a list meant for deceased individuals. This effectively renders their Social Security numbers useless and prevents them from accessing essential services, in an effort to drive self-deportation. This initiative, along with new agreements to share tax data with immigration authorities and impose substantial daily fines, underscores the administration’s aggressive approach to curbing unauthorized immigration through both legal and financial pressures.

US-China Trade War Escalates, Raising Fears of Global Economic Fallout

The prospect of a full-scale trade war between the United States and China has intensified after President Donald Trump imposed tariffs exceeding 100% on imports from China. In response, China has vowed to retaliate rather than yield to what it perceives as U.S. intimidation. It has announced a significant increase in tariffs on American products, raising them from 34% to 84%.

Beijing’s firm stance was reflected in its declaration that it would “fight to the end,” dismissing any notion of surrender in the face of pressure from Washington.

The key question now looming over global markets and policymakers is: what does this deepening trade conflict between the world’s two largest economies mean for the broader international economy?

In 2024, the trade volume in goods between the U.S. and China reached an estimated $585 billion. However, the trade was heavily skewed in China’s favor, with the U.S. importing approximately $440 billion worth of goods from China, while China imported only $145 billion from the U.S. This disparity resulted in a U.S. trade deficit with China of $295 billion—roughly 1% of the American economy. While this is substantial, it is far less than the $1 trillion deficit figure that Trump has repeatedly cited in public appearances.

Tariffs on Chinese goods are not new. During his first term, Trump imposed sweeping tariffs on China, which were largely maintained and even expanded under President Joe Biden. These trade measures contributed to a sharp drop in the proportion of Chinese imports into the U.S.—from 21% of total American imports in 2016 to just 13% in 2023. This data suggests a reduced dependency on Chinese imports, but experts argue that the shift might be more superficial than structural.

Analysts have observed that many Chinese exports have merely been redirected through other Asian nations to avoid U.S. tariffs. A notable example comes from the solar energy industry. In 2018, Trump imposed a 30% tariff on Chinese-made solar panels. However, by 2023, the U.S. Commerce Department discovered that Chinese manufacturers were circumventing these tariffs by assembling solar panels in countries like Malaysia, Vietnam, Thailand, and Cambodia, before shipping them to the U.S. as if they were locally produced.

The Trump administration’s new round of “reciprocal” tariffs now targets goods originating from these countries, meaning that many items ultimately manufactured in China will become even more expensive for U.S. consumers.

The trade relationship involves a wide range of products. On the American side, top exports to China in 2024 included soybeans, a vital food source for China’s estimated 440 million pigs. The U.S. also exported pharmaceuticals and petroleum to China.

Conversely, Chinese exports to the U.S. predominantly included electronics, toys, computers, and a significant number of batteries essential to electric vehicles. Smartphones represented the largest category, accounting for 9% of total U.S. imports from China. Many of these devices are manufactured in China for U.S.-based firms such as Apple.

The heavy U.S. tariffs on China have contributed to a sharp drop in Apple’s market valuation. Over the past month alone, the company’s stock price has declined by 20%. This is attributed to the growing cost burden of producing and importing Chinese-manufactured electronics, including Apple’s flagship iPhones.

Previously, the Trump administration had already imposed a 20% tariff on a broad range of Chinese imports. But with the latest hike to 104%, the financial impact on U.S. consumers and businesses could be as much as five times higher. Likewise, China’s counter-tariffs on American imports will lead to price hikes for Chinese consumers, potentially hurting domestic purchasing power.

However, tariffs are just one tool in this escalating economic rivalry. Both nations possess other means to undermine each other’s strategic industries. China, for instance, plays a dominant role in refining essential industrial metals like copper, lithium, and rare earth elements. It could hinder U.S. access to these materials, which are critical for sectors ranging from electronics to defense.

Beijing has already begun implementing such measures. It has restricted exports of germanium and gallium, two rare materials used in thermal imaging and radar systems—a move widely interpreted as a response to U.S. pressure.

Meanwhile, the U.S. may look to escalate its ongoing technological embargo on China. Initiated during Biden’s presidency, this policy restricts Chinese access to cutting-edge microchips used in artificial intelligence and other advanced applications. China still lacks the ability to manufacture these chips domestically, making it vulnerable to such export restrictions.

Adding to the potential conflict, Trump’s trade advisor, Peter Navarro, recently suggested that the U.S. could pressure other countries like Mexico, Vietnam, and Cambodia to limit their trade with China if they wish to retain access to the American market.

These developments have major implications for the rest of the world. The U.S. and China together account for an estimated 43% of global economic output in 2024, according to the International Monetary Fund. A severe trade war that dampens growth in either country—or plunges them into recession—could significantly slow the pace of global economic development.

International investment may also take a hit as uncertainty grows over supply chains and market access. But the consequences extend even further.

China’s domestic consumption remains far below its industrial output. With an annual goods surplus nearing $1 trillion, China is exporting far more than it imports. Much of this surplus is supported by state subsidies and financial assistance to favored firms, allowing them to produce goods—like steel—at below-market costs.

Should Chinese products be blocked from entering the U.S. due to high tariffs, Chinese companies may try to dump excess inventory into other markets, undercutting local producers. While this could benefit consumers in some countries through lower prices, it would pose a significant threat to domestic manufacturing industries and employment in other regions.

In the UK, the lobby group UK Steel has voiced concerns over this possibility. They fear that excess Chinese steel could flood the British market, potentially harming local industries and threatening thousands of jobs.

In the broader picture, most economists believe that a comprehensive U.S.-China trade war would deliver a severe blow to the global economy. The combination of higher prices, disrupted supply chains, and falling investment could push several economies toward slower growth—or worse.

As the world watches the unfolding trade standoff between Washington and Beijing, the hope is that cooler heads will prevail. But for now, both sides appear entrenched, and the rest of the world may end up paying the price.

Indian Americans Reflect on U.S.-India Relations Amid Major Elections in 2024

The year 2024 earned the distinction of being dubbed the “year of elections,” as over 1.5 billion people around the world participated in choosing new governments across seventy-three nations. Among these, two particularly significant elections took place in India and the United States, both of which could have far-reaching global implications.

In India, the June 2024 general election saw Prime Minister Narendra Modi secure a third term in office. While his Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) failed to achieve an outright majority in parliament, Modi’s personal popularity and political influence remained intact. Despite the initial perception of a political setback, the BJP quickly regained momentum by clinching major victories in a series of state elections held in the aftermath. Meanwhile, in the United States, the November election resulted in the re-election of Republican President Donald Trump. This outcome denied then Vice President Kamala Harris the chance to succeed Democratic President Joe Biden.

These landmark elections unfolded amid a growing U.S.-India strategic partnership—one that has shown both promise and tension. Several issues emerged ahead of the U.S. election that strained bilateral ties. Among them were policy differences concerning the Bangladesh government under Sheikh Hasina, a U.S. federal indictment involving Indian tycoon Gautam Adani on corruption charges, and the high-profile allegation that an Indian official had orchestrated a “murder-for-hire” plot aimed at assassinating a pro-Khalistan separatist, a U.S. citizen, on American soil.

These developments naturally prompted questions about the Indian American community’s outlook on foreign policy. With over 5 million people of Indian descent now living in the United States, their perspectives carry increasing weight. Key questions included: How did Indian Americans view the Biden administration’s handling of ties with India? Did they believe Trump would strengthen relations with India? And how did they assess India’s own political direction, especially following the 2024 election?

To answer these questions, the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, in collaboration with research firm YouGov, conducted a nationally representative online poll of 1,206 Indian American adults between September 18 and October 15, 2024. The Indian American Attitudes Survey (IAAS) carries a margin of error of plus or minus 3 percent.

The survey found that Indian Americans largely approved of the Biden administration’s performance in managing U.S.-India relations over the past four years. At the same time, their expectations for the renewed Trump administration were more reserved and mixed. Regarding India, Indian Americans expressed increased confidence in the country’s direction compared to the 2020 period. A significant number voiced approval for Modi’s leadership, though some expressed unease about rising Hindu majoritarianism within India.

This survey constitutes the second installment in a three-part series exploring Indian Americans’ attitudes on social, political, and foreign policy matters, based on the 2024 IAAS. Below is a summary of the major findings from the study.

First, Indian Americans evaluated the Biden administration’s approach to India in a generally positive light. About 50 percent of those surveyed expressed approval of how the Biden White House handled relations with India. Around four in ten participants felt that the Biden administration offered an appropriately balanced level of support to India. Nonetheless, opinions varied when it came to how effectively the administration balanced American values with strategic interests.

On the other hand, the return of Donald Trump to the presidency was met with some concern among Indian Americans. Respondents rated Biden’s record on India somewhat more favorably than Trump’s first term. Additionally, many believed that the U.S.-India relationship would have fared better under a Kamala Harris administration than under a second Trump term.

Another issue explored in the survey was the “murder-for-hire” controversy, which had the potential to strain diplomatic ties. The data revealed that only about half of the respondents were even aware of the allegations involving India’s role in the attempted assassination of a U.S. citizen. A narrow majority felt that such actions could not be justified by any country, and they indicated they would feel similarly if the roles were reversed, with the U.S. targeting someone on Indian soil.

The survey also shed light on Indian Americans’ divided opinions about the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. Rather than reflecting a unified view, respondents displayed a broad range of opinions shaped significantly by political affiliations. Democrats were generally more sympathetic to the Palestinian cause, while Republicans showed greater support for Israel. Interestingly, 40 percent of all respondents believed the Biden administration had shown excessive favoritism toward Israel during the ongoing crisis.

When compared to the 2020 survey, Indian Americans in 2024 demonstrated a more optimistic perspective regarding India’s trajectory. Forty-seven percent said they believe India is heading in the right direction, which is a 10-point jump from four years earlier. The same proportion of respondents—47 percent—also voiced approval of Prime Minister Modi’s performance. In addition, four in ten respondents believed that the 2024 election had made India more democratic.

Despite Modi’s reduced parliamentary majority, the diaspora’s outlook on India’s internal affairs appears more confident than in the past. Still, concerns about religious nationalism continue to persist, suggesting that Indian Americans are watching closely as Modi enters his third term.

As for foreign relations, the community’s views reflect both satisfaction with past diplomatic management and skepticism about the road ahead. The Biden administration earned credit for its steadiness and for prioritizing India as a key global partner. However, the return of Trump brought more hesitation than enthusiasm among survey participants. Indian Americans seemed to favor continuity, with some having preferred a Harris presidency to carry forward Biden’s approach.

The 2024 elections have underscored not only the changing political landscape in two of the world’s largest democracies but also the growing significance of the Indian American community in shaping perspectives on global diplomacy. With roots in India and deep connections in the U.S., this community continues to serve as a vital bridge in navigating one of the most important bilateral relationships of the 21st century.

As this series of surveys continues, more insights are expected to emerge on the evolving political identity and influence of Indian Americans, both in domestic American politics and in matters that touch upon their ancestral homeland.

Trump Administration Introduces Stricter Green Card Rules for Married Couples

The Trump administration has implemented notable changes to the green card application process for married couples, including revised forms, mandatory interviews, and expanded financial disclosures. These updates reflect the administration’s broader approach to tightening immigration enforcement.

President Donald Trump, who had promised sweeping immigration reforms during his campaign, has prioritized tougher policies throughout his presidency. Within the first few months of taking office, his administration deported approximately 100,000 undocumented immigrants. Among those detained and deported were individuals who were legal residents but had no ties to crime or gangs.

The administration has made clear that it is taking a hardline stance on immigration violations, targeting not only those who crossed the U.S.-Mexico border illegally but also others who breach immigration rules in various ways.

Even legal permanent residents have encountered obstacles under the new regime. One such example is Mahmoud Khalil, a Columbia University graduate student and Palestinian activist, who is currently facing removal proceedings despite holding a green card.

The modifications to the marriage-based green card process suggest that immigration policy may continue to shift in coming weeks, potentially affecting multiple aspects of the immigration system.

According to the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS), lawful permanent residents have the right to live permanently in the country as long as they refrain from any actions that could render them deportable under immigration law. Such actions include legal violations and failure to file taxes.

Among the pathways to obtaining a green card is marriage to a U.S. citizen or another green card holder. In such cases, the U.S.-based spouse sponsors the foreign-born partner for permanent residency.

Though some of the recent changes may appear technical, they carry significant implications for applicants. One of the primary revisions is the introduction of a new version of Form I-485, known as the “Application to Register Permanent Residence or Adjust Status,” which became mandatory as of January 20. This updated form must now be used by all individuals seeking lawful permanent residency.

The revised form introduces several updates, including new gender identity options and the return of the word “alien.” These linguistic adjustments mirror similar terminology updates made to other immigration forms.

Immigration attorney Rachel Einbund told Newsweek during a phone conversation that a major addition to the updated form is a “public charge” section. This section requires applicants to “disclose their entire household income, their assets, their debts or liabilities, as well as if they have received any public assistance in the U.S.”

Another significant addition is found in Part 9 of the form, which pertains to general eligibility and inadmissibility. It now includes questions regarding the highest educational degree the applicant has earned, along with any certifications, licenses, or skills.

Einbund criticized these additions, saying they could dissuade lower-income applicants from applying. She described it as “more of a scare tactic to try and scare people who maybe don’t have a lot of income or don’t have continued education into not applying.”

An equally important change is the reimplementation of mandatory interviews for marriage-based green card applicants. Under President Biden’s administration in 2022, many of these interviews were waived if no warning signs were present in the application. According to Einbund, this was an effective method for the USCIS to reduce case backlogs and optimize the use of immigration officers’ time.

Einbund stated she had spoken with a USCIS officer who confirmed that interviews are once again required as part of a new internal policy. While no executive order has been issued, Trump has advocated for “enhanced vetting” in immigration matters, which this initiative likely aligns with.

Her advice to applicants is to “disclose everything,” emphasizing the importance of providing varied and substantial proof of a genuine relationship. “Proving that your marriage is real is the foundation of these cases,” she told Newsweek.

Newsweek also contacted USCIS via email on Thursday to confirm these changes and for additional comments.

In response, a USCIS spokesperson said in an email to Newsweek: “U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services is committed to implementing policies and procedures that strengthen fraud detection, prevent identity theft, and support the enforcement of rigorous screening and vetting measures to the fullest extent possible. These efforts ensure that those seeking immigration benefits to live and work in the United States do not threaten public safety, undermine national security, or promote harmful anti-American ideologies.”

Amol Sinha, executive director of the ACLU of New Jersey, commented outside a courthouse on Friday about Khalil’s legal situation. “As we await the court’s ruling, what I am reminded of is the egregious nature of what the government has done. It is anti-democratic, un-American, illegal and unconstitutional to suppress speech, censor somebody, detain them and attempt to deport them and revoke their green card for speaking their mind.”

Attorney Colleen Kerwick, speaking to Newsweek in March, offered a different view. “A green card is a privilege, not a right. That privilege can be revoked if Mahmoud Khalil perpetrated a crime or wrong,” she said. Kerwick explained that Khalil had been accused of organizing an event that glorified Hamas’ October 7 attack. The United States classifies Hamas as a terrorist organization. She added, “The gravamen [most serious part] of his alleged wrong was social media posts, not yet traced to him.”

As of April 3, applicants must now use the newly revised Form I-485 for green card applications. Khalil, the Palestinian student and green card holder, is scheduled to appear before an immigration judge on April 8 for his removal hearing.

Einbund pointed out that immigration attorneys are bracing for further developments in policy. Many in the legal community anticipate that upcoming immigration forms will likely require applicants to disclose their social media handles, reflecting a growing emphasis on background scrutiny.

These ongoing changes reinforce the Trump administration’s determination to reshape the immigration process, not only through increased enforcement but also via procedural modifications designed to intensify scrutiny and discourage fraudulent or incomplete applications.

“A Congressional Salute” to Late Dr. Sampat Shivangi on Capitol Hill

A United States Congressional Salute to the late Dr. Sampat Shivangi, a distinguished Indian American physician and community leader, was held on Capitol Hill Building in Washington, DC, honoring his life and contributions on March 26, 2025.

Dr. Sampat Shivangi, a physician, philanthropist, influential Indian American community leader, and veteran leader of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) for several decades, suddenly passed away due to health reasons in his hometown, Jackson, Mississippi, on February 10, 2025.

The solemn ceremony attended by US Lawmakers, physicians, and community and faith leaders was a tribute to Dr. Shivangi, remembering his impactful work in healthcare, politics, and US – India relations. In him, the Indian American community has lost a great leader and friend whose contributions will continue to resonate for generations.

The Congressional Salute ceremony began with a Hindu invocational dance by Indrani Davaluri and Laxmi Anshika Yadav from Natya Margam, followed by Christian and Muslim prayers led by Pastor Cheryl Ravuri and Mustafa Ajmeri, Chair of AMEC’s Georgia Chapter.

Senator Roger Wicker, Rep. Michael Guest, Rep. Raja Krishnamoorthi, and Rep. Shri Thanedar were among the US lawmakers who paid rich tributes to Dr. Shivangi’s enduring legacy. To recognize his contributions, the Dr. Sampat Shivangi Legacy Awards were presented to the Congress leaders for their leadership and close association with Dr. Shivangi. Also, Legacy Medals were given to all the attendees during the ceremony.

Collage 2

Dr. Shivangi’s wife, Dr. Udaya Shivangi, and their two daughters, Priya Kurup and Pooja Shivangi Amin, vowed to continue his noble mission. “His dream did not end with him—it lives on. I will carry forward his mission through education, philanthropy, and strengthening U.S.-India ties. I plan to write a book, make a film, expand charitable initiatives, and actively work to strengthen the relationship between the U.S. and India, ensuring that his contributions inspire generations to come. Most importantly, along with our daughters, I will raise our grandchildren the way he wanted—to be idealists, to serve, and to give back to the world,” Dr. Udaya Shivangi said.

“A trailblazer of the Indian Diaspora, Dr. Shivangi has left an indelible mark on the Indian American community. Throughout the decades, he committed his time, resources, and efforts to serving AAPI and various other Indian American organizations. His leadership, vision, and tireless commitment to advocating for the community set him apart as a pillar of strength and guidance,” Dr. Udaya Shivangi said.

It was only about a month prior to his sudden death that the President of India, Droupadi Murmu, inaugurated the newly built Dr. Sampat Kumar S. Shivangi Cancer Hospital in Belagavi, Karnataka. Spanning 1,75,000 square feet with a capacity of 300 beds, the hospital was built with cutting-edge technology with funds donated by Dr. Sampat Shivangi, she pointed out.

“Dr. Shivangi believed that success is measured not by what we accumulate but by the lives we touch. That is the legacy I promise to uphold. Sampat, you are not gone—you are here, in the walls of the hospital you built, in the halls of the school you founded, and in the hearts of those who loved you. And I will honor you every day of my life,” Dr. Udaya Shivangi assured.

Collage 1

Priya Kurup reflected on her father’s journey from a small-town boy in India to a respected physician and political advocate. She said, “At any given moment, we have two options: to step forward into growth or step back into safety. My father always chose growth.”

Pooja S. Amin emphasized his commitment to improving healthcare access, especially for underserved communities. She highlighted his role in strengthening U.S.- India relations and described his example as “a guiding light for all of us.”

Senator Roger Wicker from Mississippi described Dr. Shivangi as “the American dream” and “the new face of our multiculturalism.” He commended his lifelong advocacy for mental health, noting how he championed the cause despite societal reluctance to recognize it as a treatable medical condition.

Rep. Michael Guest from the state of Mississippi, who received the Legacy Award for his “dynamic leadership,” called it an honor to pay tribute to “an incredible individual.” He shared that Dr. Shivangi’s love for family was as strong as his passion for politics, recalling how he often spoke about his two daughters and three grandchildren.

In Dr. Shivangi’s memory, Rep. Guest presented his family with a flag flown over the U.S. Capitol, along with three copies of the Extension of Remarks entered into the Congressional Record.

Rep. Raja Krishnamoorthi of Illinois described Dr. Shivangi as “one of the most helpful people in the community,” always advocating for others and championing causes that needed attention on Capitol Hill.

Rep. Shri Thanedar from the state of Michigan, who shared a hometown with Dr. Shivangi in Belgaum, India, praised his lifelong dedication to the community and his lasting impact on countless lives.

Collage 5

Representing the Indian Embassy, Minister for Community Affairs Jagmohan emphasized Dr. Shivangi’s commitment to U.S.-India relations, noting that his philanthropic work extended beyond the U.S., with the cancer hospital in India providing world-class treatment to underprivileged patients.

Dr. Vijay Prabhakar, President of the American Multiethnic Coalition and the event’s emcee, described Dr. Shivangi’s work as a “symphony of service resonating in both the Senate halls of America and the humble lanes of Karnataka.” He highlighted Dr. Shivangi’s pivotal role in securing official recognition for Indian Americans as a distinct identity in the U.S. Senate.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of AAPI, acknowledged Dr. Shivangi’s selfless service to AAPI. “There was no committee he didn’t serve on, and he was present at every convention and global health summit,” he noted. Recalling their friendship, Dr. Kathula said, “He would call me, advise me, and even scold me when I was wrong. He was like a father figure and a true role model.”

Shekhar Tiwari of AHC fondly remembered Dr. Shivangi’s patience and ability to explain complex topics with a warm smile. He shared that the only time he saw him visibly upset was during discussions on Canada’s treatment of Indian diplomats and Indian communities.

H.R. Shah, Chairman of TV Asia, described Dr. Shivangi as a “true Republican” and a grassroots leader who worked closely with elected officials. He humorously compared him to a potato, a versatile vegetable that “complements every dish,” symbolizing his ability to connect with people from all backgrounds.

Dr. Vasavi Chakka, Dean of The Global Eye International Institute for Leadership, NFP, announced the establishment of the Dr. Sampatkumar Shivangi Memorial Lecture, to be held annually in both the U.S. and India. The inaugural lecture will be delivered by Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Secretary of Health and Human Services, he said.

Neil Khot, President of the Indian American Business Coalition, praised Dr. Shivangi’s generosity, recalling the recent naming of a lane in Mississippi in his honor. Parthiban Shanmugam, Convenor of Tamils for Trump in Georgia, announced the launch of the organization under the leadership of Dr. Udaya Shivangi and Dr. Vijay Prabhakar.

Dr. Udaya Shivangi expressed her gratitude to all “congressional leaders, doctors, and friends who made this tribute possible. A special acknowledgment to the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI), the Indo-American Political Forum for Education—which Sampat worked so hard to establish with a distinct name as Indian American Political rather than Asian—and the American Hindu Coalition for their support. A heartfelt thanks to AMEC (American Multi-Ethnic Commission USA) and Global Eye Magazine President Dr. Vijay Prabhakar and his team. This tribute would not have been possible without your efforts. From the bottom of my heart, thank you for honoring him.”

The evening concluded with a sense of unity, highlighting Dr. Shivangi’s remarkable contributions across healthcare, politics, and philanthropy. As his family and friends vowed to continue his mission, the event served as a powerful testament to his enduring legacy in both the U.S. and India.

Dr. Shivangi has been actively involved in several philanthropic activities, serving with Blind Foundation of MS, Diabetic, Cancer and Heart Associations of America. Dr. Shivangi has a number of philanthropic works in India including Primary & middle schools, Cultural Center, and IMA Centers that he opened and helped to obtain the first ever US Congressional grant to AAPI to study Diabetes Mellitus amongst Indian Americans.

In addition to establishing the Dr. Sampat Kumar S. Shivangi Cancer Hospital in Karnataka, through the Dr. Sampat Shivangi Foundation, Dr. Shivangi has established multiple charitable institutions in India, including primary and middle schools, community halls, and healthcare facilities, greatly enhancing educational and healthcare access for underserved communities.

Collage 4 (1)

In the U.S., Dr. Shivangi has contributed to establishing a Hindu Temple in Jackson, Mississippi, providing a cultural and spiritual hub for the Hindu community and beyond. Recognized for his exemplary service, a street in Mississippi bears his name, a testament to his contributions to healthcare and community welfare.

Over the years, in the pursuit of its vision, the Dr. Sampat Shivangi Foundation has come to be known for its belief and tireless efforts that every individual deserves an opportunity to thrive, and is a beacon of hope, fostering resilience and building a more inclusive and harmonious world for all.

At the heart of societal transformation, The Dr. Sampat Shivangi Foundation stands as a testament to unwavering commitment and compassion. The foundation is built upon the pillars of education, healthcare, mental well-being, tribal support, women’s empowerment, and sports development. With a profound understanding of the multifaceted needs of underprivileged communities, we have designed a range of initiatives that address these vital aspects of human well-being.

As the first Indian American to serve on the Board of the Mississippi State Department of Mental Health, Dr. Shivangi has made significant strides in mental health advocacy. His leadership extends to national positions, serving on the National Board of Directors for the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), appointed by Presidents Donald Trump and Joe Biden.

A dedicated advocate for Indo-U.S. relations, Dr. Shivangi has contributed to key initiatives, including the Indo-U.S. Civil Nuclear Agreement, collaborating with President George W. Bush to strengthen ties between the two nations. His commitment to India is further reflected in his coordination efforts with the White House to lift sanctions against India during President Bill Clinton’s administration.

A recipient of numerous awards, including the Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Award, The US Congressional Recognition Award, the Ellis Medal of Honor Award, Lifetime Achievement Award by the Indo-American Press Club, Dr. Shivangi’s legacy reflects a lifelong dedication to improving lives through healthcare, philanthropy, and international diplomacy.

Dr. Shivangi said, he always thought about why the Indian Americans, especially the Physician fraternity, consisting of more than 100,000 physicians in the United States, are not willing to undertake philanthropy in their homeland or in USA. “My hope and prayers is that many more will follow me just as my dream has come true today. I urge my fellow Indo-American physicians to join this movement and help change the world for the better. My humble request is that let us be the change and bring this movement to make our world different tomorrow.  I hope my prayers will be answered one day and all humanity lives in a better world.”

Donald Trump’s Approval Rating Declines as Economic Concerns Mount

Approval Ratings Slip Below Water

President Donald Trump’s approval rating has dipped into negative territory, with nearly every major pollster now showing more Americans disapprove of his job performance than approve. According to Newsweek’s tracker, Trump’s approval rating stands at 48%, while disapproval is at 49%, marking a one-point drop since Friday.

The Fox News poll, conducted between March 14-17, also found that 51% of respondents disapprove of Trump’s performance, while 49% approve, giving him a net rating of -2. Meanwhile, the latest YouGov/Economist and Morning Consult polls recorded a net approval of -3.

Trump’s Handling of the Economy Draws Criticism

Dissatisfaction with Trump’s economic policies appears to be a key driver of his declining popularity. A Fox News poll found that 56% of Americans disapprove of Trump’s handling of the economy, while only 43% approve. The latest Reuters/Ipsos poll paints an even bleaker picture, with only 38% approving of Trump’s economic leadership and a mere 34% expressing confidence in his ability to manage the cost of living.

Adding to concerns, 71% of Americans believe the economy will enter a recession this year, while Trump’s trade policies—especially tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China—are fueling fears of higher inflation. Goldman Sachs previously estimated that these tariffs could push inflation up by 1% and provoke retaliatory actions from other countries.

Comparisons to Biden and First-Term Approval

At this point in his presidency, Trump’s 48% approval rating is lower than Joe Biden’s 53% approval rating on March 26, 2021, according to RealClearPolitics. However, compared to his first term, Trump’s popularity has improved. On March 26, 2017, his approval rating stood at just 43%, with a disapproval rating of 52%, giving him a net approval of -9.

Despite the recent dip, some polls remain favorable. Rasmussen Reports, known for producing more Republican-leaning results, places Trump’s net approval at +4. Meanwhile, RMG Research, founded by Scott Rasmussen, gave him a net approval of +8, with 53% approving and 45% disapproving.

Outlook and Potential Shifts

Trump’s approval rating will likely continue to fluctuate in the coming weeks, influenced by economic developments, U.S. trade policies, ongoing tensions over the Russia-Ukraine war, and the potential for a recession. His ability to regain public trust on economic issues could be a crucial factor in shaping political dynamics ahead of the midterm elections.

Uncertain Times for Immigrants in the US Amid Heightened Enforcement

The current climate in the United States has left many immigrants uncertain about their status and security. Reports have surfaced of visa and green card holders, as well as tourists, being detained and deported. However, the Trump administration does not appear to be indiscriminately targeting all legal immigrants who have authorization to remain in the country on a large scale.

Some of those affected seem to have been singled out due to their political activism. One such case involved a Brown University professor and doctor with a green card who was deported after officials discovered photos of former Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah and Iran’s supreme leader on her phone. Another case saw immigration authorities detain a former Columbia student and green card holder involved in campus protests over the war in Gaza, citing a Trump executive order prohibiting antisemitism.

In other instances, the administration has not provided clear reasons for detaining individuals. A German citizen with a green card was interrogated by border officials in Boston and detained without access to his anxiety medication. It remains unclear whether he has been charged with any crime. Similarly, as of Tuesday, no official explanation had been given for the detention of a Turkish doctoral student.

Notably, US citizens have also been affected. One individual reported being arrested by immigration agents while walking in Chicago. His identification was confiscated, and he was held for ten hours before being released.

While such cases are relatively limited in number, they have gone viral, sparking fear within immigrant communities.

According to immigration attorneys, it is difficult to gauge the level of concern legal immigrants living and working in the US should have.

“After practicing for 40 years, it’s really difficult to divine what a measured response is right now,” said Kathleen Campbell Walker, former president of the American Immigration Lawyers Association.

Although cases of detained or deported visa and green card holders appear to be rare, legal experts recommend that immigrants—as well as US citizens—take certain precautions in this uncertain environment.

Carry Identification Documents

Legal non-citizen immigrants have long been required by law to carry their immigration papers at all times. However, under Trump, the penalties for failing to do so are increasing.

In April, the administration is set to raise the fine for not carrying required documents from $100 to $5,000, Campbell Walker said. While failing to possess documentation has always been a misdemeanor, it can now lead to detention and deportation proceedings. Trump has revoked Biden-era immigration enforcement priorities, making even those charged with nonviolent, minor crimes subject to deportation.

Additionally, beginning next month, the administration will require all noncitizens to register with the federal government. Those who fail to do so will be designated as priorities for immigration enforcement. Many noncitizens who have previously interacted with federal agencies—such as those who applied for immigration benefits or received notices to appear in court—are already considered registered under this policy.

Campbell Walker also advised US citizens to carry proof of nationality, such as a passport card or birth certificate, given reports of Americans being mistakenly detained by immigration agents. Concerns have been raised that some agents are racially or ethnically profiling individuals during enforcement actions.

“Carrying documents on your person, making sure that people who are not citizens or naturalized or acquired citizens have one place in your home where you have all your important documentation together and making sure that you have copies—those are all reasonable and important steps to be taking in a moment like this, when we see the administration attacking free speech rights and attacking the basic norms of due process,” said Heidi Altman, vice president of policy at the National Immigration Law Center.

Reconsider International Travel

Legal experts are also advising immigrants to exercise caution when traveling abroad.

After the deportation of a professor, Brown University recommended that green card holders delay personal travel outside the US “out of an abundance of caution.” The university warned that upcoming changes to reentry requirements, along with a potential travel ban targeting 43 countries—expected to take effect as early as this week—could impact students and staff.

“I believe that a lot of green card holders are making the decision to consult with an attorney before traveling, and I think that’s a reasonable consideration,” Altman said.

Immigrants should consider whether their country of origin or travel destination might be affected by these potential bans. They should also evaluate their personal history of activism, as it could make them a target for additional scrutiny upon reentry.

“We know that this administration is engaging in retaliatory actions against people who have engaged in constitutionally protected activism and speech,” Altman said. “And so I think people may want to think about their own history and imagine and explore if it might put them at high interest for retaliatory targeting and talk to an attorney about precautionary steps that can be taken before travel.”

Protect Privacy on Social Media and Electronic Devices

For those who must travel, legal experts advise taking precautions with electronic devices. Border officials have recently begun requesting access to immigrants’ personal devices, including their cellphones.

Refusing to provide access may lead officials to deny entry based on insufficient information to determine admissibility. However, Campbell Walker expressed concern that officers may lack the training necessary to interpret digital content accurately.

According to reports from attorneys in the American Immigration Lawyers Association, border officials have started reviewing social media activity on travelers’ phones as a basis for determining entry eligibility.

“I’m not asking anyone to lie. I’m not trying to obstruct justice,” Campbell Walker said. “But if somebody who may not have sufficient training is going to rip through a cellphone and jump to conclusions and potentially remove me or prevent me from entering the US, I don’t think it’s advisable to have a bunch of social media or photographs on the phone you travel with. I don’t think it’s very wise to be traveling with your [personal] laptop.”

U.S. Population at Risk of Decline Without Immigration, CBO Report Warns

Birth Rates Insufficient to Sustain Population Growth

New data from the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) suggests that without immigration, the U.S. birth rate will not be sufficient to maintain population levels. According to a report released Thursday, deaths have begun to outnumber live births in the U.S. since 2023, signaling a demographic shift that could lead to population decline.

Impact of Immigration Restrictions Under Trump Administration

The report’s findings come amid President Donald Trump’s immigration restrictions, which could further accelerate the decline in population. The projections, spanning 2025 through 2055, only consider policies in place as of January 6, 2025, and do not account for future changes under the Trump administration. Mass deportations could exacerbate the trend, leading to an even steeper population decline than projected.

Aging Population Poses Economic Challenges

With an aging population, workforce participation is expected to decrease, resulting in a higher proportion of Americans relying on entitlement programs such as Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid. The financial burden on these programs is set to grow, raising concerns about long-term sustainability.

U.S. Debt to GDP Ratio Set to Break Records

The report also warns that the U.S. debt-to-GDP ratio is projected to reach record levels by 2029, surpassing the previous high seen during World War II. Publicly held debt is expected to keep rising, reaching 156% of GDP by 2054. However, the deficit outlook has improved slightly compared to last year’s projections, thanks to spending policies enacted late in the Biden administration. Previously, the CBO estimated that U.S. debt would reach 168% of GDP by 2054, but the updated projection shows a lower debt trajectory.

Soaring Healthcare and Social Security Costs

Spending on major healthcare programs has historically accounted for 4.4% of GDP, but that figure is projected to nearly double to 8.1% by 2055. Similarly, Social Security costs—which have averaged 4.5% of GDP over the past 30 years—are expected to rise to 6.1% by 2055.

Declining Workforce Participation a Growing Concern

As the percentage of working-age Americans declines, the economy could face serious labor shortages and reduced economic productivity. Without sustained immigration or policy interventions, the shrinking workforce could further strain government resources and slow economic growth.

USCIRF Report Highlights Global Religious Freedom Violations, Urges TrumpAdministration Action

The U.S. Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) has released its annual report, identifying the world’s worst violators of religious liberty and urging the new Trump administration to appoint an ambassador-at-large for international religious freedom.

Published on March 25, the 2025 report largely mirrors the findings of the previous year, reflecting continued or worsening conditions in many nations.

“The administration of President Donald J. Trump faces a complex international environment in which to build on its previous success of centering religious freedom as a cornerstone of foreign policy and global leadership,” the report states. “Confirming this commitment to advancing freedom of religion or belief will require calibration and joint action with like-minded governments.”

Calls for Congressional Action

USCIRF’s eight commissioners have urged Congress to prohibit visits from representatives of governments deemed egregious violators of religious freedom.

“Lobbyists paid to represent the interests of governments that kill, torture, imprison, or otherwise persecute their populations because of what religion they practice or what beliefs they hold should not be welcome in the halls of Capitol Hill,” the commission stated.

The report also calls for a successor to Rashad Hussain, whose tenure as ambassador-at-large for international religious freedom ended with the Biden administration. Hussain was recently named a distinguished senior fellow at the Institute for Global Engagement, a think tank promoting religious freedom.

USCIRF Chair Stephen Schneck emphasized the need for a high-level appointee. “I think what’s critical here is an ambassador who has access, not only to Secretary (of State Marco) Rubio, but has access to the White House directly,” Schneck told RNS in an interview. “It needs to be somebody, I think, of that level, given the big uptick in violations of freedom of religion or belief around the world that we’re seeing right now.”

Countries of Particular Concern

USCIRF, an independent bipartisan body reauthorized through September 2026, annually recommends countries for the State Department’s designation as “of particular concern” (CPCs) for committing “systematic, egregious, and ongoing” violations of religious freedom.

The 2025 report calls for the redesignation of 12 countries:

  • Burma
  • China
  • Cuba
  • Eritrea
  • Iran
  • Nicaragua
  • North Korea
  • Pakistan
  • Russia
  • Saudi Arabia
  • Tajikistan
  • Turkmenistan

Additionally, USCIRF recommends adding four more nations to the CPC list:

  • Afghanistan
  • India
  • Nigeria
  • Vietnam

Last year, USCIRF sought similar redesignations and also recommended Azerbaijan’s inclusion. This year, it urges Azerbaijan to remain on the State Department’s special watch list, alongside Algeria.

Further, USCIRF seeks to add several countries to the special watch list, including:

  • Egypt
  • Indonesia
  • Iraq
  • Kazakhstan
  • Kyrgyzstan
  • Malaysia
  • Sri Lanka
  • Syria
  • Turkey
  • Uzbekistan

Rising Concerns Over Religious Liberty

Schneck, who was appointed by President Joe Biden, underscored the lack of progress in improving religious freedom worldwide.

“It’s become much worse in several places, including Iran, Nicaragua, and, frankly, Russia,” he said, attributing the trend to authoritarian regimes and religious nationalism in countries such as Myanmar, India, and Turkey. “We’re not seeing progress. In fact, in most of the countries on this list, we’re seeing regress.”

For the second consecutive year, USCIRF also called for appointing a special envoy for Nigeria and the Lake Chad region, where religious violence has escalated.

Concerns Over Policy Shifts Under Trump

Schneck expressed disappointment that the State Department had not issued its latest designations of religious freedom violators before the Biden administration ended or since Trump returned to office.

While the report acknowledges the Biden administration’s funding of hundreds of millions of dollars in humanitarian aid through USAID—supporting persecuted religious groups like Muslim Rohingya refugees and Syrians—Schneck pointed to a halt in funding under the new administration.

“As I understand, all of the freezes are still in place that affect those USAID programs,” Schneck said. “We’re very hopeful that the new administration will act quickly to resolve some of these situations so that some really needed programs to protect religious freedom on the ground in different parts of the world can be funded appropriately.”

Schneck also raised concerns about refugee protections, warning that recent policy changes could jeopardize asylum seekers fleeing religious persecution.

“We are concerned about anything that makes it more difficult for refugees to flee from religious persecution to find safe haven,” he said.

Push for Legislative Action

USCIRF’s report calls for permanent reauthorization of the commission itself and continued support for the bipartisan Lautenberg Amendment, which facilitates resettlement of religious minorities from Iran and former Soviet states.

Resilience Amid Persecution

The report highlights individuals who have maintained their religious beliefs despite facing discrimination, antisemitism, Islamophobia, and other hostilities.

“One of the most heartening things that we see around the world is the resilience of people to stand up for their faith or their lack of faith, for that matter, their principles,” Schneck said. He praised young Iranians and churchgoers in authoritarian nations but stressed that the broader global situation remains troubling.

“The larger picture doesn’t change,” he said. “We are concerned about what looks like a decaying picture for freedom of religion.”

Supreme Court Upholds Biden-Era Regulations on Ghost Guns

The U.S. Supreme Court on Wednesday upheld Biden-era federal regulations on ghost guns, mail-order kits that allow individuals to assemble untraceable firearms at home. The ruling marks a significant victory for gun control advocates at a time when the court’s conservative majority has generally moved to the right on gun laws.

Justice Neil Gorsuch wrote the 7-2 majority opinion, which included both liberal and conservative justices. “Perhaps a half hour of work is required before anyone can fire a shot,” Gorsuch noted, emphasizing that these kits contain all necessary components to build a fully functional firearm. “Really, the kit’s name says it all: ‘Buy Build Shoot.’”

Regulations and Rising Concerns

The regulations, introduced by the Biden administration in 2022, require ghost gun manufacturers to include serial numbers on the kits and conduct background checks on purchasers. The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) implemented the rules in response to a dramatic rise in ghost guns appearing at crime scenes. In 2017, authorities submitted about 1,600 ghost guns for tracing, but by 2021, that number had surged to more than 19,000.

Several individuals and manufacturers challenged the regulations, arguing that the kits were merely firearm parts rather than weapons. However, the Supreme Court ultimately sided with the ATF’s interpretation of the 1968 Gun Control Act, which mandates background checks and serial numbers for firearms sold by manufacturers and dealers.

It remains unclear how former President Donald Trump’s administration, if re-elected, would approach the issue. In February, Trump signed an order directing the Attorney General to review gun regulations imposed during Biden’s presidency.

Gorsuch Cites Technological Advances

Gorsuch highlighted the significant changes in firearm manufacturing since the passage of the 1968 law. At that time, the cost of milling equipment and raw materials made home gun production impractical for most individuals.

“With the introduction of new technologies like 3D printing and reinforced polymers, that is no longer true,” Gorsuch wrote. “Today, companies are able to make and sell weapon parts kits that individuals can assemble into functional firearms in their own homes.”

A Rare Gun Control Victory

Despite the conservative tilt of the Supreme Court, this case saw a mix of ideological alliances. The ruling contrasts with the court’s decision last year to strike down a ban on bump stocks, which allow semi-automatic rifles to fire at machine gun speeds.

Prior to hearing oral arguments, the justices had already indicated some support for the Biden administration’s position. In an emergency ruling, the court had voted 5-4 to allow the ATF regulation to remain in effect while litigation proceeded.

While the Biden administration views the ruling as a win for public safety, the decision has drawn criticism from gun rights advocates. The Firearms Policy Coalition, one of the groups that challenged the ATF rule, called the ruling “misguided” and pledged to continue fighting for gun rights.

“This is only one battle in a multi-generational war over the scope of government and the pre-existing right to keep and bear arms,” the group said in a statement.

Dissenting Opinion from Justice Thomas

Justice Clarence Thomas was among the two dissenting justices, arguing that the ATF exceeded its authority.

“Congress could have authorized ATF to regulate any part of a firearm or any object readily convertible into one. But it did not,” Thomas wrote. “I would adhere to the words Congress enacted.”

The lawsuit against the regulation originated in Texas, where a U.S. district court struck down the rule. The conservative 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals mostly upheld that decision before the Supreme Court reversed it.

Debate Over Hobbyists and Firearm Kits

During oral arguments in October, several conservative justices expressed skepticism about claims that ghost gun kits were primarily for gunsmithing hobbyists. Chief Justice John Roberts dismissed the idea that assembling these kits was equivalent to restoring a classic car.

“Drilling a hole or two, I would think, doesn’t give the same sort of reward that you get from working on your car on the weekends,” Roberts told the manufacturers’ attorney. “My understanding is that it’s not terribly difficult for someone to do this.”

Gun control advocates hailed the ruling as a crucial step in addressing the rise of untraceable weapons.

“Ghost guns are the gun industry’s way of skirting commonsense gun laws and arming dangerous people without background checks,” said David Pucino, legal director of the Giffords Law Center. “We are thrilled that the Supreme Court has upheld the ATF rule that treats ghost guns as what they are: guns.”

With the decision now in place, the ATF will continue enforcing regulations that ensure ghost gun kits undergo the same scrutiny as traditional firearms, requiring serial numbers and background checks to curb their use in crimes.

U.S. Citizens and Legal Residents Face Increased Border Scrutiny Amid New Immigration Policies

Keylin Rivera’s worst fears materialized when she returned from a spring break trip to Curaçao. A U.S.-Colombian dual citizen, Rivera landed in Charlotte, North Carolina, for a layover before heading to Boston. At the airport’s Global Entry kiosk, her passport flagged her for additional screening. While this had happened before, she was usually cleared quickly. This time, however, officials escorted her to a back room, questioned her about her trip, and searched her luggage. Told it was a random check, she was eventually allowed to continue her journey but remained deeply unsettled.

“There’s so much uncertainty. We don’t know what could happen, and I’ve been really anxious about traveling in general,” said Rivera, a Harvard graduate student and former Biden administration appointee. Expecting heightened scrutiny, she had deleted her social media apps and removed Face ID from her phone before her trip. “I guess my question is, why wasn’t anyone else stopped? Why was I the only one?” she asked.

Her concerns reflect growing anxiety among U.S. citizens and legal residents over increased border scrutiny under the Trump administration. With reports of detentions, deportations, and visa cancellations, many are reconsidering international travel, fearing they could be flagged upon reentry.

Stricter Vetting Under the Trump Administration

Immigration lawyer Glenn Schieck of Harter Secrest & Emery LLP noted that officers now face directives to conduct “enhanced vetting” on those entering the U.S. “We are going to see more activity at the border,” he said. The Trump administration’s executive order from Jan. 20 emphasizes national security and mandates a review of visa issuance programs, with a possible travel ban affecting over 40 countries.

According to the order, the U.S. must ensure that foreign nationals “do not bear hostile attitudes toward its citizens, culture, government, institutions, or founding principles, and do not advocate for, aid, or support designated foreign terrorists.” Schieck believes this directive is leading to increased questioning at ports of entry.

Recent incidents highlight these stricter measures. Earlier this month, Lebanese physician and Brown University professor Rasha Alawieh was detained at Boston Logan International Airport after U.S. Customs and Border Protection found Hezbollah-related media on her phone. Her visa was revoked, and she was deported.

Colleges are warning international students about traveling abroad, particularly those who have been vocal about political conflicts, such as the Israel-Hamas war. A South Korean Columbia University student, Yunseo Chung, is facing deportation, while an Indian Ph.D. student recently self-deported to Canada.

Reports also suggest border officials are increasingly searching travelers’ electronic devices, adding to the uncertainty. “Things are changing quickly, and people don’t know if they will have trouble at the border or not,” Schieck said.

Legal Residents and Visa Holders Face Unprecedented Scrutiny

Lynn Damiano Pearson, a senior staff attorney at the National Immigration Law Center, noted that even individuals with valid immigration status face growing obstacles. “There’s been an extreme escalation of scrutiny and tougher actions against people with legal status,” she said.

The Trump administration’s potential travel ban, expected to take effect as early as Friday, could impact legal immigrants from affected countries. “We may see internal enforcement, including visa cancellations,” Pearson warned.

Even U.S. citizens in territories like Puerto Rico and Guam should not face travel issues, she said. However, she acknowledged concerns over racial profiling. “This escalation impacts all of us, citizens and immigrants alike,” Pearson said.

Americans Worry About Returning Home

Ginny Williams, a freelance writer with U.S.-U.K. dual citizenship, has lived in Kent, England, for over a decade. She plans to visit her aging parents in the U.S. in six months but fears complications at the border.

“I’m really concerned about going back,” she admitted. “If my parents weren’t elderly, I wouldn’t go.” She compared the current situation to pandemic-era travel restrictions but noted that “this time, it’s due to politics.”

Given recent events, Williams is considering deleting her social media accounts before traveling. “I just want to be safe,” she said.

Border Agents Have Broad Discretion

Schieck emphasized that border officials have significant authority when questioning travelers. “They have broad discretion to investigate, ask questions, and determine the purpose of someone’s trip,” he explained. “It applies whether you’re a citizen or a permanent resident.”

Misrepresentation at the border can lead to serious consequences, he added. A British tourist was recently detained in Washington for weeks after being denied entry into Canada due to an incorrect visa.

Pearson reassured green card holders that they should not experience problems if their documents are in order. However, she urged travelers to know their rights, including requesting an attorney if detained.

Uncertainty Dampens Travel Enthusiasm

Rivera remains discouraged by the heightened scrutiny and the political divisions it exacerbates. “I wish the administration didn’t see people who oppose their views as the enemy,” she said. “I’m not the enemy—I want them to succeed.”

Despite her concerns, she is set to travel again this week. “I know I’m not doing anything wrong. I’m a U.S. citizen,” she said. “But I hate that the joy I had in traveling is being taken away.”

Trump’s Move to Shift Student Loans to SBA Sparks Outrage and Uncertainty

President Trump’s decision to transfer the federal student loan program from the Department of Education to the Small Business Administration (SBA) has alarmed borrowers and experts, who see it as further evidence that the administration lacks a concrete plan for dismantling the Education Department.

Trump signed an executive order on Thursday aimed at winding down the department, announcing that student loans would shift to the SBA the following day—coinciding with the agency’s announcement that it would cut 40% of its workforce.

While many have long criticized the student loan system, experts warn that placing the program under an agency with no experience handling student debt—especially amid major layoffs—will create more problems than it solves.

“No Background, No Plan”

“Borrowers right now are already experiencing an unprecedented level of chaos and uncertainty,” said Aissa Canchola Bañez, policy director at the Student Borrower Protection Center.

Moving student loans to the SBA, which “has no background of familiarity with the student loan program [or] the rights afforded to student loan borrowers under the Higher Education Act, will only make things worse,” she added.

Trump also announced that programs for students with disabilities would shift to the Department of Health and Human Services but provided no details on logistics for student loan borrowers.

Despite concerns, both the SBA and the Education Department welcomed the move.

“Whether it’s a loan for a business or a business degree, SBA is prepared to restore efficiency and accountability to our taxpayer-funded loan programs,” said SBA head Kelly Loeffler in a post on X.

At the same time, Loeffler confirmed that the administration planned to cut about 2,700 positions from the SBA’s nearly 6,500-member workforce.

Jessica Thompson, senior vice president at the Institute for College Access & Success, called the move reckless.

“All of this just really underscores that there has been no planning. There is no plan, and that is the most scary, frankly, and dangerous thing about this,” she said. “Because 44-plus million people owe money to the federal government from their student loans, and they are already in a state of confusion.”

Thompson stressed that transferring such a major program requires careful planning and congressional involvement.

A Department of Education spokesperson sought to calm concerns, stating that “no changes have been made yet, so there are no changes for student loan borrowers to navigate at this time.”

Borrowers Advised to Take Precautions

Advocates are urging borrowers to reach out to their loan officers and document all repayment efforts. The Department of Education has also slashed about half its workforce, adding to fears that servicing issues will worsen.

“I don’t know what element of the federal government I want chaos to be in, but I think one of the last places is federal student aid,” said James Murphy, director of career pathways and postsecondary policy at Education Reform Now. “That directly affects millions and millions of people in a very real way—paying for college and managing their loans.”

Borrowers are already in limbo as the Trump administration seeks to roll back student loan forgiveness programs established or expanded under former President Biden.

About 8 million borrowers are currently in forbearance under Biden’s Saving on Valuable Education (SAVE) income-driven repayment plan, which was ruled illegal by a court last month. Following the ruling, the Trump administration halted applications for all IDR plans, and although the Education Department promised to restore access soon, it has yet to do so.

“This Is the Wild West”

“There’s no good advice, and any expert giving advice doesn’t know what he’s talking about,” said Alan Collinge, founder of Student Loan Justice. “This is the Wild West. Right now, borrowers have zero power, and we’re being pushed around on a chessboard like pawns.”

Collinge believes the Trump administration is deliberately destabilizing the student loan system to devalue it before selling it to a third party.

Canchola Bañez advised borrowers to take three key steps:

  1. Download their full payment history from the Federal Student Aid portal.
  2. Screenshot any tracking information for loan forgiveness plans.
  3. Contact members of Congress for assistance.

“Members of Congress have entire teams dedicated to helping constituents with federal agencies,” she said. “Borrowers should demand that their representatives start working on their behalf, especially if they’re not getting answers from the department.”

Trump Signs Executive Order Mandating Voter ID for Federal Elections, Sparking Legal Challenges

President Donald Trump signed a sweeping executive order Tuesday that aims to overhaul election procedures nationwide, introducing stringent voter identification requirements to prove U.S. citizenship for federal elections. The move is expected to face significant legal challenges from voting rights groups.

Non-U.S. citizens are already barred from voting in federal elections. However, Trump’s order mandates that applicants using the national mail voter registration form must provide a U.S. passport, a REAL ID-compliant driver’s license or state-issued card, or another “valid Federal or State government-issued photo identification” as proof of citizenship.

The order also directs states and local election officials to verify and record these documents, warning that federal election-related funds could be withheld from states that fail to comply. Additionally, the directive targets mail-in voting—long criticized by Trump—by instructing Attorney General Pam Bondi to ensure states do not count absentee ballots arriving after Election Day.

Trump’s order represents a significant shift in federal election oversight, traditionally managed at the state and county levels. “This country is so sick because of the fake elections and the bad elections, and we’re going to straighten it out one way or the other,” Trump said before signing the order.

The directive also mandates that all ballots produce a voter-verifiable paper record to prevent fraud and errors. White House Staff Secretary Will Scharf called it “the farthest-reaching executive action taken in the history of the Republic to secure our elections.”

Currently, 36 states require some form of voter identification at the polls, while 14 states and Washington, D.C., do not impose such restrictions, according to the National Conference of State Legislatures.

Voting rights advocates argue that strict voter ID laws disproportionately impact seniors, minorities, low-income individuals, and students. UCLA law professor Rick Hasen warned that the order could “stop millions of eligible voters, who do not have easy access to documents such as passports, from registering to vote.”

Sophia Lin Lakin, director of the ACLU’s Voting Rights Project, denounced the move as a “blatant overreach” that could disenfranchise tens of millions of eligible voters. “This measure will no doubt disproportionately impact historically excluded communities, including voters of color, naturalized citizens, people with disabilities, and the elderly,” she said.

With his signature, Trump also revoked President Joe Biden’s 2021 executive order that expanded voter registration access through federal agencies. Scharf defended the repeal, claiming the Biden-era order “weaponized government to corrupt and pollute our election process.”

Trump’s directive is expected to face immediate legal challenges, with critics arguing it undermines state control over elections and places unnecessary barriers to voting.

Newly Released JFK Assassination Files Shed Light on CIA Surveillance of Oswald

Thousands of newly released documents related to the investigation into President John F. Kennedy’s 1963 assassination have been made public, reigniting interest in one of the most scrutinized events in U.S. history.

While experts say the latest release under the Trump administration does not resolve all lingering questions, the documents provide further insight into how closely the CIA monitored Kennedy’s assassin, Lee Harvey Oswald, before the shooting.

1. CIA Surveillance of Oswald—But No Bombshell Revelations

The newly available records confirm that Oswald was a subject of significant CIA interest well before Kennedy’s assassination.

“Oswald was under deep CIA surveillance,” said Jefferson Morley, a journalist and editor of the JFK Facts blog. “This is the most exciting news around JFK records since the 1990s.”

Many of the released documents were previously available but with heavy redactions. The unredacted versions offer a clearer picture of Oswald’s movements, particularly his September 1963 trip to Mexico City, two months before the assassination.

Philip Shenon, author of a 2013 book on the assassination, noted that the CIA was monitoring Oswald during his visit. “There’s reason to believe he talked openly about killing Kennedy in Mexico City, and that people overheard him say that,” he told The Associated Press.

A 1975 CIA memo downplayed the agency’s knowledge of Oswald’s trip, stating that only three phone calls between him and a Soviet embassy guard were recorded—and Oswald identified himself in only one.

2. Intelligence Methods Revealed

The newly released files also shed light on CIA operations during the Cold War, including intelligence-gathering techniques and the agency’s influence on U.S. foreign policy.

One newly unredacted memo, written by Kennedy aide Arthur Schlesinger, details the CIA’s extensive presence in U.S. embassies—even in allied nations like France. Schlesinger’s note criticized the agency’s influence and warned Kennedy about its role in shaping foreign policy.

Additionally, the documents reveal Cold War-era surveillance techniques, such as fluoroscopic scanning—an early X-ray method used to detect hidden microphones. Another memo describes a system for secretly tagging and identifying tapped public phone booths using ultraviolet-sensitive paint.

One notable name in the files is James McCord, a former CIA officer who later became infamous for his role in the Watergate scandal that led to President Richard Nixon’s resignation.

3. Old Conspiracy Theories Resurface

As with previous document releases, some online sources have used the new files to revive long-standing conspiracy theories, often misrepresenting their significance.

One viral claim centers on Gary Underhill, a former military intelligence officer who alleged that a group of rogue CIA agents was behind Kennedy’s assassination. This theory, first published in Ramparts magazine in 1967, gained renewed attention after photos of a seven-page CIA memo about Underhill circulated online.

However, the bulk of the memo was previously released in 2017, with only a few newly unredacted sentences in this latest batch. The theory itself is based on second-hand accounts and lacks concrete evidence.

Despite this, such theories continue to thrive, fueled by public skepticism and the enduring mystery surrounding Kennedy’s assassination.

4. Are the Files Completely Unredacted?

A 1992 law mandated the release of all JFK assassination-related records within 25 years, but it included national security exceptions. While successive administrations—including Trump’s and Biden’s—have declassified thousands of documents, some records remain redacted.

Ahead of this latest release, Trump claimed he instructed his staff “not to redact anything.” However, the new documents still contain some redactions, though experts acknowledge that the latest batch represents progress in government transparency.

Journalist Jefferson Morley believes additional classified files remain in the National Archives, as well as unreleased materials held by the CIA and FBI.

Even with more documents potentially forthcoming—including promised releases related to the assassinations of Robert F. Kennedy and Martin Luther King Jr.—questions about JFK’s killing are unlikely to be fully resolved.

“Whenever there is an assassination, there will be debates, and to some degree, there will be conspiracy theories,” said Villanova University historian David Barrett. “That’s not going to change because of these or any other documents.”

NASA Astronauts Return to Earth After Unexpected Nine-Month Stay on ISS

Two NASA astronauts who embarked on a short-term mission to the International Space Station (ISS) last summer but ended up staying for nine months have finally returned to Earth.

Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore splashed down in a SpaceX Dragon capsule off the Gulf Coast of Florida shortly before 6 p.m. EDT on Tuesday. Their spacecraft had undocked from the ISS at 1:05 a.m. EDT on Monday. They were accompanied by fellow NASA astronaut Nick Hague and Russian cosmonaut Aleksandr Gorbunov on their journey home.

Originally, Williams and Wilmore launched aboard a Boeing spacecraft last June for what was planned as an eight-day mission. However, technical problems with the Boeing Starliner capsule prevented their return, leading them to be incorporated into the station’s regular crew rotation.

Tuesday’s landing marked the end of a prolonged and politically charged space journey that raised concerns about Boeing’s reliability in fulfilling NASA contracts.

Williams and Wilmore’s mission began on June 5, when they lifted off aboard the new Boeing Starliner capsule as part of NASA’s commercial crew program. This initiative enlists private companies to transport astronauts and cargo to and from the ISS. SpaceX, the other contractor, has been successfully carrying out missions for NASA for years.

The Boeing Starliner’s launch was its first human-crewed flight, but the mission faced multiple setbacks. The spacecraft reached the ISS but suffered several technical issues, including multiple helium leaks and the failure of some thrusters.

Given these malfunctions, NASA opted not to use Starliner for the return trip, choosing instead to bring it back to Earth without a crew. As a result, Williams and Wilmore remained aboard the ISS until their replacements could arrive.

Their relief crew, consisting of two NASA astronauts, a Japanese astronaut, and a Russian cosmonaut, docked at the ISS early Sunday morning and were welcomed aboard by the station’s existing crew.

Beyond technical challenges, Williams and Wilmore’s extended stay became entangled in political debates.

After taking office in January, former President Donald Trump claimed he had asked his adviser and SpaceX founder Elon Musk to “go get” the stranded astronauts, alleging that the Biden administration had “virtually abandoned” them in space.

In reality, NASA had planned Williams and Wilmore’s return well in advance. The SpaceX Dragon capsule that transported them home had been docked at the ISS since September, with two vacant seats reserved for their return.

NASA stated that the astronauts were integrated into the station’s crew for logistical and budgetary reasons. During their extended stay, they conducted various experiments and participated in spacewalks.

Musk asserted in February that he had previously offered the Biden administration an earlier return using SpaceX but claimed the administration declined the offer for “political reasons.”

However, former NASA officials, including ex-NASA Administrator Bill Nelson, denied knowledge of such an offer.

Trump, in a post on his social media platform on Monday, thanked NASA’s acting Administrator Janet Petro and the agency’s staff for coordinating the astronauts’ return, while criticizing the Biden administration’s handling of the situation.

Chief Justice Roberts Rebukes Trump’s Call to Impeach Federal Judges

Chief Justice John Roberts issued a rare public statement on Tuesday, pushing back against former President Donald Trump’s increasingly aggressive rhetoric targeting the federal judiciary. The statement appeared to be a direct response to Trump’s call for the impeachment of judges who have ruled against him.

“For more than two centuries, it has been established that impeachment is not an appropriate response to disagreement concerning a judicial decision,” Roberts said in a statement released by the Supreme Court. “The normal appellate review process exists for that purpose.”

Although Roberts did not mention Trump by name, his remarks came shortly after the former president escalated his attacks on federal judges. Earlier in the day, Trump had singled out U.S. District Judge James Boasberg, who temporarily blocked the deportation of alleged Venezuelan gang members, calling for his impeachment.

Trump’s allies, including Elon Musk, have for weeks been advocating for the impeachment of judges amid a series of unfavorable preliminary rulings against Trump’s administration. The former president’s criticism of the judiciary has become significantly more intense compared to his first term, sparking concerns over a constitutional crisis.

Some Republican lawmakers have taken action in response to Trump’s statements. Texas Representative Brandon Gill announced on social media that he had introduced articles of impeachment against Boasberg.

“This Radical Left Lunatic of a Judge, a troublemaker and agitator who was sadly appointed by Barack Hussein Obama, was not elected President—He didn’t WIN the popular VOTE (by a lot!), he didn’t WIN ALL SEVEN SWING STATES,” Trump wrote on Truth Social. “This judge, like many of the Crooked Judges I am forced to appear before, should be IMPEACHED!!!”

Later that evening, Trump addressed Roberts’ statement in an interview with Fox News’ Laura Ingraham.

“Well, (Roberts) didn’t mention my name in the statement, and I just saw it quickly,” Trump said. “He didn’t mention my name—but many people have called for (Boasberg’s) impeachment, the impeachment of this judge.”

However, Trump maintained that he had no intention of defying court orders.

“No, I never did defy a court order… you can’t do that,” Trump said. “However, we have bad judges, we have very bad judges, and these are judges that shouldn’t be allowed—I think at a certain point you have to start looking at, what do you do when you have a rogue judge?”

Roberts’ Complicated Relationship with Conservatives

Roberts has had a strained relationship with some conservatives, particularly after his 2012 vote to uphold the Affordable Care Act. Although he has frequently sided with conservatives on issues such as gun rights, abortion, affirmative action, and religious liberty, some on the right have never fully trusted him.

The Supreme Court currently has a 6-3 conservative majority, with three justices appointed by Trump. While the court has ruled in Trump’s favor on key issues, including a landmark decision last year granting broad immunity to former presidents for official acts, it has also ruled against him in a series of emergency cases since he returned to the White House.

Despite this, Trump appeared eager to gain Roberts’ favor. During his address to Congress earlier this month, Trump was overheard telling the chief justice, “Thank you again. I won’t forget it.” He later claimed on social media that he was simply thanking Roberts for swearing him in at his inauguration.

Gabe Roth, executive director of the watchdog group Fix the Court, acknowledged the significance of Roberts’ statement but criticized the chief justice’s past decisions.

“Roberts made an important point, but it’s a little rich coming from the guy that, by giving Donald Trump near-total immunity in a major decision last year, helped usher in the present era of lawlessness,” Roth said.

Impeachment Threats and Legal Fallout

Until now, Roberts and the Supreme Court have largely remained silent as Trump and his allies ramp up their attacks on the judiciary. Many of the recent rulings against Trump’s administration are expected to be appealed, with some cases potentially reaching the Supreme Court.

While Roberts’ statement did not directly reference a specific case, it coincided with an ongoing legal battle in Washington, D.C., where the Biden administration and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) are disputing the deportation of Venezuelan nationals.

The Justice Department’s handling of the case has raised questions about whether the White House ignored a court order requiring it to halt deportations immediately. Boasberg’s order was a temporary measure intended to allow more time for legal arguments, but the administration has framed the judge’s actions as an overreach.

During a Monday hearing, Boasberg demanded to know what steps the administration had taken after his ruling. Justice Department lawyers initially refused to respond, citing national security concerns. On Tuesday, immigration officials submitted a sworn declaration asserting that the deported Venezuelans were subject to removal orders under laws other than the Alien Enemies Act.

Trump is invoking the Alien Enemies Act, a 1798 law that permits expedited deportations of foreign nationals from hostile countries during times of war or invasion. Critics argue that the U.S. is not formally at war and question whether the administration’s definition of “invasion” meets the law’s criteria.

The issue is likely to be resolved in the courts, including the Supreme Court.

Roberts’ Previous Defense of Judicial Independence

Roberts’ statement on Tuesday echoed his 2018 rebuke of Trump’s criticism of the judiciary. At the time, Trump had attacked a federal judge from California who issued an injunction against his asylum restrictions, calling him an “Obama judge.”

“It’s a disgrace when every case gets filed in the 9th Circuit,” Trump complained, referring to the historically liberal appeals court. “That’s not law. Every case in the 9th Circuit we get beaten and then we end up having to go to the Supreme Court, like the travel ban, and we won. Every case, no matter where it is, they file… they file it in what’s called the 9th Circuit. This was an Obama judge. I’ll tell you what, it’s not going to happen like this anymore.”

In response, Roberts issued a rare statement defending the judiciary’s independence.

“We do not have Obama judges or Trump judges, Bush judges or Clinton judges,” Roberts, who was nominated by President George W. Bush, said at the time. “What we have is an extraordinary group of dedicated judges doing their level best to do equal right to those appearing before them. That independent judiciary is something we should all be thankful for.”

Despite Roberts’ insistence on judicial neutrality, Trump and his allies continue to attack judges who rule against them. With impeachment articles already introduced in Congress, and legal battles mounting, the clash between the judiciary and the executive branch is unlikely to subside anytime soon.

Trump Orders Airstrikes on Houthi-Held Areas in Yemen, Vows ‘Overwhelming Lethal Force’

President Donald Trump announced that he had ordered airstrikes targeting Houthi-controlled areas in Yemen on Saturday, vowing to continue using “overwhelming lethal force” until the Iran-backed rebels cease their attacks on ships navigating a crucial maritime route. According to the Houthis, the strikes resulted in the deaths of at least 18 civilians.

“Our brave Warfighters are right now carrying out aerial attacks on the terrorists’ bases, leaders, and missile defenses to protect American shipping, air, and naval assets, and to restore Navigational Freedom,” Trump stated in a social media post. “No terrorist force will stop American commercial and naval vessels from freely sailing the Waterways of the World.”

Trump also issued a stern warning to Iran, demanding that it stop providing support to the Houthi rebels. He promised to hold Iran “fully accountable” for its role in backing the group. His decision to take military action follows a recent attempt to engage Iran diplomatically. Two weeks earlier, he had sent a letter to Iranian leaders proposing renewed negotiations over Iran’s nuclear program, which he has repeatedly insisted he will not allow to become operational.

The airstrikes took place on Saturday evening, targeting multiple Houthi strongholds, including the capital Sanaa and Saada province in the north, which borders Saudi Arabia. Additional strikes were reported early Sunday in those regions, along with attacks in the provinces of Hodeida, Bayda, and Marib. Images circulating online depicted plumes of black smoke rising over the Sanaa airport complex, an area that includes a large military installation.

The Houthi-run health ministry reported that at least 18 people were killed in the attacks—13 in Sanaa and five in Saada. Additionally, 24 others sustained injuries, with nine wounded in Sanaa and 15 in Saada.

A U.S. official, speaking on condition of anonymity, indicated that these airstrikes were just the beginning of an ongoing military operation targeting Houthi positions. The official did not specify how long the campaign would last.

Despite the strikes, Houthi officials maintained that they would not back down. Nasruddin Amer, the deputy head of the group’s media office, stated that the airstrikes would not deter them and vowed retaliation against the United States. “Sanaa will remain Gaza’s shield and support and will not abandon it no matter the challenges,” Amer wrote in a social media post.

Mohamed Abdulsalam, another Houthi spokesman, dismissed Trump’s claims that the rebels posed a threat to international shipping routes, calling them “false and misleading” in a post on X.

The latest escalation follows a statement from the Houthis days earlier in which they declared their intent to resume targeting Israeli vessels sailing near Yemen. They cited Israel’s ongoing blockade of Gaza as their reason for renewing hostilities. Their warning covered a wide geographical area, including the Red Sea, the Gulf of Aden, the Bab el-Mandeb Strait, and the Arabian Sea.

However, no additional Houthi attacks have been reported since that announcement.

Earlier in the month, Israel had suspended the flow of aid into Gaza and warned of “additional consequences” for Hamas if the fragile ceasefire between the two sides was not extended. Talks are ongoing about entering a second phase of the ceasefire agreement.

Between late 2023—when the war between Israel and Hamas erupted—and January of this year, when the ceasefire was put in place, the Houthis had carried out attacks on over 100 merchant vessels. These assaults, which included the use of missiles and drones, led to the sinking of two ships and the deaths of four sailors. The Houthis targeted both military and civilian ships during this period.

The attacks have helped the group raise its international profile even as Yemen remains locked in a prolonged and devastating war. The country, the poorest in the Arab world, has faced years of conflict and humanitarian crises.

Following Saturday’s U.S. strikes, the Houthi media office claimed that a residential area in Sanaa’s northern Shouab district was among the targets. Residents described scenes of devastation, with at least four powerful explosions hitting the Eastern Geraf neighborhood. Women and children were reportedly terrified by the blasts.

“The explosions were very strong,” said Abdallah al-Alffi, a local resident. “It was like an earthquake.”

Eastern Geraf is known to house key Houthi military facilities as well as the group’s political headquarters. These sites are located within a densely populated part of the city.

Later on Saturday, the Houthis reported additional airstrikes in Yemen’s southwestern Dhamar province. According to their statements, the strikes hit areas on the outskirts of the provincial capital, also named Dhamar, as well as the district of Abs.

The U.S., along with Israel and the United Kingdom, has previously launched military strikes on Houthi-controlled areas in Yemen. However, Israel’s military declined to comment on Saturday’s operation.

A U.S. official confirmed that this latest strike campaign was conducted solely by the U.S. military. It marks the first time Trump has ordered an attack against the Yemen-based Houthis since the start of his second term.

Broad missile strikes like these were also carried out under the Biden administration. They were launched in response to repeated Houthi attacks on both commercial and military vessels operating in the region.

Saturday’s air operation was supported by the USS Harry S. Truman carrier strike group. The group, stationed in the Red Sea, consists of the aircraft carrier USS Harry S. Truman, three Navy destroyers, and one cruiser. The USS Georgia, a guided-missile submarine, has also been deployed in the region.

Trump revealed the military action while spending the day at his Trump International Golf Club in West Palm Beach, Florida.

“These relentless assaults have cost the U.S. and World Economy many BILLIONS of Dollars while, at the same time, putting innocent lives at risk,” he wrote in a social media post.

The situation remains fluid, with expectations that U.S. airstrikes will continue in an effort to suppress further Houthi attacks on international shipping. However, with the Houthis promising retaliation, the risk of further escalation in the region remains high.

Trump’s Approval Ratings Hold Steady Despite Chaotic Start and Tariff Wars

Donald Trump’s presidential approval ratings remained stable throughout his first month in office, despite a tumultuous beginning that involved mass government layoffs, surging egg prices, stock market volatility, and escalating global tariff conflicts.

On Wednesday, Trump implemented a sweeping 25% tariff on steel and aluminum, asserting that these measures were necessary to address trade imbalances and rejuvenate domestic industries. In response, Canada and Europe swiftly retaliated with billions in countertariffs.

In a recent address to Congress, Trump acknowledged that his presidency had begun at a rapid and intense pace. He defended many of his administration’s contentious policies, including substantial government spending cuts, widespread layoffs, the elimination of diversity and inclusion initiatives in workplaces and schools, the 25% tariffs levied on Canada and Mexico, and his stringent stance on immigration and border security. Trump described his approach as a “swift and unrelenting” start.

The latest Gallup poll showed that Trump’s job approval rating averaged 46% since the beginning of his second term. By comparison, his first-term average stood at 41%. Throughout both terms, his approval ratings have fluctuated between a low of 34% and a high of 49%.

A Reuters/Ipsos poll found that 44% of respondents approved of Trump’s first month in office. Reports also indicated that his current approval ratings surpass those from his first term and exceed those of his predecessor, former President Joe Biden.

Breaking down specific policies, the Reuters poll revealed that 47% of respondents approved of Trump’s immigration approach, while 42% disapproved.

According to the ABC News project538 poll, Trump’s approval rating as of Friday morning stood at 47.7%. The same poll indicated that 54.4% of Americans disapproved of Congress. Additionally, Vice President JD Vance had a slightly higher disapproval rating, with 42.8% viewing him unfavorably compared to 40.8% who held a favorable opinion.

The recently imposed tariffs and ongoing stock market instability were expected to influence Trump’s approval ratings. Here’s a look at how Americans currently perceive his performance based on recent polling data.

How Are Americans Reacting to Trump’s Presidency Amid Trade Conflicts?

A SSRS/CNN poll released Wednesday found that 45% of Americans approved of Trump’s overall job performance, while 54% disapproved. However, approval ratings varied depending on the issue. For instance, 51% of respondents approved of his immigration policies, 48% supported his management of the federal budget, and 45% approved of his economic policies.

Trump faced challenges in public perception regarding tariffs, as only 39% approved of his handling of trade policies, whereas 61% disapproved.

An Emerson College Polling survey conducted after Trump’s 50th day in office found that 47% of voters approved of his performance, while 45% disapproved. This represented a decline from the 49% approval and 41% disapproval ratings recorded at the start of his second term.

Trump Administration Takes Birthright Citizenship Fight to Supreme Court

The Trump administration is escalating its legal battle to overturn birthright citizenship by bringing the matter before the U.S. Supreme Court. So far, every court that has reviewed Trump’s executive order—issued on his first day in office—has struck it down. Despite these setbacks, Trump remains determined to press forward.

The former president’s claim that birthright citizenship is unconstitutional is widely regarded as an extreme position, given that the Supreme Court ruled against such an argument 127 years ago, and that precedent has remained unchallenged ever since.

The 14th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution clearly states: “All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States.” However, Trump has repeatedly asserted that not all children born on U.S. soil automatically receive citizenship.

So far, three federal judges across different states have blocked Trump’s executive order attempting to nullify birthright citizenship. Furthermore, three separate appeals courts have refused to lift those rulings. Judge John Coughenour, who was appointed by President Reagan and serves in Washington state, was the first to strike down Trump’s executive order, describing it as “blatantly unconstitutional.”

Nevertheless, on Thursday, the Trump administration submitted three nearly identical petitions to the Supreme Court, seeking to limit the reach of lower court rulings. These nationwide injunctions currently prevent the administration from implementing its new policy on birthright citizenship. By narrowing these injunctions, the administration aims to begin planning for the policy’s potential enforcement.

Stephen Yale-Loehr, a retired Cornell University immigration law professor and co-author of a widely used legal treatise on immigration, believes the Court might be open to granting this temporary limitation. However, he warned, “I think that would cause chaos and confusion as to who was included in the court rulings and who is potentially subject to the birthright citizenship ban if the case goes in favor of the Trump administration on the merits.”

Interestingly, the Trump administration’s petition to the Supreme Court devotes more attention to challenging the ability of lower court judges to issue nationwide injunctions than to the question of birthright citizenship itself. This approach may stem from the fact that certain Supreme Court justices have previously voiced frustration over the broad use of such nationwide rulings. Given the legal difficulties of overturning birthright citizenship, the administration may believe it has a better chance of success by attacking the legitimacy of nationwide injunctions instead.

Ilya Somin, a professor at Antonin Scalia Law School, commented on this legal strategy, stating, “At the very least, they have an indication that they have a better chance on the injunction question than on the [constitutional question] of birthright citizenship.”

However, Republican-led states have frequently relied on nationwide injunctions when challenging policies introduced by the Biden and Obama administrations, yet the Supreme Court did not intervene in those cases. This raises questions about whether the Court would be willing to do so now in response to the Trump administration’s request.

Professor Yale-Loehr suggested that a middle-ground outcome might be likely, allowing the Trump administration to make progress on its efforts to dismantle birthright citizenship without fully achieving its objectives.

“The Supreme Court may well limit the injunctions partially, maybe not to the extent that the Trump Administration wants, but [to the extent] that will allow the Trump administration to claim a political victory,” he explained.

Before making any decision, the Supreme Court justices will first request a response from the opposing side.

United States Added to CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist Amid Concerns Over Civil Liberties

The United States was added to the CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist on Sunday, a global research tool that tracks the status of freedoms and threats to civil liberties worldwide.

CIVICUS, a global alliance of civil society organizations that includes Amnesty International, cited President Donald Trump’s “assault on democratic norms and global cooperation” as a key reason for the U.S. being placed on the watchlist. In a press release, the organization highlighted the Administration’s decision to cut over 90% of its foreign aid contracts, as well as its executive actions against diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) initiatives, which Trump described as “illegal and immoral discrimination programs.”

“The Trump Administration seems hellbent on dismantling the system of checks and balances which are the pillars of a democratic society,” said Mandeep Tiwana, Interim Co-Secretary General of CIVICUS. He added, “Restrictive Executive Orders, unjustifiable institutional cutbacks, and intimidation tactics through threatening pronouncements by senior officials in the Administration are creating an atmosphere to chill democratic dissent, a cherished American ideal.”

Other nations currently on the watchlist include the Democratic Republic of Congo, Italy, Pakistan, and Serbia.

CIVICUS’ Civic Space Rankings

CIVICUS assesses civil liberties in countries through five categories: open, narrowed, obstructed, repressed, and closed. “Open” is the highest classification, indicating that people can freely exercise their civil liberties, while “closed” is the lowest ranking, where severe restrictions on freedoms exist.

The organization defines a decline in “open civic space” as instances where “repressive legislation curtails free speech and dialogue, obstacles to civil society activities and operations arise, and crackdowns on civil disobedience and peaceful demonstrations occur.”

According to CIVICUS, the U.S. falls under the “narrowed” category, meaning that while most citizens can exercise their rights to free speech, assembly, and expression, there are instances where the government attempts to curb these freedoms.

Crackdowns on Protests and Government Response

CIVICUS pointed to the Biden Administration’s response to pro-Palestinian protests as an example of how civil liberties in the U.S. are being challenged. Advocates took to the streets and staged encampments on college campuses to protest American military assistance and funding to Israel. Students involved in these demonstrations demanded that their universities divest from companies with ties to Israel.

“We urge the United States to uphold the rule of law and respect constitutional and international human rights norms,” Tiwana stated. “Americans across the political spectrum are appalled by the undemocratic actions of the current Administration.”

The White House has rejected CIVICUS’ characterization of the U.S. as a “narrowed” civic space. Deputy Press Secretary Anna Kelly dismissed the report, stating in an email on Tuesday, “This is nonsense: President Trump is leading the most transparent administration in history.”

Concerns About Press Freedom

CIVICUS’ “narrowed” label also reflects concerns about press freedom in the U.S. While a free press exists, the organization noted that regulatory policies and political pressure on media ownership could pose restrictions.

The issue of media independence has been widely debated following recent editorial decisions by major media organizations and regulatory actions. In February, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) launched an investigation into NPR and PBS over concerns that the organizations had violated federal law by airing commercials—an allegation both newsroom CEOs denied. The FCC chair also expressed opposition to public funding for these media outlets.

That same month, Jeff Bezos, the CEO of Amazon and owner of The Washington Post, directed the newspaper to shift the focus of its opinion pages. Bezos told his editorial team that they would be writing “in support and defense of two pillars: personal liberties and free markets.” He added, “We’ll cover other topics too of course, but viewpoints opposing those pillars will be left to be published by others.”

White House Press Access and Media Lawsuit

The White House’s handling of the press has also drawn criticism. In February, the administration announced that it would be selecting the reporters who participate in the press pool. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt defended the decision, stating that it was about “restoring power back to the American people, who President Trump was elected to serve.” However, the move was met with backlash from journalism advocates.

“This move tears at the independence of a free press in the United States,” the White House Correspondents’ Association said in a statement on February 25. “It suggests the government will choose the journalists who cover the president. In a free country, leaders must not be able to choose their own press corps.”

Adding to the concerns over media freedom, the Associated Press has filed a lawsuit against three Trump Administration officials, including Leavitt. The lawsuit claims the news organization was barred from White House press briefings after it refused to comply with an Executive Order signed by Trump in January. The order required media outlets to refer to the Gulf of Mexico as the “Gulf of America,” a rebranding the AP declined to adopt.

Broader Implications

The addition of the United States to the CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist raises broader concerns about the state of democracy and civil liberties in the country. The organization’s assessment suggests that while the U.S. remains a functioning democracy, increasing governmental actions are raising alarms about the erosion of fundamental rights.

As political and legal battles over civil liberties continue to unfold, the U.S. remains under scrutiny from international organizations monitoring the state of democracy and press freedom worldwide.

SpaceX Launches Crew-10, Paving the Way for Astronauts’ Return from Politically Charged Mission

SpaceX has successfully launched a team of astronauts to replace NASA’s Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore on the International Space Station (ISS), enabling the duo to finally return home. Their planned short mission turned into an extended nine-month stay, drawing political attention.

The Crew-10 mission, a routine rotation managed by NASA and SpaceX, lifted off at 7:03 p.m. ET on Friday from Florida’s Kennedy Space Center. A SpaceX Dragon capsule, mounted atop a Falcon 9 rocket, transported the four Crew-10 astronauts—NASA’s Anne McClain and Nichole Ayers, Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency’s Takuya Onishi, and Roscosmos cosmonaut Kirill Peskov—into orbit.

The new crew is scheduled to dock with the ISS around 11:30 p.m. ET on Saturday. Once aboard, they will spend a few days transitioning responsibilities with Williams, Wilmore, and their Crew-9 colleagues, NASA’s Nick Hague and Roscosmos’ Aleksandr Gorbunov.

Since September, the Crew-9 Dragon capsule has remained docked at the ISS. If all goes as planned, Williams, Wilmore, Hague, and Gorbunov will board the spacecraft and begin their journey back to Earth on March 19.

NASA initially planned for Crew-9 to return as soon as Sunday. However, their departure depends on Crew-10’s safe arrival. A scheduled Wednesday launch attempt was postponed due to SpaceX’s ground system issues, further delaying Crew-9’s return.

NASA had previously estimated a late March departure for Crew-9, but in an effort to expedite Williams and Wilmore’s return, SpaceX switched the Dragon capsule originally designated for Crew-10. While technical delays are common in spaceflight, this postponement has rekindled discussions about Williams and Wilmore being “stuck” or “stranded” in space—claims they strongly refute.

“That’s been the narrative from day one: stranded, abandoned, stuck—and I get it, we both get it,” Wilmore told CNN’s Anderson Cooper in February. “Help us change the narrative, let’s change it to: prepared and committed despite what you’ve been hearing. That’s what we prefer.”

Once Crew-10 takes over duties on the ISS, Crew-9 can undock and return to Earth, marking the final stage of Williams and Wilmore’s unexpectedly prolonged mission.

The situation has drawn political scrutiny, with SpaceX CEO Elon Musk and former President Donald Trump suggesting that the Biden administration abandoned the astronauts. However, Williams and Wilmore were aware since last summer that they would return with Crew-9 as part of standard staffing rotations.

During Friday’s launch webcast, NASA’s acting administrator, Janet Petro, mentioned speaking with Williams, Wilmore, and their crew last week.

She noted they likely have “mixed emotions.”

“Every time you get to go to space—which is what all astronauts want to do—you never know it might be your last time, because you might not be selected for another mission,” Petro explained. “So I bet they have mixed emotions leaving their colleagues up there at the space station. I’m sure they’re anxious to get home and put their feet on Earth and spend time with their family—but I think that they have enjoyed their time in space.”

Starliner’s Issues Led to Extended Stay

Williams and Wilmore’s extended mission stems from technical problems with Boeing’s Starliner capsule, which they piloted to the ISS in June during its inaugural crewed test flight. En route, they encountered propulsion malfunctions and helium leaks. These issues prompted NASA to extend their stay while teams assessed the spacecraft’s viability.

By last summer, NASA determined that returning Williams and Wilmore aboard Starliner was too risky. In August, the agency incorporated them into the ISS’s official crew rotation, ensuring their return with Crew-9.

Rather than launching a separate retrieval mission outside regular schedules—an operation that could have cost millions—NASA opted to integrate the astronauts into the standard rotation.

Steve Stich, NASA’s Commercial Crew Program manager, addressed this decision in August, stating, “It just didn’t make sense to go ahead and accelerate a (SpaceX) flight to return Butch and Suni earlier.” He also clarified, “NASA never considered that option”—referring to a dedicated SpaceX mission to bring them home separately.

Despite this, Musk claimed on X that SpaceX had offered to return the astronauts months earlier, but political reasons prevented it.

A former senior NASA official told CNN that no such offer was communicated to NASA leadership. Even if it had been, the agency was unlikely to approve it due to the high costs.

“If Musk had made the offer to someone outside NASA leadership,” the official noted, “I’m sure they would have responded and said, ‘Well, that would cost us several $100 million extra that we don’t have for a new Dragon capsule and Falcon 9.’”

Musk later said he bypassed NASA and presented the offer directly to the Biden White House, which allegedly “refused to allow it.”

It remains unclear why the White House would be involved in such a decision, as crew assignments and ISS operations are typically managed by NASA, not the executive branch. A former White House staffer declined to comment on the matter.

When asked about Musk’s claims, Sarah Walker, SpaceX’s director of Dragon mission management, stated she was not involved in those discussions.

“I’m grateful for the leaders in our nation in the spheres of politics and policy. My sphere is engineering,” Walker said. “What I do know from almost 15 years of working with this exact team, with commercial crew and ISS, is that NASA is always looking at multiple options—every option available for any operation that they may go do—and then many contingency options for when the unexpected inevitably happens.”

Astronauts Respond to Political Debate

Williams and Wilmore have consistently expressed that they are enjoying their time in space.

“This is my happy place,” Williams said in September. “I love being up here in space. It’s just fun. You know, every day you do something that’s work, quote, unquote, you can do it upside down. You can do it sideways, so it adds a little different perspective.”

They have also dismissed claims that they were abandoned.

While acknowledging the mission’s challenges, they have emphasized that they were well-prepared for an extended stay.

“We have plenty of clothes. We are well-fed,” Wilmore assured in January.

Williams added, “It’s just a great team and—no, it doesn’t feel like we’re castaways. Eventually, we want to go home because we left our families a little while ago, but we have a lot to do while we’re up here.”

Wilmore, however, fueled speculation about Musk’s claims in a March 4 news conference from the ISS.

“I can only say that Mr. Musk, what he says is absolutely factual,” Wilmore stated.

However, he clarified, “We have no information on (a deal SpaceX may have offered), though, whatsoever. What was offered, what was not offered, who was offered to, how that process went—that’s information that we simply don’t have.”

Crew-9’s Role in Bringing Williams and Wilmore Home

The SpaceX Dragon capsule designated for Williams and Wilmore’s return launched in September, carrying Hague and Gorbunov along with two empty seats for them.

Since then, the Crew-9 team has carried out routine ISS activities, including spacewalks, experiments, and maintenance. Williams even assumed command of the station.

Their return has always been dependent on Crew-10’s successful launch, as NASA insists on a transition period between crews to maintain station operations.

Returning Crew-9 before Crew-10’s arrival would have left only one U.S. astronaut, Don Pettit, aboard the ISS. Pettit traveled to the station in September on a Russian Soyuz spacecraft. Given that NASA operates the ISS in collaboration with Roscosmos, the European Space Agency, Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency, and the Canadian Space Agency, maintaining a steady U.S. presence is a priority.

Despite a looming government shutdown, NASA spokesperson Steve Siceloff confirmed that the Crew-10 mission remains unaffected, as it is classified as “mission critical.”

“You may see some changes to the broadcast channel if a shutdown does happen,” Siceloff explained regarding NASA TV. “It wouldn’t be a situation where there’s no signal, but you would just probably see less of it.”

Trump Escalates Attacks on Media, Accusing Outlets of Corruption and Illegal Behavior

President Donald Trump intensified his criticism of the media on Friday, delivering some of his most forceful accusations yet. Speaking at the Department of Justice, he baselessly claimed that major news organizations, including CNN, were engaging in corrupt and illegal activities.

During his speech, Trump praised Florida district court Judge Aileen Cannon, whom he had appointed in 2020. Cannon ruled in his favor in January, preventing the Department of Justice from sharing a report regarding Trump’s alleged mishandling of classified documents with Congress.

Trump alleged that the media had unfairly targeted Cannon for this ruling, though he provided no evidence to support his claim. “They do it all the time with judges,” he stated, adding that media outlets “will write whatever these people say.”

“The Washington Post, The Wall Street Journal and MSDNC, and the fake news, CNN and ABC, CBS and NBC, they’ll write whatever they say,” Trump asserted. “And what do you do to get rid of it? You convict Trump.”

Trump further declared that such reporting was illegal, addressing Justice Department employees directly. “It’s totally illegal what they do,” he said. “I just hope you can all watch for it, but it’s totally illegal.”

Although Trump did not initially clarify who he was referring to, he later accused CNN and MSNBC of being “political arms of the Democrat Party.” He added, “In my opinion, they’re really corrupt.”

Both CNN and MSNBC declined to comment on his remarks.

Trump opened his speech by lauding the Justice Department’s past efforts in fighting organized crime. He claimed that under his leadership, the agency would return to its core mission of pursuing “killers, kingpins and spies,” as well as tracking down “terrorists and traitors” and dismantling “corrupt political machines all across America.”

Trump’s insistence on using the Justice Department in this manner aligns with his belief that the Biden administration has unfairly weaponized the agency against him. He claimed, “They weaponized the vast powers of our intelligence and law enforcement agencies to try and thwart the will of the American people.”

However, reports indicate that Trump’s claims lack merit. His two federal indictments were brought by special counsel Jack Smith, who was appointed in November 2022 by then-Attorney General Merrick Garland. While Garland was appointed by President Joe Biden, there is no evidence to suggest Biden personally influenced or ordered the indictments against Trump.

In his speech, Trump cited alleged instances of the Justice Department’s supposed weaponization, but he only mentioned cases that directly impacted him or referenced conspiracy theories popular among far-right circles—many of which have been debunked or are misleading.

Trump’s rhetoric built on his long-standing efforts to frame the press as an adversary to both the people and the government. His message appeared to be that media organizations whose coverage he dislikes could face consequences under a Justice Department reshaped by his administration.

Trump’s willingness to target unfavorable media coverage is not new. He is currently engaged in a civil lawsuit against the Pulitzer Board over its decision to uphold the 2018 National Reporting Prize awarded to The Washington Post and The New York Times for their coverage of Russian interference in the 2016 election and its alleged links to his campaign.

In December, ABC News reached a $15 million settlement in a defamation case brought by Trump. Meanwhile, Paramount Global, which owns CBS News, is still dealing with a Trump lawsuit related to its “60 Minutes” interview with former Vice President Kamala Harris.

Additionally, Trump has imposed a ban on the Associated Press, barring it from the Oval Office and Air Force One over its continued use of the term “Gulf of Mexico.”

Certain government agencies under the Trump administration have also signaled their intent to sever ties with media outlets he disfavors. In February, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt announced that the administration would cancel $8 million in Politico Pro subscriptions, citing a far-right conspiracy theory as justification.

On Friday, NPR reported that the U.S. Agency for Global Media had terminated its contracts with the Associated Press (AP) and Agence France-Presse (AFP). The agency also indicated it would allow its Reuters contract to expire on March 31.

Trump’s speech made clear that these actions are not isolated decisions but part of a broader campaign against the press—one that he appears intent on continuing and even escalating.

Bernie Sanders Leads the Charge Against Trump’s Second Term

Bernie Sanders stands on the back of a pickup truck, using a bullhorn to address an enthusiastic crowd outside a suburban Detroit high school. Several hundred supporters, unable to fit inside the packed gymnasium and overflow rooms, eagerly listen as he shares a remarkable turnout figure.

“What all of this tells me, is not just in Michigan or in Vermont, the people of this country will not allow us to move toward oligarchy. They will not allow Trump to take us into authoritarianism,” Sanders declared, prompting cheers. “We’re prepared to fight. And we’re going to win.”

At 83, Sanders is not seeking the presidency again, but the seasoned democratic socialist has positioned himself at the forefront of the movement resisting Donald Trump’s return to power. By openly challenging Trump’s governance and condemning his plans to dismiss tens of thousands of government workers, Sanders is defying those who want Democrats to focus on economic issues or remain passive.

For now, Sanders stands alone as the only progressive leader actively mobilizing national opposition to Trump.

His rally in Kenosha, Wisconsin, attracted 4,000 attendees. The following morning, he addressed about 2,600 in Altoona, a small town of under 10,000 people. The Detroit rally exceeded expectations, drawing 9,000 supporters. Each event was strategically held in a swing congressional district represented by a Republican.

Newly reelected for a fourth Senate term from Vermont, Sanders acknowledges that this is not the role he expected at this stage in his career.

His team initially delayed launching what they now call the “stop oligarchy tour” to see if a prominent Democrat would take on the role. But as no one stepped up, Sanders—who is not officially a Democrat despite his close ties to Senate Democrats and past presidential bids—found himself at the center of speculation about another White House run.

“This is like presidential campaign rallies, isn’t it? But I’m not running for president, and this is not a campaign,” Sanders told The Associated Press. “You gotta do what you gotta do. The country’s in trouble and I want to play my role.”

A Fractured Democratic Opposition

Since losing the White House, Democrats have struggled to form a unified strategy or rally behind a single leader to counter Trump’s aggressive policies, including his efforts to reduce government oversight and strengthen the influence of billionaire Elon Musk.

No coordinated effort has emerged to organize the anti-Trump resistance.

“You look around—who else is doing it? No one,” said Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, D-N.Y., when asked about Sanders’ efforts. “My hope is that the dam will break in terms of Democrats going on the offense … We need to take the argument directly to the people.”

Ocasio-Cortez, a longtime Sanders ally, plans to join him on the road and make independent appearances in Republican-held districts in Pennsylvania and New York, particularly where GOP lawmakers have avoided in-person town halls.

“It’s not about whether Bernie should or shouldn’t be doing this. It’s about that we all should,” she said. “But he is unique in this country, and so long as we are blessed to have that capacity on our side, I think we should be thankful for it.”

Apart from Sanders, much of the organizing has fallen to grassroots groups like Indivisible, which have successfully pressured some House Republicans. In response to public outcry, some GOP lawmakers have distanced themselves from Musk or questioned the policies being pushed by his allies.

Ezra Levin, co-founder of Indivisible, who has frequently criticized Democratic leadership, praised Sanders’ activism.

“I wish more Democrats were traveling the country, including to red states, to rally the majority against Musk and Project 2025,” Levin said. “Sure as hell beats (House Democratic leader Hakeem) Jeffries traveling the country for his children’s book tour during a constitutional crisis.”

Jeffries, during the last congressional recess, made two appearances promoting a children’s book on democracy. He also traveled in support of House Democrats and was recently in Selma, Alabama, to mark the 60th anniversary of Bloody Sunday.

The reality is that few Democratic leaders can draw large crowds on short notice or manage a national-scale operation. Rising Democratic figures with 2028 presidential potential, such as California Gov. Gavin Newsom, Michigan Gov. Gretchen Whitmer, and Pennsylvania Gov. Josh Shapiro, have yet to establish strong national presences.

Connecticut Sen. Chris Murphy, one of Trump’s more vocal critics in Congress, said Democrats must improve their organization.

“People are desperate to be plugged into action right now. People see the threat. They are anxious and angry and motivated and they want to be sent in a direction to help,” he said.

Murphy acknowledged that Sanders still faces resistance from many Democrats who see his progressive proposals—such as Medicare for All, free public college, and the Green New Deal—as too extreme.

Five years ago, Democrats united around Joe Biden to prevent Sanders from securing the 2020 presidential nomination.

“There still are a lot of folks who view Bernie as a danger to the party,” Murphy admitted. “Whereas I see his message as the core of what we need to build on.”

Sanders’ Focus on the Working Class

While Sanders was a staunch Biden supporter over the past four years, he criticized the Democratic Party after Kamala Harris’ defeat, arguing that Trump’s win was possible only because Democrats had “abandoned” the working class.

United Auto Workers President Shawn Fain, who introduced Sanders in Michigan, urged Democrats to follow Sanders’ example.

“They’ve got to take a hard look in the mirror, in my opinion, and decide who the hell they want to represent,” Fain said. “We’ve been clear as a union, if they aren’t looking out for working-class people, we’re not going to be there for them.”

Voices from the Crowd

The diverse crowds attending Sanders’ rallies included some who had never supported his previous campaigns but now see him as the strongest opposition to Trump.

“I’m here because I’m afraid for our country. The last six weeks have been horrible,” said Diana Schack, a 72-year-old retired lawyer at her first Sanders rally. “I am becoming a more avid Bernie fan, especially in light of the work he’s doing traveling around the country. These are not normal times.”

In Kenosha, Amber Schulz, a 50-year-old medical worker, demanded more action from Democrats.

“Bernie is the only politician I trust,” she said.

Tony Gonzales, a 56-year-old independent voter from Pleasant Prairie, Wisconsin, expressed concern that Trump might try to extend his presidency beyond two terms, despite constitutional limits.

“It’s a dangerous time right now,” Gonzales said. “What Bernie has to say—and the turnout—is important. His voice is still being heard.”

Over the weekend, Sanders continued to push his long-standing populist message, calling for expanded social programs, free health care, and free public higher education. He especially criticized Trump’s administration, which he said is dominated by billionaires like Musk.

“They want to dismantle the federal government and cut programs that working people desperately need,” Sanders warned.

“Yes, the oligarchs are enormously powerful. They have endless amounts of money. They control our economy. They own much of the media, and they have enormous influence over our political system,” he continued. “But from the bottom of my heart, I believe that if we stand together, we can beat them.”

Sanders’ Future in the Fight

At 83, with a history of heart issues, Sanders’ long-term role in the movement remains uncertain. However, his spokesperson confirmed he has not had health concerns since his 2019 hospitalization.

For now, Sanders shows no signs of slowing down. His 2020 campaign manager, Faiz Shakir, is helping coordinate his stops, backed by a team of former campaign staffers working on a contract basis.

Shakir, who unsuccessfully ran for chair of the Democratic National Committee, acknowledged differing strategies within the party on how to confront Trump.

Last month, veteran political strategist James Carville suggested Democrats should “roll over and play dead,” hoping that Trump’s actions would lead to a backlash.

“One theory is you can play dead; you can strategically retreat,” Shakir said. “Or, you play alive, and you go out to people and you talk to them with conviction and integrity.”

Government by Chaos Returns Under Trump’s Leadership

President Donald Trump’s approach to governance has once again thrown global and domestic affairs into turmoil. One day, he imposed steep tariffs on Canada and Mexico; the next, he temporarily halted auto tariffs after realizing their potential damage to the American automotive industry—something experts had warned about.

Last week, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky visited the White House to sign a deal on rare-earth minerals, which Trump hailed as a significant achievement for the U.S. However, after being provoked by Vice President JD Vance, Zelensky left abruptly, creating a diplomatic debacle that European leaders have been scrambling to address.

Meanwhile, Elon Musk is aggressively dismantling government bureaucracy, firing workers indiscriminately, and causing instability for citizens and industries reliant on federal assistance. This is happening at a time when the economy is already fragile and susceptible to shocks.

Trump’s initial surge of executive orders and policy shifts provided a burst of energy, especially compared to the perceived stagnation of President Joe Biden’s final months in office. However, six weeks into his term, as Trump disrupts post-Cold War security structures, global trade, and federal agencies that helped establish U.S. supremacy, a stark realization is emerging—there appears to be no coherent plan.

His unpredictable policies on Ukraine, trade tariffs meant to revive Rust Belt industries, and sweeping cuts to government are driven by instinct rather than strategy. This approach, reminiscent of his campaign-style “weave” speeches, leaves global leaders uncertain and on edge.

“There’s too much unpredictability and chaos coming out of the White House right now,” remarked Canadian Foreign Minister Mélanie Joly on Wednesday, describing U.S. trade policy as a “psychodrama” that Canada cannot endure every month.

Unpredictable Leadership Yields Mixed Results

Trump’s erratic leadership often leaves allies questioning his motives. On Wednesday, he criticized Canada for not doing enough to prevent fentanyl trafficking, even though the quantities involved are negligible. At other times, he blames Canada for unauthorized migration southward, despite low numbers. He also aims to shift manufacturing away from Canada to the U.S., leading some in Ottawa to suspect he is trying to weaken Canada for potential annexation.

Despite the turmoil, Trump’s aggressive foreign policy has yielded some results. His alarm over a Hong Kong-based firm owning two ports on the Panama Canal prompted U.S. investment giant BlackRock to negotiate their acquisition. While Trump’s claim that China controlled the canal was inaccurate, the deal could still bolster U.S. strategic interests.

Additionally, while he is diminishing the strength of NATO, Trump’s pressure has spurred an unprecedented military buildup among European allies—something past U.S. presidents had urged for years.

However, Trump often appears more interested in asserting personal power than executing a long-term plan.

Michael Froman, former U.S. trade representative and chair of the Council on Foreign Relations, told CNN’s Jim Sciutto that while tariffs generally have more costs than benefits, they can serve as leverage in negotiations. This has worked with Mexico, which has broader trade issues with the U.S. than Canada. However, Froman added, “You have to know what it is you want them to do for that leverage to be useful.”

Trump’s Chaos as a Political Strategy

To some extent, disorder is intentional. Trump thrives on political theatrics, using headline-grabbing maneuvers to rally his base. However, his administration often overlooks the domestic political constraints of allied nations.

Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum, who, like Trump, is newly in office, hinted Wednesday that Mexico could seek alternative trade partners if necessary.

In the U.K., Prime Minister Keir Starmer recently honored British soldiers who fought alongside the U.S. in Iraq and Afghanistan. His speech appeared to counter Vice President Vance’s comment on Fox News that Ukraine needed stronger security guarantees than those from “some random country that has not fought a war in 30 or 40 years.” The remark, widely interpreted as a slight against Britain and France, caused significant outrage. Vance later claimed on X that such an interpretation was “absurdly dishonest.” However, Britain and France are currently the only two nations to have openly committed troops to a post-war security force in Ukraine.

French President Emmanuel Macron, acknowledging the shift in global dynamics since Trump’s return to power, stated Wednesday that he is considering extending France’s nuclear protection to European allies.

For Trump’s staunchest supporters, his ability to enrage Democrats, the media, and foreign governments is a success in itself. His populist nationalist base views the destruction of government institutions as a necessary step toward dismantling the “administrative state.”

Trump’s leadership style was honed in his Manhattan real estate empire, where he used aggressive tactics—making extreme demands, engaging in public disputes, and abruptly shifting positions—to throw opponents off balance. Now, he employs the same approach in politics, using unpredictability as a tool to consolidate power amid disorder.

However, while unpredictability may be a strength in business negotiations, it is a liability when managing a country, an economy, and international alliances—where stability and consistency are essential.

“It’s just constant, and it’s exhausting,” said Julian Vikan Karaguesian, a former Canadian Ministry of Finance official, about Trump’s aggressive trade policies. “It’s almost surreal. Is it real? Is it going to be real this time?” Now a lecturer at McGill University, Karaguesian added, “Maybe the modus operandi here is uncertainty. It’s not tariffs, it’s not anything else, but intentionally creating a sense of chaos and a sense of uncertainty.”

Trump’s Auto Tariff Reversal

Trump’s sudden decision Wednesday to pause auto tariffs for a month, just a day after imposing a blanket 25% tariff on Canada and Mexico, highlights his tendency to second-guess his own moves.

Market forces may have influenced his reversal. The announcement led to a near-500-point rebound in the Dow Jones Industrial Average, following two days of significant losses.

CNN reported that Trump relented after discussions with the CEOs of the Big Three automakers. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt later stated that Trump was open to “hearing about additional exemptions.”

The notion that corporate executives can lobby for exemptions unavailable to ordinary Americans contradicts principles of economic fairness. Trump has repeatedly dismissed the value of rules-based systems that prevent patronage and corruption—characteristics more common in autocratic regimes.

This suggests that Trump prefers using tariff threats as leverage rather than enforcing them. However, by repeatedly issuing and retracting threats, he is creating uncertainty for businesses, disrupting supply chains, and discouraging consumer spending—factors that could harm the already slowing economy.

“There’s so much uncertainty about what the administration is doing that the mere prospect of tariffs is creating a big anchor on the economy,” said Bharat Ramamurti, former deputy director of Biden’s National Economic Council. “The prospect of significant tariffs on our allies has resulted in withholding investments and preemptive price increases that are going to be borne by small businesses and, ultimately, by consumers.”

Long-Term Risks of Trump’s Approach

Trump’s pattern of antagonizing allies while seemingly advancing Russia’s interests in Ukraine could weaken U.S. power in the long run.

“What we have seen this week is that the dollar has suffered a very sharp decline,” said Ruchir Sharma, founder of Breakout Capital, on CNN International. “It’s revealing that the rest of the world is getting its act together … and I think investors are beginning to notice there are other countries worth investing in, given all this policy volatility that is emerging in the U.S.”

The broader risk is that another four years of Trump’s policies could reshape the global economic landscape in a way that diminishes U.S. influence rather than reinforcing it. While geography ensures that Canada and Mexico will continue trading with the U.S., both nations may also find it beneficial to deepen ties with China. Similarly, the European Union—expecting its own round of Trump-imposed tariffs—could seek economic partnerships elsewhere.

America’s closest allies have long-standing ties with Washington and do not want to see it falter. However, they also have national interests to protect. While Canada lacks the economic strength to win a trade war against the U.S., its patience is wearing thin over Trump’s combative tactics.

Doug Ford, the Premier of Ontario, Canada’s largest economic hub, insists that Trump must eliminate tariffs altogether instead of selectively lifting them by industry.

“All this gives us is uncertainty again,” Ford told CNN’s Phil Mattingly on Wednesday. “There is one person that’s causing that problem today: that’s President Trump.”

Trump’s Address to Congress: Six Key Takeaways

After an intense six weeks back in the White House, President Trump delivered a bold and partisan speech to a joint session of Congress on Tuesday night.

Lasting just under 100 minutes, it became the longest such address in modern history. The speech also saw a Democratic lawmaker being ejected, multiple Democrats walking out at different points, and a Republican Party that stood firmly behind its president.

Here are six major takeaways from the speech:

  1. Trump Praised His Actions So Far, Including Controversial Moves

“America is back,” Trump declared at the start of his speech. Ironically, this was the same phrase Joe Biden used at the beginning of his presidency following Trump’s first term.

The similarity highlights the deep division in the country regarding its values, identity, and direction for the future.

Trump has pursued what he describes as a “commonsense revolution,” characterized by “swift and unrelenting action.” This effort has been led by Elon Musk and his Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), with Trump spotlighting and praising Musk’s initiatives. These moves have been popular among the GOP base but strongly opposed by many others, including independents.

A recent NPR/PBS News/Marist poll showed that only 34% of independents approve of Trump’s performance, and Musk and DOGE received the same 34% favorability rating. Additionally, two-thirds of respondents felt that Trump was implementing changes too quickly without fully considering their impact on the federal government.

  1. A Speech Geared Toward MAGA Supporters, Not Bipartisanship

While Americans remain divided on Trump’s leadership, his speech did not attempt to bridge that divide. Instead, it focused primarily on issues that resonate with MAGA supporters.

Trump dismissed Democrats, referring to them as “these people” and “radical left lunatics.” He also used his controversial nickname “Pocahontas” when discussing Senator Elizabeth Warren and the ongoing war in Ukraine. Warren later responded, stating that she was applauding U.S. aid to Ukraine, which Trump has since halted.

Trump claimed that Democrats would never support his policies, so he concentrated on topics favored by his base, including the anti-trans culture war, opposition to pro-diversity programs, his push to make English the country’s official language, and his effort to rename North America’s highest peak back to Mount McKinley. (The peak was renamed Denali during Obama’s presidency to reflect the preferences of most Alaskans.)

“Our country will be woke no longer,” Trump proclaimed.

During his speech, Trump spoke more forcefully about cracking down on illegal immigration than about the economy and inflation—despite rising prices playing a crucial role in his 2024 election victory.

Presidents often receive more credit or blame for the economy than they deserve, as they have limited control over prices. However, one tool they do have—tariffs—can lead to higher prices in the short term, according to economists.

Trump’s speech coincided with the implementation of steep tariffs on Mexico and Canada. He defended these measures, calling tariffs essential to saving the “soul” of the country—a phrase Biden has also used but in a different context.

Experts, business owners, and most Americans disagree with Trump’s approach. In the NPR poll, conducted before the latest round of tariffs, 57% of respondents anticipated higher prices in the next six months. Additionally, more people believed Trump’s economic policies would worsen conditions rather than improve them.

Despite these concerns, Trump largely avoided discussing the economy, instead repeatedly blaming Biden. He mentioned the former president 13 times, stating, “Joe Biden especially let the price of eggs get out of control. The egg prices, out of control. And we’re working hard to get it back down.”

However, the recent spike in egg prices has primarily been attributed to a bird flu outbreak.

While it is common for presidents to blame their predecessors for economic struggles, accountability eventually shifts to the person currently in office.

  1. Numerous False or Misleading Claims

Trump made several inaccurate statements throughout his speech, many of which have been thoroughly fact-checked. NPR compiled an in-depth analysis of over 20 misleading claims.

Among the most notable were:

— Trump claimed DOGE uncovered “hundreds of billions” in fraud, but even DOGE’s own estimates do not support this figure. He exaggerated the amount even beyond what the agency itself reports.

— He alleged that numerous people over 120 years old were still receiving Social Security payments. However, even Trump’s own Social Security Administration head refuted this claim, clarifying that these individuals lack recorded death dates but are not fraudulently receiving benefits.

— Trump stated that tariffs on China during his first term generated trillions of dollars for the U.S. This is inaccurate. While tariffs were imposed on about $380 billion in goods, they did not result in a net economic gain. In fact, economists argue they may have harmed the GDP in the long run.

— Trump falsely claimed the U.S. spent $350 billion on the war in Ukraine. The actual amount is closer to $115 billion over three years, with some funds allocated to domestic weapons production rather than direct aid to Ukraine. While the U.S. has provided more military aid than any single country, European nations collectively have contributed around $130–140 billion.

  1. Legislative Priorities for the Republican-Led Congress

Trump outlined several policy requests, offering insight into his legislative agenda for the coming year. His asks included:

— Increased funding for deportations

— Another round of major tax cuts

— Enhanced police protections (with no mention of the January 6 attack on officers at the U.S. Capitol)

— A new crime bill

— A mandate for the death penalty for anyone convicted of murdering a police officer (noting that the death penalty varies by state)

— The creation of a “Golden Dome” missile defense system, similar to Israel’s Iron Dome but intended for U.S. use.

  1. Reality-TV-Style Moments, A Trump Staple

While this speech lacked some of the theatrics of past Trump addresses, it still included dramatic moments, such as:

— Announcing an executive order naming a wildlife refuge after a girl allegedly killed by undocumented immigrants.

— Naming a 13-year-old cancer survivor as an honorary Secret Service agent.

— Publicly recognizing a high school student’s acceptance to West Point.

— Declaring the capture of the suspect responsible for the Abbey Gate bombing in Afghanistan.

  1. Elissa Slotkin’s Response: A Speech for Democrats to Note

Michigan Senator Elissa Slotkin delivered what many consider one of the strongest rebuttals to a presidential address in recent history. Comparisons were drawn to former Senator Jim Webb’s fiery response to George W. Bush in 2007 during the Iraq War.

Unlike previous opposition responses, which have often been met with criticism, Slotkin’s speech was commanding and poised. Speaking before a backdrop of American flags, she leaned on her background as a former CIA officer and the daughter of a Republican father and Democratic mother. She also highlighted her success in a state that Trump won in 2024.

Slotkin emphasized that the “middle class is the engine of our country” and warned against reckless policymaking. She criticized Trump’s tax plans for benefiting billionaires at the expense of essential public programs. Additionally, she took aim at Musk and his team, accusing them of improperly accessing sensitive personal data.

“As a Cold War kid, I’m thankful it was Reagan and not Trump in office in the 1980s,” she remarked, referencing Trump’s handling of the war in Ukraine. “Trump would have lost us the Cold War.”

Slotkin’s speech provided a clear strategy for Democrats struggling to respond to Trump’s presidency. Her composed delivery stood in stark contrast to the chaotic reaction from Rep. Al Green, whose loud interruptions led to his removal from the chamber.

As Trump moves forward with his agenda, the battle lines in Washington appear more firmly drawn than ever.

Trump and Zelenskyy Clash in Heated White House Meeting Over Ukraine War

A dramatic confrontation unfolded at the White House between U.S. President Donald Trump and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy, shocking many observers.

The tense encounter on Friday escalated into what was described as a “virtual shouting match” between the two leaders, all of which played out in front of the cameras.

During the intense discussion, Trump accused Zelenskyy of “gambling with World War Three,” while U.S. Vice President JD Vance criticized the Ukrainian leader for being “disrespectful.” In response, Zelenskyy challenged Vance, asking, “What kind of diplomacy are you speaking about?”

The primary topic of discussion was a potential peace deal between Russia and Ukraine. Trump issued a stark ultimatum to Zelenskyy, stating, “You’re either going to make a deal or we’re out. And if we’re out, you’ll fight it out. I don’t think it’s going to be pretty, but you’ll fight it out.” This strong rebuke underscored Trump’s growing impatience with the prolonged conflict.

How American Media Covered the Trump-Zelenskyy Showdown

New York Times

The New York Times reported that the confrontation took on the tone of a “verbal brawl,” suggesting that Trump appeared to take offense on behalf of Russian President Vladimir Putin. According to the newspaper, Trump scolded Zelenskyy “for hostility toward the man who had invaded his country.”

During the exchange, Zelenskyy labeled Putin a “killer” and a “terrorist,” intensifying the already charged atmosphere. The publication further noted that “the verbal brawl in the Oval Office on Friday between President Trump and President Volodymyr Zelensky of Ukraine startled Washington, unnerved Europe, outraged Kyiv, and delighted Moscow.”

Another article in The New York Times ran under the headline: ‘JD Vance Positions Himself as Trump’s Attack Dog During Blowup With Zelensky’. The report claimed that Vice President Vance “ambushed” Zelenskyy, setting off a heated argument of a kind rarely seen in the Oval Office.

Washington Post

The Washington Post focused on the broader implications of the meeting, running a headline that read, “Fiery meeting with Zelensky upends Trump’s Russia-Ukraine peace deal.” The newspaper reported that the intense Oval Office exchange left U.S. officials offering conflicting statements about the future of a potential peace agreement. At the same time, European allies struggled to interpret the impact of the encounter.

The Washington Post noted that the heated discussion introduced fresh uncertainty about America’s role in brokering an end to the three-year war between Russia and Ukraine.

Fox News

Fox News secured an exclusive interview with Zelenskyy following what it described as an “explosive Oval Office press conference” on Friday.

In the interview, Zelenskyy attempted to clarify his position, stating, “It’s not about [being] mad.” He emphasized that his frustration with Trump’s administration stemmed from a series of controversial remarks made in the five weeks following Trump’s inauguration.

Zelenskyy specifically took issue with comments from U.S. officials about Ukraine’s situation. “[When you hear] president, vice president or somebody or senators — doesn’t matter, big politicians — when they, for example, say that Ukraine is almost destroyed, that our soldiers run away, that they are not heroes, that Ukraine lost millions of civilians, that his president is dictator. The reaction is that, where is our friendship between Ukraine and United States?” he asked.

Zelenskyy’s remarks highlighted the strain in relations between Kyiv and Washington, as well as his concerns about how Ukraine was being portrayed by American leaders.

Political Fallout and Global Reactions

The fiery exchange in the Oval Office sent shockwaves through the political landscape in both the United States and abroad. In Washington, lawmakers and analysts debated the significance of Trump’s remarks and his apparent ultimatum to Ukraine. Some viewed the confrontation as a sign of Trump’s willingness to cut U.S. support for Ukraine, while others saw it as a calculated effort to push Zelenskyy toward negotiations with Russia.

Meanwhile, in Europe, the confrontation left officials scrambling to assess its implications for the ongoing war. European leaders, many of whom have strongly backed Ukraine, expressed concern that Trump’s stance could weaken Kyiv’s position in future peace talks.

Moscow, on the other hand, reportedly welcomed the Oval Office dispute, viewing it as evidence of deepening divisions between Ukraine and its Western allies. Russian media outlets framed the clash as a sign of diminishing American support for Kyiv.

Trump’s Approach to the Ukraine Conflict

Trump has repeatedly signaled a different approach to the Ukraine war compared to the Biden administration. While President Joe Biden has prioritized military aid to Kyiv and taken a firm stance against Russia, Trump has emphasized negotiation and hinted at scaling back U.S. involvement.

His remarks to Zelenskyy, particularly the ultimatum to either reach a deal or face the war alone, reinforced his long-standing skepticism about America’s deep engagement in the conflict. Trump’s comments also suggested that he sees little benefit in prolonging U.S. aid to Ukraine without tangible results.

JD Vance’s strong rebuke of Zelenskyy further illustrated the Trump administration’s tough stance. As vice president, Vance has been vocal about re-evaluating U.S. commitments abroad, and his remarks during the meeting underscored the administration’s frustration with Kyiv’s resistance to negotiations.

Zelenskyy’s Dilemma and Ukraine’s Position

For Zelenskyy, the White House showdown presented a difficult challenge. As Ukraine’s leader, he has consistently called for unwavering Western support in the fight against Russia. However, Trump’s comments signaled a potential shift in U.S. policy, raising questions about Ukraine’s ability to maintain its current level of international backing.

Zelenskyy’s pointed remarks about U.S. officials questioning Ukraine’s resilience reflected his growing concerns about Washington’s commitment. His criticism of statements that painted Ukraine as weakened or leaderless suggested he fears a narrative shift that could undermine his country’s morale and international standing.

What Comes Next?

The explosive Oval Office encounter has left many unanswered questions about the future of U.S.-Ukraine relations and the broader geopolitical landscape.

Will Trump follow through on his warning to withdraw support if a peace deal is not reached? If so, what impact will this have on Ukraine’s ability to defend itself?

How will European allies respond if the U.S. takes a step back? And will Moscow attempt to capitalize on the apparent tensions between Washington and Kyiv?

As the dust settles from the heated confrontation, the world is watching closely to see what direction U.S. policy on Ukraine will take under Trump’s leadership. The Oval Office showdown may have been just a moment in time, but its repercussions could shape the future of the war and global diplomacy for months, if not years, to come.

Republicans Tout Musk’s Young Tech Team as Government Saviors Amid Privacy Concerns

Concerns have been raised about billionaire Trump adviser Elon Musk’s access to sensitive government data, with critics viewing his group of young tech experts as an unregulated risk to privacy. However, conservatives see the situation differently.

Influential voices in right-wing politics characterize these engineers, most of whom are in their early 20s, as some of the world’s brightest minds, stepping in to rescue the U.S. government from excessive bureaucracy.

This development comes at a time when young progressives feel sidelined by the Democratic Party, with the party’s grip on younger voters—particularly young men—weakening. Republicans have seized on this contrast as a promotional opportunity.

Charlie Kirk, founder of Turning Point, a group that has organized Republican voter turnout efforts, praised the engineers as “young prodigies” and “all-stars” with IQs so high they would “melt the charts.”

“This is a Gen Z, millennial takeover of the federal government,” Kirk said on his February 4 podcast. “And we always thought it was coming from the left. But this is the geriatric, the kind of nursing home regime that has been pushing the country into oblivion. Now the young guns are taking over the country for the better.”

Since President Donald Trump returned to the White House, Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency, or DOGE, has rapidly integrated itself into federal agencies, restructuring operations with little oversight while gaining access to sensitive taxpayer data.

Musk, the world’s richest man, has referred to the DOGE team as “some of the world’s best software engineers.” Trump, in a recent interview with Fox News Channel host Sean Hannity, also praised them as “very brilliant young people.”

“He attracts a young, very smart type of person,” Trump said of Musk. “I call them high-IQ individuals.”

Many of the engineers linked to DOGE have ties to Musk’s companies, while some are connected to Silicon Valley billionaire and longtime Musk associate Peter Thiel, according to WIRED magazine. One staffer, who resigned amid controversy over past racist social media posts, was quickly rehired. The Wall Street Journal initially linked the 25-year-old employee, Marko Elez, to an account that had posted statements such as “I was racist before it was cool” and “Normalize Indian hate.”

Kirk and other conservative commentators have celebrated the engineers’ involvement in the Trump administration. During the February 4 episode of the “Happy Women” podcast, host Jen Horn said, “these kids … are literally just living and breathing these numbers.” Her co-host, Katie Gorka, added, “I’ve often thought we’re going to be saved ultimately by these kids.”

A heated exchange over DOGE erupted between Transportation Secretary Sean Duffy and former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton on Musk’s social media platform, X. The debate revolved around the Trump administration’s decision to enlist DOGE in efforts to upgrade aviation safety.

“They have no relevant experience,” Clinton commented in response to Duffy’s announcement of DOGE’s involvement. “Most of them aren’t old enough to rent a car.”

Duffy fired back, saying, “We’re moving on without you because the American people want us to make America’s transportation system great again. And yes, we’re bringing the 22-year-olds with us.”

The Republican embrace of Musk’s engineers reflects their strategy in gaining support from younger voters in last year’s election.

Trump’s Democratic opponent in 2024, then-Vice President Kamala Harris, barely secured a victory among voters under 30, with nearly half opting for Trump, according to AP VoteCast, a survey of more than 120,000 voters. This marked a significant shift from 2020 when Joe Biden, the Democratic candidate, won around 60% of voters under 30 against Trump. Although other age groups also leaned more toward Trump last year, the shift was most pronounced among young voters.

For Alex Dwyer, chairman of the Kansas Federation of Young Republicans, the recognition of young DOGE engineers has been exhilarating. As a 28-year-old financial analyst in Wichita, he has long felt that young professionals were overlooked in both government and the workplace.

“DOGE is showing that our talents and abilities are finally being recognized as having value,” Dwyer said. “… The party has finally woken up that if you want to appeal to the youth, you have to involve them in the party.”

Trump’s campaign effectively engaged young men like Dwyer, many of whom were concerned about the economy and felt alienated by progressive social policies and the so-called “culture wars,” according to Melissa Deckman, CEO of the Public Religion Research Institute and author of The Politics of Gen Z.

Trump’s outreach strategy targeted young men through alternative media, including right-wing podcasts and social media platforms that amplify far-right views. Deckman noted that the glorification of DOGE in these spaces reinforces the message that young men are being prioritized.

“Historically, you think of the GOP being the party of old fuddy-duddy white guys not passing the baton, and then suddenly there’s this cultural shift to highlighting the contributions of younger people,” she said. “… Meanwhile, when given the chance to pass the torch, Democrats lately have not been very successful in doing that, and young people are fed up.”

However, not all young voters are buying into this narrative.

Sunjay Muralitharan, national president of College Democrats of America, dismissed DOGE as an “unconstitutional threat to American democracy” and doubted that it would significantly boost Republican youth support.

“Most young people can see through this surface-level pandering,” he said. “The image of the richest man in the world gutting vital agencies speaks more here.”

Muralitharan pointed out that young leaders have also been making an impact within the Democratic Party. Recent examples include gun control advocate David Hogg, who was elected vice chair of the party this month, and Florida Democratic Representative Maxwell Frost, currently the youngest member of the U.S. House.

John Della Volpe, director of polling at the Harvard Kennedy School Institute of Politics, argued that Democrats simply fail to highlight their young leaders as effectively as Republicans do.

“Democrats have plenty of young people in consequential jobs,” he said. “They’re just not as good at letting us know about it.”

Della Volpe added that seeing DOGE engineers influence real-world policy could serve as a powerful signal to young voters, further complicating Democratic efforts to mobilize a younger generation already questioning what the party has done for them.

“Republicans are seeing a weakness in Democrats through young people, and they’re taking advantage of it,” he said.

Basil Smikle, a Democratic political strategist and professor at Columbia University’s School of Professional Studies, noted that many young men disillusioned with the current political landscape might view DOGE as proof that they, too, can wield power. He urged Democratic leaders to step aside and give young people a greater role in shaping the party’s message.

“If you don’t, Republicans are going to go back to the same playbook and beat us every time,” he warned.

Neera Tanden Returns as President and CEO of Center for American Progress

Neera Tanden, who previously served as President Joe Biden’s domestic policy advisor, has returned to the Washington, D.C.-based think tank, the Center for American Progress (CAP), as its president and CEO, the organization announced.

A veteran Democratic policy advisor, Tanden had earlier led CAP and its advocacy division, the Center for American Progress Action Fund.

Tanden made history as the first Indian American to head any of the major White House advisory councils while serving as Biden’s domestic policy advisor. In this role, she was responsible for managing the White House Domestic Policy Council and directing policy efforts across economic, social, and governance issues.

Expressing support for her appointment, CAP board chair John Podesta highlighted the importance of the organization at this juncture. “This is a moment where the Center for American Progress is more important than ever. There is a competition of ideas in the country. And this time calls for both a strong critique of the Trump administration’s policies and the development of an alternative agenda to solve the country’s problems,” he stated.

Podesta acknowledged CAP’s influence in shaping major policy initiatives, citing its role in the development of the Affordable Care Act under President Barack Obama and its contributions to climate investment strategies implemented by President Joe Biden. He voiced strong confidence in Tanden’s ability to lead the think tank, referencing her extensive experience in three different White House administrations and her efforts in defending the Affordable Care Act (ACA) from repeal during the Trump presidency.

Tanden expressed enthusiasm about her return to CAP and her opportunity to contribute to policy formation at a pivotal time in American politics. “I’m thrilled to join the Center for American Progress, with its talented leaders across multiple issues, at this critical moment in history,” she stated.

She further emphasized CAP’s commitment to developing a strong agenda in response to the political landscape, saying, “As CAP has done before, it will develop an agenda to build a resilient coalition and take on the Trump administration’s assault on core American values and its harms to Americans from all walks of life.”

Tanden, an Indian American, has held prominent positions in the Biden, Obama, and Clinton administrations. Additionally, she served as a senior adviser during Hillary Clinton’s presidential campaigns. She holds a law degree from Yale and completed her undergraduate studies at UCLA.

Tuned Into Issues and Turned off By Candidates, Many Young Voters Stayed Home

Newswise — One of the biggest stories of the 2024 presidential election was young voters’ apparent shift toward voting for President-elect Donald Trump. According to exit polls, youth ages 18-29 preferred President Biden to Trump by 24 points in 2020, but backed Vice President Harris over Trump by just 4 points in 2024.

Less talked about, but even more significant to our civic health, is the fact that youth voter turnout dropped from over 50% in 2020 to 42% in 2024, according to early estimates from the Center for Information & Research on Civic Learning and Engagement (CIRCLE), one of the research centers focused on democracy at Tufts University’s Tisch College of Civic Life, where I serve as dean.

That drop in participation, which mirrors overall voter turnout, reverses recent trends among young voters. Now a new post-election poll of young people, conducted by our CIRCLE team, helps to explain why–and could serve as a roadmap for the work ahead to fully re-engage youth in our democracy.

The new analysis makes two things clear. First, young people are driven to vote (or not) by issues, not influencers. Forty-six percent of youth said they voted to have an impact on issues; less than 1% because they were motivated by a celebrity. They remain profoundly committed to taking action on the myriad issues they care about–especially, the economy, health care and climate–and playing a leading role in the civic life of the country.

Secondly, they are deeply dissatisfied with our flawed democracy, which they see as unresponsive to their needs and ideas. And when our politics–and our candidates–don’t live up to their expectations, they are liable to stay home on Election Day.

None of this is completely new. We have known for years that young people have abysmally low trust in institutions like Congress, the courts, and political parties. We also know that young people continue to face barriers to political participation stemming from a lack of access, outreach, and support.

In our survey, more than a third of young people, and almost half (48%) of youth without college experience, were not contacted by any type of political or community organization about voting in 2024. Among youth who weren’t registered to vote last year, 26said they either missed the deadline, had trouble with forms, or simply didn’t know how.

Economic struggles are also playing a role. More than 40% of young people said that they sometimes or often find it difficult to meet basic financial needs. Among youth who didn’t vote, 62% report struggling financially. It’s no surprise, then, that economic concerns were top of mind for youth. In fact, young people who didn’t vote were even more likely to prioritize inflation and jobs than young people who cast ballots, suggesting that economically disadvantaged youth are getting left further behind in our democracy.

All of those numbers are an indictment of a weak and inequitable civic engagement infrastructure that is still leaving out too many young people.

We know how to solve some of these problems. Stronger nonpartisan civic education in schools. Facilitative policies like automatic voter registration and same-day registration. And a renewed focus on electoral outreach to young people that treats them as essential stakeholders, not as unlikely voters who are at the bottom of campaigns’ priorities.

All of those efforts would strengthen youth voting; in fact, when and where they happen, research shows they already do. But we must also grapple with the fact that young people’s disenchantment and disconnect with democracy runs deeper, and will require far bigger transformations to our system.

When asked about the main reason they didn’t cast a ballot in 2024, 20% of respondents who didn’t vote said it wasn’t important to them, and 24% said it was because they didn’t like either of the candidates. Those were the most common reasons for not voting.

These are the warning signs of a potential democratic crisis. If the nation’s youth continue to lose faith in our political system, and in the choices that system presents to them, the American experiment itself is at risk.

That crisis cannot be addressed by tinkering around the edges. It must be confronted with a wholesale reassessment of how we do democracy. It requires an inclusive approach that reaches all potential voters. It demands a commitment to centering young people’s views and voices in leadership opportunities–across the political spectrum–on the issues at the heart of our national conversations, and on the minds of candidates who end up on the ballot.

It’s easy to fixate on the movement of groups of voters in a close election. It is certainly interesting to ask: why did some young people shift toward Donald Trump? Or where did youth turnout decrease in this or that county or state? But the real questions that should keep us up at night are: first, are young people giving up on democracy? And second, what should we do about that?

Dayna Cunningham is the Pierre and Pamela Omidyar Dean of the Jonathan M. Tisch College of Civic Life at Tufts University.

Russia and U.S. Agree to Work Toward Ending Ukraine War and Strengthening Ties

Russia and the United States reached an agreement on Tuesday to begin efforts toward ending the war in Ukraine and enhancing their diplomatic and economic relations, according to statements from both nations’ top diplomats. This marks a dramatic shift in U.S. foreign policy under President Donald Trump.

In an interview with The Associated Press following the discussions, U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio outlined three primary objectives that both parties broadly agreed upon. These include restoring staffing levels at their respective embassies in Washington and Moscow, forming a high-level team to assist in Ukraine peace negotiations, and exploring opportunities for closer diplomatic and economic ties.

However, Rubio emphasized that the meeting, which included his Russian counterpart Sergey Lavrov and senior officials from both sides, was merely the beginning of a dialogue, with substantial work still ahead.

Lavrov echoed this sentiment, telling reporters that “the conversation was very useful.” He further stated, “We not only listened, but also heard each other.”

Among those present at the meeting were Trump’s national security adviser, Michael Waltz, and special Mideast envoy Steven Witkoff, along with Lavrov and Russian President Vladimir Putin’s foreign affairs adviser, Yuri Ushakov.

Despite the significant discussions, no Ukrainian representatives were involved. The talks took place as Ukraine continues to struggle in the face of superior Russian military strength in a prolonged conflict that began nearly three years ago.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy made it clear that his country would not recognize any conclusions reached in the talks, given that Kyiv had no participation. In response, he postponed his planned visit to Saudi Arabia, originally scheduled for Wednesday.

European allies also voiced concerns about potentially being sidelined in the discussions.

Trump, however, showed little tolerance for Ukraine’s complaints about being excluded. He criticized Ukraine’s leaders for failing to prevent the war, implying that they should have made compromises with Russia before the full-scale invasion in 2022.

“Today I heard, ‘Oh, well, we weren’t invited.’ Well, you been there for three years. You should have ended it three years ago,” Trump remarked at a news conference at his Florida residence. “You should have never started it. You could have made a deal.”

Efforts to Improve U.S.-Russia Relations

Relations between the U.S. and Russia have deteriorated significantly over the years, reaching their lowest point in decades. The decline began with Russia’s annexation of Crimea in 2014 and worsened with Moscow’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine.

The U.S., in coordination with European nations, imposed extensive sanctions on Russia to weaken its economy. Additionally, diplomatic tensions escalated as both nations expelled large numbers of each other’s diplomats and implemented restrictions on their embassies.

Rubio suggested on Tuesday that resolving the war in Ukraine could serve as a gateway to unlocking “incredible opportunities” for U.S.-Russia cooperation on mutual interests. He expressed optimism that such collaboration could be beneficial for global stability and lead to improved bilateral relations in the long term.

His remarks signified a striking shift in U.S. policy toward Russia. Under Trump’s predecessor, Joe Biden, Washington spearheaded global efforts to isolate Moscow diplomatically and economically.

Tuesday’s discussions were also intended to lay the groundwork for a potential summit between Trump and Putin. However, according to Ushakov and Waltz, no date has been set for such a meeting. Ushakov indicated that a summit was “unlikely” to occur next week, while Waltz suggested that an arrangement could be made in the coming weeks.

Speaking to reporters post-meeting, Lavrov reiterated the same three objectives outlined by Rubio. He further stated that Washington and Moscow agreed to assign representatives for “regular consultations” on Ukraine.

“I have reason to believe that the American side has started to better understand our position,” Lavrov remarked.

This meeting marked the most extensive diplomatic engagement between the two nations since Russia launched its invasion on February 24, 2022. Previously, Lavrov and then-U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken had only engaged in brief discussions on the sidelines of a G-20 meeting in India nearly two years ago, during a period of heightened tensions.

Concerns Over Being Sidelined

The recent U.S. diplomatic push regarding the Ukraine war has left Kyiv and key Western allies scrambling to ensure they are involved in any decisions. Many fear that Washington and Moscow might pursue an agreement that does not align with their interests.

Ukraine’s exclusion from Tuesday’s discussions frustrated many in the country. In response, France called an emergency meeting of European Union member states and the United Kingdom on Monday to deliberate over the war. During Biden’s presidency, U.S. policy was firm in ensuring Ukraine’s participation in such negotiations.

U.S. State Department spokeswoman Tammy Bruce clarified that the talks were designed to gauge Russia’s seriousness about achieving peace and to assess whether formal negotiations could commence.

Rubio assured that there would be “engagement and consultation with Ukraine, with our partners in Europe and others. But ultimately, the Russian side will be indispensable to this effort.”

He further acknowledged that ending the war would require concessions from all parties and emphasized that the U.S. “is not going to predetermine” what those concessions might be.

Meanwhile, U.S. Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth suggested last week that NATO membership for Ukraine was unrealistic. He also hinted that Kyiv may need to abandon its goal of reclaiming all territories lost to Russia—two critical demands from Putin’s side.

French President Emmanuel Macron disclosed that he had phone conversations with both Trump and Zelenskyy after Monday’s European meeting.

“We seek a strong and lasting peace in Ukraine,” Macron wrote on the social media platform X. “To achieve this, Russia must end its aggression, and this must be accompanied by strong and credible security guarantees for the Ukrainians.” He pledged to “work on this together with all Europeans, Americans, and Ukrainians.”

Saudi Arabia’s Role in the Talks

The meeting was held at the Diriyah Palace in Riyadh, the capital of Saudi Arabia, highlighting the kingdom’s aspirations to be a major diplomatic force. Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman has been actively working to bolster his international standing, particularly after his reputation was damaged by the 2018 killing of Washington Post journalist Jamal Khashoggi.

Saudi state media reported that the discussions were held under the prince’s directive. Like the United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia has maintained strong relations with Russia throughout the Ukraine war, both through its participation in the OPEC+ oil cartel and diplomatic engagements.

Saudi Arabia has also played a role in prisoner exchanges and hosted Zelenskyy during an Arab League summit in 2023.

However, Zelenskyy postponed his visit to Saudi Arabia this week, possibly to avoid any perception that his trip was linked to the U.S.-Russia talks, given Ukraine’s exclusion. His visit has been rescheduled for March 10.

Ongoing Conflict in Ukraine

Despite diplomatic efforts, Russia has continued its military offensive against Ukraine. According to Ukraine’s military, Russian forces launched a large-scale drone attack overnight.

The Ukrainian air force reported that Russian troops deployed 176 drones, most of which were intercepted or disabled through electronic jamming.

One Russian drone managed to hit a residential building in Dolynska, located in Ukraine’s Kirovohrad region. As a result, a mother and her two children were injured, prompting the evacuation of 38 apartments, as confirmed by the regional administration.

Trump’s Approval Rating Dips as Economic Concerns Grow Amid Tariff Threats

U.S. President Donald Trump’s approval rating has seen a slight decline in recent days as concerns about the U.S. economy rise. According to a Reuters/Ipsos poll, more Americans are worried about the country’s economic direction, especially as the president continues to threaten multiple nations with tariffs.

The six-day poll, which concluded on Tuesday, found that 44% of respondents approved of Trump’s performance as president. This represents a slight drop from the 45% approval rating recorded in a Reuters/Ipsos poll conducted from January 24-26. His approval was slightly higher at 47% in a separate poll conducted on January 20-21, just as he returned to the White House.

Meanwhile, disapproval of Trump’s presidency has increased more significantly. The latest poll found that 51% of Americans disapproved of his job performance, a notable jump from 41% in the immediate aftermath of his return to office.

Despite the overall decline in approval, Trump continues to receive considerable support for his immigration policies. The poll found that 47% of respondents approved of his stance on immigration, which includes promises to intensify deportations of undocumented migrants. This level of support has remained relatively unchanged since January.

However, economic concerns among the public appear to be growing. The percentage of Americans who believe the economy is headed in the wrong direction increased to 53% in the latest poll, up from 43% in the January 24-26 survey. Additionally, public confidence in Trump’s handling of the economy has dropped. His approval rating for economic management fell from 43% in the previous poll to 39% in the most recent one.

Economic performance has been a cornerstone of Trump’s political appeal, with many voters believing that his policies would benefit the economy. His current approval rating on economic matters is still higher than the final rating of his Democratic predecessor, Joe Biden, who left office with just 34% approval on economic issues. However, Trump’s standing on this front has weakened compared to earlier in his presidency. In February 2017, during the first full month of his first term, Reuters/Ipsos polling showed him with a 53% approval rating on the economy.

Inflation remains a particularly troubling issue for Trump. In the latest survey, only 32% of respondents approved of his handling of inflation, signaling potential early disappointment in his economic policies. This follows several years of rising prices, which contributed to Biden’s struggles in the last presidential election. Trump won that election by securing a victory in the Electoral College while also narrowly winning the popular vote against Biden’s vice president, Kamala Harris.

Recent data from the U.S. Labor Department highlights ongoing economic challenges, as consumer prices in January rose at their fastest rate in nearly a year and a half. Americans are facing higher costs for various goods and services, and additional economic reports suggest that U.S. households anticipate inflation to increase further. These concerns have been exacerbated by Trump’s February 1 announcement of steep tariffs on imports from China, Mexico, and Canada.

Although tariffs on Mexico and Canada have been postponed until March, Trump has set March 12 as the start date for other duties on imported steel and aluminum. He has also instructed his administration to design a system of global reciprocal tariffs.

The poll reveals that the majority of Americans are not in favor of new tariffs on imported goods. Fifty-four percent of respondents opposed such measures, while 41% expressed support. However, the public appears to be more divided on tariffs specifically targeting Chinese imports. In this case, 49% of respondents were in favor, while 47% were opposed.

Conducted online, the Reuters/Ipsos poll surveyed 4,145 U.S. adults across the country. The survey has a margin of error of approximately two percentage points in either direction

Indian Migration to the U.S.: Trends, Challenges, and Policy Shifts

Donald Trump has prioritized the large-scale deportation of undocumented foreign nationals as a key policy, with reports indicating that U.S. authorities have identified approximately 18,000 Indian nationals suspected of entering the country illegally.

During his recent visit to Washington, Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi acknowledged the issue, stating that India would repatriate its citizens residing unlawfully in the U.S. while also intensifying efforts to dismantle the “human trafficking ecosystem.”

“These are children of very ordinary families, and they are lured by big dreams and promises,” Modi remarked.

Now, a new study by Abby Budiman and Devesh Kapur from Johns Hopkins University offers a detailed examination of the numbers, demographics, entry methods, locations, and trends of undocumented Indian nationals in the U.S. over time.

The Size of the Undocumented Indian Population

Unauthorized immigrants constitute approximately 3% of the U.S. population and 22% of all foreign-born residents. However, estimates regarding the number of undocumented Indians vary significantly due to differing methodologies.

According to Pew Research Center and the Center for Migration Studies of New York (CMS), there were about 700,000 undocumented Indians in 2022, making them the third-largest group after Mexico and El Salvador. Conversely, the Migration Policy Institute (MPI) estimated 375,000, placing India fifth among countries of origin.

Official data from the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) reported a much lower figure of 220,000 unauthorized Indian immigrants in 2022. The stark differences between these estimates underscore the uncertainty surrounding the true number of undocumented Indian nationals.

Decline from Peak Levels

While Indian migrants form only a small fraction of the overall unauthorized population in the U.S., their numbers have fluctuated over time. If Pew and CMS estimates are correct, nearly one in four Indian immigrants in the U.S. lacks legal status—an unlikely scenario, given broader migration trends.

The DHS estimated a sharp decline in undocumented Indians, dropping 60% from a peak of 560,000 in 2016 to 220,000 in 2022. However, the reasons for this decline remain unclear. Kapur suggests that possible explanations include some individuals obtaining legal status or voluntarily returning to India, particularly during COVID-19-related disruptions.

Despite an increase in border crossings by Indians in 2023, U.S. government estimates showed no significant rise in the overall undocumented Indian population between 2020 and 2022.

Encounters, a term used to describe instances where non-citizens are apprehended by U.S. authorities at borders with Mexico or Canada, have risen. However, visa overstays among Indians have remained steady at around 1.5% since 2016.

Additionally, the number of Indian beneficiaries of the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) program, which provides protections for migrants who arrived as children, has declined from 2,600 in 2017 to 1,600 in 2024.

Overall, the share of undocumented Indians among all unauthorized immigrants rose from 0.8% in 1990 to 3.9% in 2015, before declining to 2% in 2022.

Changing Migration Routes and Increased Border Crossings

The U.S. has two major land borders: the southern border, which spans Arizona, California, New Mexico, and Texas, and the northern border, covering 11 states adjacent to Canada.

Before 2010, the number of Indians apprehended at these borders was minimal, never exceeding 1,000 encounters annually. However, since 2010, nearly all recorded encounters involving Indian nationals occurred at the U.S.-Mexico border.

A notable shift occurred in 2024, with 36% of Indian border crossings happening at the U.S.-Canada border—up from just 4% the previous year. Canada has become an increasingly viable entry point for Indian nationals due to shorter visa processing times compared to the U.S.

The overall surge in migration attempts since 2021 reached a peak in 2023, coinciding with a broader trend of increased border crossings following Joe Biden’s election.

“This is not specific to Indians. It is part of a larger surge of migrants trying to come into the U.S. after Biden was elected. It is as if there was a high tide of migrants and Indians were a part of it,” Kapur explained.

Where Are Undocumented Indians Residing?

The study found that the states with the largest Indian immigrant populations—California (112,000), Texas (61,000), New Jersey (55,000), New York (43,000), and Illinois (31,000)—also host the highest numbers of unauthorized Indian immigrants.

Indians constitute a significant share of the total undocumented population in several states, including Ohio (16%), Michigan (14%), New Jersey (12%), and Pennsylvania (11%). Additionally, states such as Tennessee, Indiana, Georgia, Wisconsin, and California have over 20% of their Indian immigrant population lacking legal status.

“We expect this because it’s easier to blend in and find work in an ethnic business—like a Gujarati working for a Gujarati-American or a Punjabi/Sikh in a similar setup,” Kapur noted.

Asylum Seekers from India

The U.S. immigration system permits individuals detained at the border who fear persecution in their home countries to undergo “credible fear screenings.” Those who pass these screenings can apply for asylum in court, leading to an increase in asylum applications alongside rising border apprehensions.

While administrative data does not provide a detailed demographic breakdown of Indian asylum seekers, court records based on spoken languages offer some insight.

Punjabi speakers from India have accounted for 66% of asylum claims from 2001 to 2022, followed by Hindi (14%), English (8%), and Gujarati (7%) speakers. This suggests that Punjab and the neighboring state of Haryana are key sources of Indian migrants seeking asylum.

Approval rates also vary: Punjabi speakers had the highest asylum acceptance rate at 63%, followed by Hindi speakers at 58%, while only 25% of Gujarati-speaking applicants were successful.

Rise in Asylum Requests and System Exploitation

Data from the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) shows that asylum applications from Indians in the U.S. surged tenfold, increasing from 5,000 in 2021 to over 51,000 in 2023.

Although the most dramatic rise occurred in the U.S., similar trends were observed in Canada, the UK, and Australia. Kapur suggests that many Indian asylum claims are not driven by genuine fears of persecution but are instead a strategic attempt to exploit lengthy asylum processing times.

“This is largely a way to game the asylum system rather than an objective fear of persecution, as processing takes years,” Kapur said.

Despite this surge in asylum claims, there is no clear indication of significant political repression in Punjab, which has been governed by the Congress Party (2017-2022) and the Aam Aadmi Party (2022-present).

With Trump aiming for a second term, asylum requests are expected to decrease significantly. His administration has already taken steps to shut down a key migrant app, removing it from app stores and canceling nearly 300,000 pending appointments, including asylum hearings.

Economic Drivers of Migration

Data suggests that most Indian asylum seekers are from wealthier states, such as Punjab and Gujarat, where migration is financially viable. Meanwhile, marginalized groups, Indian Muslims, and those from conflict zones like Kashmir rarely seek asylum.

Migrating to the U.S. through unauthorized routes, including Latin America or as fraudulent students in Canada, can cost 30 to 100 times India’s per capita income. As a result, only those with significant assets can afford these journeys.

Given that Punjab and Gujarat have long histories of emigration, economic aspirations rather than political persecution appear to be the primary motivators for migration. The demand for a better life is driven not by absolute poverty but by “relative deprivation,” as families seek to emulate the success of others abroad.

Deportations of Indian Nationals

Between 2009 and 2024, approximately 16,000 Indians were deported, according to India’s Ministry of External Affairs.

Annual deportations averaged 750 during Barack Obama’s presidency, rose to 1,550 under Trump’s first term, and declined to 900 under Biden. The highest number of deportations occurred in 2020, when nearly 2,300 Indians were removed.

More recently, deportations of Indian nationals have spiked again between 2023 and 2024.

Trump’s First Month: Rapid Overhaul, Economic Shifts, and Global Ambitions

As President Donald Trump nears the end of his first month in his second term, he has swiftly and forcefully taken steps to reshape American social and political norms, alter the economy, and redefine the nation’s global role.

Simultaneously, he has given significant influence to Elon Musk, a billionaire originally from South Africa, allowing him to play a key role in dismissing thousands of federal employees and potentially dismantling entire agencies established by Congress.

These actions have largely overshadowed Trump’s crackdowns on immigration and border security with Mexico, as well as his social policy revisions, which include eliminating diversity, equity, and inclusion programs and reversing transgender rights protections.

Additionally, the president has implemented numerous tariffs on U.S. trading partners and has warned of further measures, despite economists cautioning that such moves could lead to increased consumer costs and contribute to inflation.

Mass Firings and Agency Disruptions

In the initial weeks of his presidency, the Trump administration terminated thousands of workers who were still within their probationary periods, a standard practice for new hires. Some employees were given less than an hour to vacate their offices.

Those impacted include professionals in medical research, energy infrastructure, foreign service, the FBI, prosecution, education and agricultural data, overseas aid, and even human resources personnel responsible for overseeing these dismissals.

At the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), which was established following the 2008 financial crisis to safeguard consumers, staff members report that the administration aims to eliminate nearly the entire workforce and erase 12 years of accumulated data. However, a judge has ordered the administration to halt any further action against the agency until March 3.

Trump campaigned on promises to shake up Washington, but his approach could have long-term consequences, not just for thousands of federal employees nationwide but also for the broader economy, potentially increasing the unemployment rate if mass layoffs continue.

Legal Challenges to Trump’s Agenda

From Inauguration Day onward, legal battles have erupted over Trump’s policies. As of now, around 70 lawsuits have been filed across the country challenging his executive orders and his administration’s moves to reduce the size of the federal government.

With little opposition from the Republican-majority Congress, the judiciary has become the primary battleground for resistance. Judges have issued over a dozen rulings that temporarily block elements of Trump’s policies, including an executive order ending automatic U.S. citizenship for those born in the country and granting Musk’s team access to sensitive federal data.

While many of these rulings come from judges appointed by Democratic presidents, some decisions against Trump have also been handed down by judges nominated by Republicans. In response, Trump has suggested he might take action against the judiciary, stating, “Maybe we have to look at the judges.” Meanwhile, his administration has pledged to appeal the rulings, with White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt denouncing the legal setbacks as “an abuse of the rule of law.”

Despite these legal hurdles, the administration has also achieved victories, most notably securing judicial approval for a deferred resignation program led by Musk.

Economic Indicators Show Trouble Ahead

Amid Trump’s policy changes, recent economic data presents a challenge for the White House.

According to the Labor Department, inflation rose by 0.5% in January, with the consumer price index increasing at an annualized rate of 4.5% over the past three months. This suggests inflation is once again accelerating after a period of decline in 2024.

During his campaign, Trump assured voters he could quickly lower inflation. However, White House press secretary Leavitt, while blaming former President Joe Biden, acknowledged that the latest inflation figures were “worse than expected.”

Additional economic concerns arose when the Commerce Department reported a 0.9% drop in retail sales for January. Such a significant decline could indicate weakening consumer confidence and slowing economic growth.

Furthermore, the Federal Reserve’s industrial production report found that manufacturing output fell by 0.1% in January, with a notable 5.2% decline in automobile and parts production.

While these data points may prove temporary, the upcoming economic reports for February will be crucial in determining whether these trends continue.

Trump’s ‘Fair Trade’ Approach Sparks Controversy

After already imposing tariffs on China and preparing new trade restrictions on Canada and Mexico, Trump has introduced what he calls “the big one.” He announced plans to implement additional tariffs in the coming months that will match the rates imposed by other countries.

However, many foreign governments argue that Trump’s approach is not truly fair.

From their perspective, he is factoring in elements such as value-added taxes, which function similarly to sales taxes. This results in considerably higher rates than standard European tariffs.

In addition, Trump has proposed separate tariffs on automobiles, computer chips, and pharmaceuticals, in addition to the 25% tariffs on steel and aluminum announced earlier in the week.

It remains unclear whether these trade policies are primarily negotiating tactics or revenue-generating measures. So far, Trump has indicated that they serve both purposes.

Congress Faces Power Struggles, Some Resistance Emerges

Congress has struggled to counter Trump’s rapid actions, as its authority—particularly its constitutional power over federal spending—is being steadily diminished.

House Speaker Mike Johnson, a Republican from Louisiana, expressed enthusiasm for Musk’s role in the administration, stating that he found their efforts “very exciting” and that Trump was “taking legitimate executive action.”

However, even within the Republican ranks, some lawmakers have begun to push back. While their responses have been limited—mainly letters and phone calls—they are advocating for the protection of their states’ interests as government funding and contracts face cuts.

Republican Representative Carlos Gimenez of Florida, for instance, urged the Department of Homeland Security to avoid mass deportations of Venezuelan migrants residing in the Miami area. “I’m not powerless. I’m a member of Congress,” he asserted.

Meanwhile, Democratic lawmakers have joined protesters outside closed federal offices, arguing that Trump and Musk have overstepped their authority. They have introduced legislative measures to safeguard various programs and have even filed articles of impeachment against Trump over his plan to demolish and redevelop parts of Gaza.

A Shift in Global Diplomacy

In a recent call with Russian President Vladimir Putin, Trump signaled his intent to broker a resolution to Russia’s ongoing war with Ukraine.

Following the conversation, both leaders agreed to have their respective teams “start negotiations immediately.” Trump subsequently called Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy to discuss bringing both sides to the negotiating table.

This diplomatic move marks a significant development in a war that has resulted in hundreds of thousands of deaths and injuries.

However, the road ahead is complex.

Zelenskyy has stated that he will not meet with Putin until Trump formulates a concrete peace plan. Trump, in turn, has faced sharp criticism from European leaders and U.S. Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth for suggesting that Ukraine’s NATO membership is not a viable option.

The White House now faces a strategic dilemma, as Zelenskyy is pressing for security guarantees from the U.S. and other nations. He insists that any agreement outlining the terms of peace be negotiated directly with Trump.

Conclusion

As Trump’s first month back in office concludes, his administration has embarked on a dramatic transformation of federal governance, economic policy, and foreign relations. His sweeping changes have sparked widespread legal challenges, economic concerns, and congressional tensions. Meanwhile, his approach to global diplomacy, particularly regarding Ukraine, has drawn both intrigue and criticism.

With the pace of these changes showing no signs of slowing, the next few months will be critical in determining how Trump’s policies shape the nation and its role on the world stage.

Trump Faces Challenges in Delivering Economic Promises Amid Inflation Concerns

During his 2024 presidential campaign, Donald Trump made bold economic promises aimed at addressing what was one of the top concerns for voters. “Starting on Day 1, we will end inflation and make America affordable again,” he declared at an August campaign event.

Trump’s sweeping economic pledges were widely seen as a significant factor in his electoral success. However, since taking office, he has shifted his stance on how quickly his plans will yield results.

For instance, as CNBC reported, inflation remains a pressing issue:

The consumer price index, which tracks the cost of goods and services across the U.S. economy, rose by a seasonally adjusted 0.5% in the past month, bringing the annual inflation rate to 3%, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics. These figures surpassed Dow Jones estimates, which had projected monthly inflation at 0.3% and an annual rate of 2.9%. Additionally, the annual rate showed a 0.1 percentage point increase from December.

Following the release of this report, Trump was quick to blame his predecessor. “BIDEN INFLATION UP!” he posted on Truth Social.

While various factors contribute to rising prices, experts argue that inflation cannot be attributed solely to either Trump or former President Joe Biden. However, analysts have suggested that Trump’s proposed economic policies—such as tax cuts and tariffs—could potentially worsen inflation.

Trump began tempering expectations regarding his campaign trail promises soon after securing victory. In a late November interview with Time magazine, he acknowledged the difficulty of reducing costs. “I would like to bring down the price of groceries,” he stated. “But it’s hard to bring things down once they’re up. You know, it’s very hard. But I think that they will.”

Since returning to office, Trump’s administration has also sought to adjust public expectations. Vice President JD Vance remarked in an interview with CBS News last month that addressing grocery prices would require patience. “It’s going to take a little bit of time,” he said.

“Rome wasn’t built in a day,” Vance added.

White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt also echoed this sentiment, telling reporters last week that the president is “doing everything he can” to lower high consumer prices in the U.S. However, when asked for a specific timeline and whether Americans would be willing to wait for the administration’s measures to take effect, she admitted, “I don’t have a timeline.”

PM Modi and Google CEO Sundar Pichai Discuss AI’s Role in India’s Digital Transformation at Paris Summit

Prime Minister Narendra Modi met with Google CEO Sundar Pichai during the AI Action Summit in Paris, where they discussed the immense potential of artificial intelligence (AI) in India. The meeting, held on the sidelines of the event, focused on AI’s transformative impact and how Google can collaborate with India in its digital journey.

The Indian-origin CEO of Alphabet Inc. emphasized the importance of this partnership, highlighting the role Google could play in accelerating India’s technological advancement.

On Tuesday, February 11, 2025, Prime Minister Modi co-chaired the Artificial Intelligence Action Summit alongside French President Emmanuel Macron in Paris.

Reflecting on the historical impact of technology, PM Modi stated at the summit that advancements in AI will not result in job losses but rather create new opportunities.

Following the meeting, Pichai took to social media to share his enthusiasm, posting on X: “Delighted to meet with PM @narendramodi today while in Paris for the AI Action Summit. We discussed the incredible opportunities AI will bring to India and ways we can work closely together on India’s digital transformation.” His post was accompanied by pictures from their discussion.

This meeting marked the latest interaction between PM Modi and Pichai, following their previous engagement in September 2024 in New York. That meeting took place during the Prime Minister’s visit to the United States for the Quad Leaders’ Summit, which was hosted by President Joe Biden in Wilmington, Delaware.

At Tuesday’s AI Action Summit, Modi and Macron led the plenary session of the major global event, emphasizing the need for international cooperation in AI governance.

Reiterating his excitement, Pichai’s post on X read: “Delighted to meet with PM @narendramodi today while in Paris for the AI Action Summit. We discussed the incredible opportunities AI will bring to India and ways we can work closely together on India’s digital transformation.”

During his address at the summit, PM Modi strongly advocated for a collective effort to develop a global AI framework that is open-source, trustworthy, and transparent. He emphasized that AI technology must remain free from biases and must be designed to enhance reliability.

Furthermore, the Prime Minister stressed the importance of embedding AI in the local ecosystem, ensuring that it remains practical and beneficial to society. He underlined that artificial intelligence is not just influencing technology but is significantly shaping political, economic, security, and social spheres worldwide.

“AI is writing the code for humanity in this century,” Modi stated, underscoring the transformative nature of artificial intelligence.

As the world stands at the threshold of an AI-driven era, the Prime Minister acknowledged its potential to redefine the future. “We are at the dawn of the AI age that will shape the course of humanity,” he said.

Trump Proposes Reciprocal Tariffs to Match Foreign Tax Rates, Sparking Trade Concerns

President Donald Trump announced on Thursday a plan to raise U.S. tariffs to align with the tax rates imposed by other countries on imports. This move could lead to broader economic tensions with both allies and competitors as Trump aims to eliminate trade imbalances.

“I’ve decided for purposes of fairness that I will charge a reciprocal tariff,” Trump declared during a proclamation signing in the Oval Office. “It’s fair to all. No other country can complain.”

Trump’s Republican administration has argued that these new tariffs would create a level playing field for U.S. and foreign manufacturers. However, current laws suggest that the additional taxes would ultimately be borne by American consumers and businesses, either directly or through increased prices. The exact tariff rates are expected to be determined in the coming weeks, potentially allowing room for negotiations or prolonging economic uncertainty.

The political risks associated with tariffs could prove detrimental to Trump if they contribute to inflation and slow economic growth. This move represents a high-stakes gamble for a president eager to assert control over the U.S. economy. The tariff increases will be tailored to individual countries, partly to initiate new trade talks. However, these nations may retaliate with tariffs on American goods, adding to economic instability. To mitigate the fallout, Trump may need to reassure consumers and businesses about the potential benefits of his policy.

While the United States generally maintains low average tariffs, Trump’s proclamation appears to focus more on increasing import taxes than ensuring fairness, according to Scott Lincicome, a trade expert at the libertarian think tank Cato Institute.

“It will inevitably mean higher tariffs, and thus higher taxes for American consumers and manufacturers,” Lincicome stated, adding that Trump’s trade strategy “reflects a fundamental misunderstanding of how the global economy works.”

Trump’s plan considers value-added taxes—common in the European Union and similar to sales taxes—as trade barriers that should be accounted for in reciprocal tariff calculations. The administration will also examine foreign tariff rates, industrial subsidies, regulatory constraints, and currency devaluations when determining the new U.S. tariff rates.

A senior White House official, speaking anonymously to reporters, indicated that the anticipated tariff revenues would help offset the projected $1.9 trillion budget deficit. The official also noted that the necessary reviews could be completed in weeks or months.

The proposed increases in taxes on imports and exports could be significant, especially when compared to the relatively moderate tariffs Trump imposed during his first term. Trade between the U.S. and Europe amounted to approximately $1.3 trillion last year, with the U.S. running a $267 billion trade deficit, according to Census Bureau data.

Trump has recently escalated tensions with multiple trading partners, issuing tariff threats and prompting potential retaliation that could push the economy into a trade war.

He has already imposed a 10% tariff on Chinese imports, citing China’s role in opioid fentanyl production. In addition, he has prepared tariffs on Canada and Mexico, the United States’ largest trading partners, which could take effect in March following a 30-day suspension. On Monday, Trump removed exemptions from the steel and aluminum tariffs introduced in 2018. He has also suggested new tariffs on computer chips and pharmaceutical drugs.

However, Trump acknowledged that these sector-specific tariffs, imposed for national security and other reasons, would be separate from the reciprocal tariff plan, meaning that U.S. trading partners might still face additional barriers.

Regarding the 25% tariffs on steel and aluminum, Trump clarified, “That’s over and above this.” He added that automobiles, semiconductors, and pharmaceuticals would also be subject to tariffs exceeding those set under the reciprocal tariff framework.

Key U.S. trading partners, including the European Union, Canada, and Mexico, are preparing countermeasures to respond to Trump’s policies, potentially harming the U.S. economy. Meanwhile, China has already retaliated by imposing tariffs on American energy, agricultural machinery, and large-engine automobiles. Additionally, Chinese regulators have launched an antitrust investigation into Google.

The White House has defended its tariff strategy, arguing that imposing equal import taxes as other nations would enhance trade fairness while generating revenue for the U.S. government. Additionally, the administration claims that reciprocal tariffs could serve as a bargaining tool in future trade negotiations.

Trump’s approach, however, also relies on the assumption that voters will tolerate a rise in inflation. Inflation spikes in 2021 and 2022 severely weakened the approval ratings of then-President Joe Biden, as the rising cost of living frustrated voters. This discontent ultimately contributed to Trump’s return to the White House, as many voters believed he could better manage economic challenges.

Since Trump’s election in November, inflation has continued to rise, with the latest government report showing that the consumer price index is increasing at an annual rate of 3%.

The Trump administration has dismissed criticisms of its tariff strategy, even while acknowledging the likelihood of some economic pain. Officials argue that the benefits of extending and expanding Trump’s 2017 tax cuts, coupled with regulatory rollbacks and cost-cutting measures under billionaire adviser Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency initiative, would outweigh any short-term economic hardship.

However, the effectiveness of this approach may depend on the sequencing of Trump’s policies. A prolonged trade conflict could deter investment and hiring, exacerbating inflationary pressures.

A Wells Fargo report released Thursday suggested that Trump’s tariffs would likely hinder economic growth in the near term. However, the report also indicated that an extension of Trump’s tax cuts could stimulate growth in 2026, offering a potential long-term benefit.

Trump has downplayed concerns about inflation, insisting that his policies would have only a minor impact on prices. When asked whether he would direct agencies to analyze the potential effects of his tariffs on consumer prices, the president declined.

“There’s nothing to study,” Trump said. “It’s going to go well.”

Senate Confirms Tulsi Gabbard as Director of National Intelligence in Partisan Vote

The Senate confirmed Tulsi Gabbard as the director of national intelligence in a largely party-line vote on Wednesday, overcoming strong objections from Democrats and initial concerns from Republicans regarding her qualifications and past statements. The 52-48 vote concluded two months of deliberations on whether the former Hawaii congresswoman was suited to lead the nation’s 18 intelligence agencies and brief President Trump daily on security matters.

Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell was the sole Republican to vote against Gabbard’s confirmation. Some Republican senators had initially questioned her stance on intelligence-gathering practices, particularly her past opposition to Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA). While serving in the House, Gabbard had pushed for repealing the law, which grants broad surveillance authority. Additionally, concerns arose over her past remarks about Syrian leader Bashar Assad and Russian President Vladimir Putin.

During confirmation hearings, both Democratic and Republican senators pressed Gabbard on whether she viewed former National Security Agency (NSA) contractor Edward Snowden as a traitor. Snowden had stolen 1.5 million classified documents, an act that frustrated many lawmakers. Despite repeated questioning, Gabbard declined to label him a traitor, which further frustrated Republicans.

Republican senators also noted that Gabbard struggled to articulate clear answers in private meetings. Senator Susan Collins was among those initially doubtful, questioning whether Gabbard had genuinely embraced the surveillance powers under Section 702, which provides roughly 60% of the intelligence included in the president’s daily brief.

However, Republicans eventually united behind Gabbard after Vice President J.D. Vance played a key role in swaying support. Vance worked closely with Senator Todd Young, a former Marine intelligence officer, to ease GOP concerns. Additionally, Senate Intelligence Committee Chair Tom Cotton remained a steadfast supporter of Gabbard’s nomination, strengthening Republican backing.

Supporters of Gabbard argue that she represents the kind of “disruptor” Trump seeks in leadership roles. They compare her to Pete Hegseth, the recently confirmed Pentagon chief, and claim that she will overhaul the intelligence community, which they believe has been “weaponized” against Trump. Many Trump allies continue to cite a controversial 2020 letter signed by 51 former intelligence officials, which suggested that reports about Hunter Biden’s laptop could be a “Russian influence operation.”

Vance was instrumental in ensuring Young’s support, holding multiple discussions with him between Gabbard’s turbulent confirmation hearing and the committee vote. The Senate Intelligence Committee ultimately advanced her nomination with full Republican support, leading to a procedural vote on Monday where all Republicans present voted in favor of moving toward final confirmation.

Senate Majority Leader John Thune praised Gabbard as a “patriot, motivated by service,” highlighting her extensive background. “Tulsi Gabbard has worn the uniform of our country for the last 22 years, leading American soldiers in some of the most dangerous parts of the world,” Thune stated. He also emphasized her eight years in Congress, where she served on the House Homeland Security, Foreign Affairs, and Armed Services committees.

Democrats, however, strongly opposed her appointment, arguing that she lacked the necessary experience and had displayed poor judgment on critical intelligence matters. They pointed to her skepticism of U.S. intelligence findings on Assad’s use of chemical weapons and her alignment with Putin’s reasoning for invading Ukraine.

“By any objective measure and by every objective measure as well, she is not qualified,” said Senate Democratic Leader Chuck Schumer. “From the moment she was nominated, both Democrats and Republicans were puzzled by the choice.”

Schumer criticized Trump’s selection, stating, “Of all people Donald Trump could have picked to oversee national intelligence, he picked someone known for repeating Russian propaganda and getting duped by conspiracy theories.” He went on to claim that if the vote had been conducted by secret ballot, Gabbard would have received no more than 10 votes.

Senator Mark Warner, the vice chair of the Intelligence Committee, was also outspoken in his opposition. He argued that Gabbard had “demonstrated she’s not up to the task” of representing the intelligence community, citing her defense of Assad’s claim that he had not used chemical weapons, despite U.S. intelligence reports stating otherwise.

Warner further contended that Gabbard had “knowingly met with the Syrian cleric who threatened to conduct serial bomb attacks against the United States” and had unfairly blamed the U.S. and NATO for Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. He pointed to her past assertions that the Biden administration had failed to acknowledge Putin’s concerns about Ukraine joining NATO.

Republican senators faced considerable pressure to support Trump’s controversial nominees, including Gabbard, Hegseth, and Robert F. Kennedy Jr., whose confirmation vote for Secretary of Health and Human Services is set for later this week.

Senator Sheldon Whitehouse was among the most vocal critics of Gabbard’s appointment, characterizing it as “part of a pattern of unilateral disarmament by the Trump administration against Russia.”

Citing a Washington Post article from November, Whitehouse noted that “Gabbard’s appointment as head of national intelligence elicited the most excitement in Russia because she has long been regarded as a darling of the propagandist Russian R.T. network.”

“Russian TV has called Ms. Gabbard ‘our friend Tulsi,’” Whitehouse said. “[A] Russian newspaper published an op-ed, and it was titled, ‘The CIA and FBI are trembling [that] Trump protégé Tulsi Gabbard will support Russia.’”

Despite these objections, Gabbard’s confirmation received strong backing from Republican leadership. Tom Cotton, a key figure on national security within the GOP, defended her against accusations of disloyalty.

“Let me remind everyone that Ms. Gabbard has served in our Army for more than two decades, she has multiple combat tours, and she still wears the uniform today,” Cotton stated. “She has undergone five FBI background checks.”

One of the primary hurdles Gabbard faced during her confirmation was her prior advocacy for repealing Section 702 of FISA. In the past, she criticized the law as an “overreach” that infringed on civil liberties. However, in private meetings with Republican senators, she clarified that her stance had evolved due to recent reforms to the program.

Senator James Lankford, a member of the Intelligence Committee, revealed that he decided to back Gabbard after she reassured him that she now supported Section 702, describing it as a “vital” tool for national security.

Lankford noted in an interview with NBC’s “Meet the Press” that Gabbard had convinced him she would uphold the surveillance authority, which played a crucial role in securing Republican votes for her confirmation.

Ultimately, Gabbard’s path to confirmation reflected the deep divisions in the Senate, with Republicans rallying behind Trump’s pick despite lingering concerns, while Democrats staunchly opposed her, citing her past positions and perceived sympathies toward Russia and Assad.

Pope Francis Condemns U.S. Deportation Plans, Warns of Consequences

Pope Francis issued a strong criticism on Tuesday regarding the Trump administration’s mass deportation plans, cautioning that expelling individuals solely based on their illegal status strips them of their dignity and will have dire consequences.

In an unprecedented move, Francis directly addressed the U.S. crackdown on migrants through a letter to American bishops, appearing to challenge Vice President JD Vance’s theological defense of the deportation strategy.

U.S. border czar Tom Homan promptly dismissed the pope’s comments, pointing out that the Vatican is a city-state enclosed by walls and arguing that border security should remain under his jurisdiction.

As the first Latin American pontiff, Francis has long prioritized the rights and welfare of migrants, frequently citing biblical teachings that emphasize welcoming strangers. He has called on nations to provide protection, integration, and support to those fleeing violence, poverty, and environmental crises, though he acknowledges that governments must operate within their means.

Tensions between the Argentine Jesuit and President Donald Trump on immigration matters date back to Trump’s first campaign. In 2016, Francis famously declared that anyone who builds walls to keep migrants out was “not a Christian.”

In his letter, Francis acknowledged the right of countries to ensure security and safeguard their communities from criminal threats.

“That said, the act of deporting people who in many cases have left their own land for reasons of extreme poverty, insecurity, exploitation, persecution or serious deterioration of the environment, damages the dignity of many men and women, and of entire families, and places them in a state of particular vulnerability and defenselessness,” he wrote.

Referencing the Book of Exodus and Jesus Christ’s own experiences, Francis defended the right of people to seek safety in other countries. He described the deportation plan as a “major crisis” unfolding in the United States.

He urged Christians to critically assess policies that conflate undocumented status with criminal behavior.

“Anyone schooled in Christianity cannot fail to make a critical judgment and express its disagreement with any measure that tacitly or explicitly identifies the illegal status of some migrants with criminality,” he said.

Francis further warned that policies rooted in force rather than fundamental human dignity are doomed to fail.

“What is built on the basis of force, and not on the truth about the equal dignity of every human being, begins badly and will end badly,” he cautioned.

Archbishop Timothy Broglio, president of the U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops, expressed gratitude for the pope’s message in his response.

“With you, we pray that the U.S. government keep its prior commitments to help those in desperate need,” Broglio wrote. “Boldly I ask for your continued prayers so that we may find the courage as a nation to build a more humane system of immigration, one that protects our communities while safeguarding the dignity of all.”

White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt reported last week that over 8,000 people had been arrested in immigration raids since Trump’s inauguration on January 20. Some individuals have already been deported, while others remain in federal custody, including at Guantanamo Bay Naval Base in Cuba.

Vance, a Catholic convert, has defended the administration’s hardline immigration approach by invoking the medieval Catholic concept of “ordo amoris,” which describes a hierarchy of love—placing family first, followed by neighbors, local communities, and then the broader world.

Francis appeared to challenge Vance’s interpretation in his letter.

“Christian love is not a concentric expansion of interests that little by little extend to other persons and groups,” he wrote. “The true ordo amoris that must be promoted is that which we discover by meditating constantly on the parable of the ‘Good Samaritan,’ that is, by meditating on the love that builds a fraternity open to all, without exception.”

David Gibson, director of Fordham University’s Center on Religion and Culture, remarked on social media that Francis’ letter directly countered Vance’s theological claims.

“[It] takes aim at every single absurd theological claim by JD Vance and his allies in conservative Catholicism (and the Catholic electorate),” Gibson posted.

Vance’s argument had gained traction among conservative Catholics, including the Catholic League, which backed his interpretation of the hierarchy of Christian love.

In Crisis Magazine, editor Eric Sammons defended Vance’s stance, citing the teachings of St. Augustine and St. Thomas Aquinas.

“For Augustine, every love, even the love of neighbor, must be ordered beneath the love of God,” Sammons wrote. “This hierarchy extends to our human relationships where love for family, community, and nation should precede our love for the world at large, not in intensity but in priority of duty and responsibility.”

Homan, also a Catholic, dismissed the pope’s stance and argued that Francis should focus on Church affairs rather than U.S. border policy.

“He wants to attack us for securing our border. He’s got a wall around the Vatican, does he not?” Homan told reporters in a video posted by The Hill. “So he’s got a wall around that protects his people and himself, but we can’t have a wall around the United States.”

The Vatican, a 44-hectare (108-acre) walled city-state within Rome, has also implemented strict border measures. A law enacted in December imposes prison sentences of up to four years and fines of up to 25,000 euros ($25,873) on those who enter illegally using force, threats, or deception to bypass security.

The U.S. bishops conference had previously criticized Trump’s immigration policies, calling them “deeply troubling” in an unusually strong statement. The bishops warned that measures concerning immigration, foreign aid, capital punishment, and environmental policies would have harmful consequences, especially for vulnerable populations.

This marked a notable rebuke from the Catholic hierarchy in the U.S., which has traditionally prioritized opposition to abortion as a central political concern. Many bishops had previously supported the Supreme Court’s 2022 decision—enabled by Trump-appointed justices—to overturn constitutional protections for abortion.

Despite tensions between the Church and Trump’s policies, Catholic voters helped secure his victory in the 2024 election, giving him 54% of their votes—a notable increase from the 50% he received in 2020 when he ran against President Joe Biden, a fellow Catholic.

Bishop Mark Seitz of El Paso, Texas, who leads the U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops’ migration committee, welcomed the pope’s letter as an important source of support in a challenging climate.

“We are dealing with these very threatening circumstances towards immigrants, towards our immigrant brothers and sisters, and also towards those who assist them in any way,” Seitz stated.

Speaking to The Associated Press, Seitz emphasized that while it’s important to acknowledge the concerns of Americans, including Catholic Trump supporters, regarding immigration, Church leaders must continue to uphold its teachings.

“But we have to just steadfastly announce the truth as best we understand it, both in terms of the teaching of the church and the reality on the ground,” he added.

Trump Reverses Federal Push Against Plastic Straws, Reigniting Environmental Debate

Straws might seem trivial, often sparking humor in discussions about plastic versus paper alternatives, but plastic straws have become emblematic of a global pollution crisis in the past decade.

On Monday, former President Donald Trump reignited the controversy by signing an executive order reversing federal efforts to phase out plastic straws. Defending the use of plastic over paper, Trump asserted that paper straws “don’t work” and lack durability. He further stated, “It’s OK” to continue using plastic straws, despite concerns that they contribute to ocean pollution and endanger marine life.

The debate over plastic straws gained widespread attention in 2015 when a video surfaced of a marine biologist extracting a plastic straw from a turtle’s nose, sparking global outrage. This led to a wave of bans, beginning with Vanuatu, a Pacific Island nation, and Seattle in 2018.

The Fate of Plastic Straws

According to the Turtle Island Restoration Network, over 390 million plastic straws are used daily in the United States, typically for no more than 30 minutes before being discarded. These straws often end up littering beaches and waterways, posing a threat to marine animals that may ingest them, mistaking them for food.

Due to their small size, plastic straws are not recyclable and can take at least 200 years to decompose, according to the advocacy group. As they degrade, they break down into microplastics—fragments tinier than a grain of rice—that have been detected in various human body tissues. Although research remains limited, increasing concerns suggest that microplastics in the body might be linked to heart disease, Alzheimer’s, dementia, and other health issues.

Trump’s executive order argued that paper straws contain chemicals that could pose health risks and are more costly to produce than plastic alternatives. A 2023 study from the University of Antwerp found that “forever chemicals” known as PFAS were present in paper, bamboo, glass, and plastic straws but not in stainless steel ones.

Despite the cost argument, Beyond Plastics, an environmental advocacy group, contends that skipping straws altogether is the most economical and sustainable choice.

Judith Enck, a former Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regional administrator and current president of Beyond Plastics, expressed concern over the executive order. She encouraged individuals and local governments to push back against the decision by actively reducing their use of plastic straws.

“It’s easy to just kind of almost poke fun of this, ignore it,” Enck remarked on Tuesday. “But this is a moment that we as individuals and state and local policymakers can make a statement that they disagree with this executive order and are committed to using less plastic straws. It’s not that hard to do.”

Across the country, several states and cities have already imposed bans on plastic straws, while some restaurants have opted to stop automatically providing them to customers.

Global Efforts Against Plastic Waste

Under President Joe Biden, the administration had committed to eliminating single-use plastics—including plastic straws—from federal food service operations, events, and packaging by 2027, with a complete phase-out from all federal operations by 2035.

This initiative signaled formal acknowledgment from the federal government of the severity of plastic pollution and the level of response necessary to combat the crisis effectively.

Erin Simon, a plastics and packaging expert at the World Wildlife Fund, emphasized the significance of this effort, stating that it sent a global message: “If we can make change happen at scale, so can you.”

The Biden administration’s pledge came in July, just months before international negotiators convened in South Korea to draft a treaty aimed at addressing plastic pollution on a global scale. While the negotiations did not yield a final agreement last year, discussions are set to resume this year.

Initially, the U.S. under Biden took a position that was perceived as industry-friendly, advocating for individual countries to create their own plastic management plans rather than adopting global regulations. China, the U.S., and Germany dominate the global plastics trade, making their stances particularly influential in shaping international policy.

However, ahead of the South Korea talks, the U.S. revised its stance, voicing support for including provisions in the treaty that would regulate plastic production. More than 100 nations back a robust agreement that not only limits plastic production but also promotes cleanup efforts and enhances recycling systems.

With Trump’s return to the political spotlight, U.S. manufacturers have urged him to remain engaged in negotiations while reverting to the previous industry-focused approach, which emphasized redesigning plastic products, expanding recycling efforts, and promoting reuse rather than outright reduction of plastic production.

The Broader Plastic Pollution Crisis

Plastic straws represent only a fraction of the larger environmental issue posed by single-use plastics. Items such as water bottles, takeout containers, coffee lids, and shopping bags contribute significantly to plastic pollution.

The United Nations reports that over 400 million tons of new plastic are produced annually, with approximately 40% used for packaging.

According to Ocean Conservancy, in 2023 alone, volunteers collected over 61,000 plastic straws and stirrers from polluted beaches and waterways across the United States. However, plastic straws were far from the most prevalent waste—cigarette butts, plastic bottles, bottle caps, and food wrappers were collected in even greater numbers.

Most plastics are derived from fossil fuels, and their production remains closely tied to the oil and gas industry. During the United Nations’ COP28 climate talks in 2023, negotiators reached an agreement emphasizing the global need to transition away from fossil fuels and triple renewable energy use.

As global efforts to curtail fossil fuel consumption intensify, oil and gas companies have increasingly looked to the plastics sector as a potential growth market. Trump has been a strong advocate of the oil and gas industry and continues to receive significant support from it.

While the debate over plastic straws may seem symbolic, it underscores a larger battle over environmental policy, corporate interests, and the future of plastic consumption worldwide.

Dr. Sampat Shivangi – A Tribute

Dr. Sampat Shivangi, a physician, philanthropist, influential Indian American community leader, and a veteran leader of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) for several decades suddenly passed away due to health reasons in his hometown, Jackson, Mississippi on February 10, 2025. In him, the Indian-American community has lost a great leader, and friend whose contributions will continue to resonate for generations.

A trailblazer of the Indian Diaspora, Dr. Shivangi has left an indelible mark on the Indian American community. Over the decades, he dedicated his time, resources,  and efforts to serving AAPI and numerous other Indian-American organizations. His leadership, vision, and tireless commitment to advocating for the community set him apart as a pillar of strength and guidance.Dr Sampat Shivangi – A Tribute

It was only about a month ago that the President of India, Droupadi Muramu inaugurated the newly built Dr. Sampat Kumar S. Shivangi Cancer Hospital in Belagavi, Karnataka. Spanning 1,75,000 square feet with a capacity of 300 beds, the hospital was built with cutting-edge technology with funds donated and raised by Dr. Sampat Shivangi, a distinguished Indian American community leader with a profound impact on healthcare, education, and cultural preservation across India and the United States.

Shivangi Hospital coverShivangi Hospital 0

“A dream comes true! It fills my heart with immense pride and gratitude for the new state-of-the-art Dr. Sampat Kumar S Shivanagi Cancer Hospital in my beloved home state, Belagavi, has finally become a reality,” Dr. Sampat Shivangi, who donated his family fortunes to build this much needed, cancer hospital in a rural region in the state of Karnataka, said.

“Having lived in India for three decades, in not so privileged and progressive parts of the world, it always touched my heart and Atma why so and why not we all have equal playing field on earth,’ Dr. Shivangi said, when asked about what led him to to donate his money, time, efforts and skills.

“During my years in hospitals as a student, resident and staff, I was devastated. I had a great desire to do something that helps people, including for the need to establish a cancer hospital in my native town, where people have to travel hundreds of miles away for such a treatment and possibly could not afford the travel, stay, or medical expenses.”

Describing the goals of the Cancer Hospital and the Charitable Foundation, Dr. Shivangi, a soft-spoken physician says, “The Charitable Foundation was set up several years ago to establish, promote, and provide the needy and the downtrodden fellow human beings with opportunities to access quality education, promote mental health awareness, ensure healthcare equity, support tribal communities in their holistic development, empower women to break barriers, and leverage sports as a catalyst for positive change.”

In addition to establishing the Dr. Sampat Kumar S. Shivangi Cancer Hospital in Karnataka, through the Dr. Sampat Shivangi Foundation, Dr. Shivangi has established multiple charitable institutions in India, including primary and middle schools, community halls, and healthcare facilities, greatly enhancing educational and healthcare access for underserved communities.

Dr. Shivangi has been actively involved in several philanthropic activities, serving with Blind Foundation of MS, Diabetic, Cancer and Heart Associations of America. Dr. Shivangi has a number of philanthropic works in India including Primary & Middle Schools, Cultural Center, and IMA Centers that he opened and helped to obtain the first ever US Congressional grant to AAPI to study Diabetes Mellitus amongst Indian Americans.

Dr. Shivangi was deeply involved in numerous organizations, both in the U.S. and India, and worked on initiatives that supported healthcare, education, and cultural preservation. Notably, he played a key role in organizing AAPI’s Legislative Day, a pivotal event where lawmakers and community leaders discuss critical issues affecting Indian Americans.Simple Photo Collage Pasta Recipes YouTube Thumbnail

In the U.S., Dr. Shivangi has contributed to establishing a Hindu Temple in Jackson, Mississippi, providing a cultural and spiritual hub for the Hindu community and beyond. Recognized for his exemplary service, a street in Mississippi bears his name, a testament to his contributions to healthcare and community welfare.

Over the years, in the pursuit of its vision, the Dr. Sampat Shivangi Foundation has come to be known for its belief and tireless efforts that every individual deserves an opportunity to thrive, and is a beacon of hope, fostering resilience and building a more inclusive and harmonious world for all.

At the heart of societal transformation, the Dr. Sampat Shivangi Foundation stands as a testament to unwavering commitment and compassion. The foundation is built upon the pillars of education, healthcare, mental well-being, tribal support, women’s empowerment, and sports development. With a profound understanding of the multifaceted needs of underprivileged communities, we have designed a range of initiatives that address these vital aspects of human well-being.

Born in Athani, Karnataka in India on October27, 1940, Dr. Shivangi studied medicine at Karnataka Medical College, Hubli Kasturba Medical College, Manipal, and at the Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri. He migrated to the US in 1976.

Dr. Shivangi served as Advisor to the US Secretary of Health and Human Services from 2005 to 2008 during the George W. Bush administration. He was the founding president of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin in Mississippi and was a former president and chair of the India Association of Mississippi. Dr. Shivangi attended several National Republican Conventions as a Delegate. He was recognized as Person of the Year by the Indian American Republican Committee.

As the first Indian American to serve on the Board of the Mississippi State Department of Mental Health, Dr. Shivangi has made significant strides in mental health advocacy. His leadership extends to national positions, serving on the National Board of Directors for the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), appointed by Presidents Donald Trump and Joe Biden.

A dedicated advocate for Indo-U.S. relations, Dr. Shivangi has contributed to key initiatives, including the Indo-U.S. Civil Nuclear Agreement, collaborating with President George W. Bush to strengthen ties between the two nations. His commitment to India is further reflected in his coordination efforts with the White House to lift sanctions against India during President Bill Clinton’s administration.

A recipient of numerous awards, including the Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Award, The US Congressional Recognition Award, the Ellis Medal of Honor Award, Lifetime Achievement Award by the Indo-American Press Club, Dr. Shivangi’s legacy reflects a lifelong dedication to improving lives through healthcare, philanthropy, and international diplomacy. He joined the Executive Advisory Board of the Washington, D.C.-based think tank International Leaders Summit. The state of Mississippi honored Dr. Shivangi by naming a lane after him in one of the premier medical facilities at Boswell Regional Medical Center.

Dr. Shivangi said, he always thought about why, the Indian Americans especially, the Physician fraternity, consisting of more than 100,000 physicians in the United States are not willing to undertake philanthropy in their homeland or in USA. “My hope and prayers is that, many more will follow me just as my dream has come true today. I urge my fellow Indo-American physicians to join this movement and help change the world for the better. My humble request is that let us be the change, and bring this movement to make our world different tomorrow.  I hope my prayers will be answered one day and all humanity lives in a better world.”

Shivangi is married to Dr. Udaya S. Shivangi, MD, and the couple are blessed with two daughters: Priya S. Shivangi, MS (NYU); and Pooja S. Shivangi, who is an Attorney at Law. His passing leaves a profound void in the community, but his legacy will continue to inspire future generations and his absence will be deeply felt. Our thoughts and prayers are with his family and loved ones during this profoundly difficult time.

AAPI Mourns the Passing Away of Dr. Sampat Shivang

“We are deeply saddened and shocked by the sudden passing away of Dr. Sampat Shivangi, a physician, an influential Indian American community leader, and a veteran leader of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI),” said Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of AAPI.

Describing Dr. Shivangi as “A trailblazer of the Indian Diaspora,” Dr. Kathula, who has known Dr. Shivangi for decades and has worked closely in several AAPI-led initiatives, said, “Dr. Shivangi has left an indelible mark on the Indian American community. Over the decades, he dedicated his time and efforts to serving AAPI and numerous other Indian American organizations. His leadership, vision, and tireless commitment to advocating for the community set him apart as a pillar of strength and guidance.”

“AAPI is proud of Dr. Shivangi’s numerous accomplishments, leadership, and contributions to the greater cause of the Indian Diaspora, Indo-US relationship, and particularly for his dedication to enhancing the mission of AAPI,” said Dr. Sunil Kaza, Chair of AAPI Borad of Trustees.

Among many other initiates that Dr. Shivangi led at AAPI during his decades long association, the most outstanding has been his leadership in organizing the annual Legislative day under several Presidents of AAPI. He was instrumental in personally contacting and inviting several lawmakers, including prominent US Senators and Congressman to the Legislative day.

Dr. Amit Chakrabarty, President-Elect of AAPI said, “The Indian American community has lost a great leader, philanthropist, and friend whose contributions will continue to resonate for generations. Through his philanthropic efforts, Dr. Shivangi touched countless lives, always striving to make a positive impact both in the healthcare sector and within the broader community.IMG 20250211 WA0030

Dr. Shivangi has been actively involved in several philanthropic activities, serving with Blind Foundation of MS, Diabetic, Cancer and Heart Associations of America. Dr. Shivangi has a number of philanthropic works in India including Primary & middle schools, Cultural Center, and IMA Centers that he opened and helped to obtain the first ever US Congressional grant to AAPI to study Diabetes Mellitus amongst Indian Americans.

It was only about a month ago that the President of India, Droupadi Muramu inaugurated the newly built Dr. Sampat Kumar S. Shivangi Cancer Hospital in Belagavi, Karnataka. Spanning 1,75,000 square feet with a capacity of 300 beds, the hospital was built with cutting-edge technology with funds donated and raised by Dr. Sampat Shivangi, a distinguished Indian American community leader with a profound impact on healthcare, education, and cultural preservation across India and the United States.

“A dream comes true! It fills my heart with immense pride and gratitude for the new state-of-the-art Dr. Sampat Kumar S Shivangi Cancer Hospital in my beloved home state, Belagavi, has finally become a reality,” Dr. Sampat Shivangi, who donated his family fortunes to build this much needed, cancer hospital in a rural region in the state of Karnataka, said here.

“Having lived in India for three decades, in not so privileged and progressive parts of the world, it always touched my heart and Atma why so and why not we all have equal playing field on earth,’ Dr. Shivangi said, when asked about what led him to his decision to donate his money, time, efforts and skills.

“During my years in hospitals as a student, resident and staff, I was devastated. I had a great desire to do something that helps people, including for the need to establish a cancer hospital in my native town, where people have to travel hundreds of miles away for such a treatment and possibly could not afford the travel, stay, or medical expenses.”Simple Photo Collage Pasta Recipes YouTube Thumbnail

Describing the goals of the Cancer Hospital and the Charitable Foundation, Dr. Shivangi, a soft-spoken physician says, “The Charitable Foundation was set up several years ago to establish, promote, and provide the needy and the downtrodden fellow human beings with opportunities to access quality education, promote mental health awareness, ensure healthcare equity, support tribal communities in their holistic development, empower women to break barriers, and leverage sports as a catalyst for positive change.”

In addition to establishing the Dr. Sampat Kumar S. Shivangi Cancer Hospital in Karnataka, through the Dr. Sampat Shivangi Foundation, Dr. Shivangi has established multiple charitable institutions in India, including primary and middle schools, community halls, and healthcare facilities, greatly enhancing educational and healthcare access for underserved communities.Shivangi

In the U.S., Dr. Shivangi has contributed to establishing a Hindu Temple in Jackson, Mississippi, providing a cultural and spiritual hub for the Hindu community and beyond. Recognized for his exemplary service, a street in Mississippi bears his name, a testament to his contributions to healthcare and community welfare.

Over the years, in the pursuit of its vision, the Dr. Sampat Shivangi Foundation has come to be known for its belief and tireless efforts that every individual deserves an opportunity to thrive, and is a beacon of hope, fostering resilience and building a more inclusive and harmonious world for all.

At the heart of societal transformation, the Dr. Sampat Shivangi Foundation stands as a testament to unwavering commitment and compassion. The foundation is built upon the pillars of education, healthcare, mental well-being, tribal support, women’s empowerment, and sports development. With a profound understanding of the multifaceted needs of underprivileged communities, we have designed a range of initiatives that address these vital aspects of human well-being.

As the first Indian American to serve on the Board of the Mississippi State Department of Mental Health, Dr. Shivangi has made significant strides in mental health advocacy. His leadership extends to national positions, serving on the National Board of Directors for the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), appointed by Presidents Donald Trump and Joe Biden.

A dedicated advocate for Indo-U.S. relations, Dr. Shivangi has contributed to key initiatives, including the Indo-U.S. Civil Nuclear Agreement, collaborating with President George W. Bush to strengthen ties between the two nations. His commitment to India is further reflected in his coordination efforts with the White House to lift sanctions against India during President Bill Clinton’s administration.

A recipient of numerous awards, including the Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Award, The US Congressional Recognition Award, the Ellis Medal of Honor Award, Lifetime Achievement Award by the Indo-American Press Club, Dr. Shivangi’s legacy reflects a lifelong dedication to improving lives through healthcare, philanthropy, and international diplomacy.

Dr. Shivangi said, he always thought about why, the Indian Americans especially, the Physician fraternity, consisting of more than 100,000 physicians in the United States are not willing to undertake philanthropy in their homeland or in USA. “My hope and prayers is that, many more will follow me just as my dream has come true today. I urge my fellow Indo-American physicians to join this movement and help change the world for the better. My humble request is that let us be the change, and bring this movement to make our world different tomorrow.  I hope my prayers will be answered one day and all humanity lives in a better world.”

Dr. Shivangi is married to Dr. Udaya S. Shivangi, MD, and the couple are blessed with two daughters: Priya S. Shivangi, MS (NYU); and Pooja S. Shivangi, who is an Attorney at Law. “His legacy will remain an inspiration for all who knew him, and his absence will be deeply felt. Our thoughts and prayers are with his family and loved ones during this profoundly difficult time,” Dr. Kathula said.

Black Population in the U.S. Reaches 48.3 Million, Marking Significant Growth Since 2000

The number of Black people living in the United States reached a record high of 48.3 million in 2023, reflecting a 33% increase since 2000, according to a Pew Research Center analysis of government data. The Black population has become increasingly diverse, with more individuals identifying as belonging to multiple racial backgrounds.

For Black History Month, key insights into the country’s Black population have been highlighted. This analysis focuses on three primary groups: non-Hispanic Black individuals of a single race, non-Hispanic multiracial Black individuals, and Black Hispanics. However, it is important to note that Black Hispanics are distinct from the Afro-Latino population.

A Changing Demographic Landscape

Since 2000, the Black population has increased from 36.2 million to 48.3 million, with a significant rise in those identifying as multiracial. The number of Black individuals who also identify with another race has surged by 269%, while those who identify as Hispanic have increased by 210%. This reflects a broader national trend of growing racial diversity and a shift in how Americans identify their racial backgrounds. Additionally, immigration from Africa, the Caribbean, and other regions has contributed significantly to this growth.

State-Level Trends in Black Population Growth

The Black population has expanded most rapidly in states that historically had smaller Black communities. Utah witnessed the highest growth rate, with an 89% increase between 2010 and 2023. Other states with substantial Black population growth include Arizona, Nevada, and Minnesota, each experiencing a 60% rise during the same period.

Texas, Florida, and Georgia saw the largest numerical increases in Black residents between 2010 and 2023. Texas added 1.2 million Black residents, while Florida and Georgia saw increases of 800,000 and 610,000, respectively. As a result, these states now have larger Black populations than New York, which had the highest Black population in 2010.

Meanwhile, some areas saw declines. Between 2010 and 2023, the Black population decreased by 2% in both Mississippi and Illinois, and by 1% in Washington, D.C.

Metro Areas with the Largest Black Populations

The New York City metropolitan area continues to have the highest number of Black residents in the U.S., with approximately 3.8 million Black individuals living there in 2023. Other metro areas with large Black populations include Atlanta (2.3 million), Washington, D.C. (1.8 million), and Chicago (1.7 million).

As a proportion of the overall population, Atlanta leads among metro areas with at least 1 million Black residents. In 2023, 37% of Atlanta’s population was Black. Other metro areas with significant Black population shares include Washington, D.C. (28%), Philadelphia (23%), and Detroit (23%).

Among major metro areas, Dallas experienced the highest percentage growth in Black residents, increasing by 47% between 2010 and 2023. In contrast, Detroit saw no net growth, while Los Angeles recorded a slight decline of 1%. Although the Black population within Washington, D.C., itself decreased, the overall Black population in its larger metro area grew by 3%.

A Young Population Compared to Others

The U.S. Black population remains relatively young. In 2023, the median age of Black Americans was 32.6 years, compared to 39.2 years for those who do not identify as Black. Additionally, 27% of Black Americans were under the age of 18, a higher percentage than among non-Black Americans (21%).

The median age varies among different Black demographic groups. In 2023, the median age was:

  • 35.4 years for single-race, non-Hispanic Black individuals
  • 21.7 years for Black Hispanic individuals
  • 19.5 years for multiracial, non-Hispanic Black individuals

Rising Educational Attainment Among Black Americans

Educational achievement among Black Americans has steadily improved. In 2023, 27% of Black adults aged 25 and older—equivalent to 8.2 million people—had earned at least a bachelor’s degree, nearly doubling from 14.5% in 2000.

Both Black women and men have seen increased levels of higher education, though Black women have experienced the most significant gains. In 2023, 30.1% of Black women aged 25 and older held at least a bachelor’s degree, up from 15.4% in 2000. By comparison, 23.6% of Black men in this age group had attained at least a bachelor’s degree, rising from 13.4% in 2000.

Marriage and Relationship Trends

Black Americans are less likely to be married compared to the general population. In 2023, 48% of Black adults had never been married, whereas only 29% of non-Black adults remained unmarried.

Black men were more likely than Black women to be married, with 36% of Black men being married in 2023 compared to 29% of Black women. Meanwhile, Black women were more likely than Black men to be divorced, separated, or widowed, with 25% of Black women falling into these categories compared to 15% of Black men.

Interracial Marriage and Spouse Demographics

Approximately 18% of married Black adults had a spouse of a different race in 2023. Among married Black men, 21% were married to someone who was not Black, while 13% of married Black women had non-Black spouses. These figures account only for couples living in the same household.

However, Black women were more likely than Black men to have a Black spouse. In 2023, 87% of married Black women had a Black spouse, compared to 79% of married Black men. This includes spouses who identify as single-race Black, multiracial Black, or Black Hispanic.

Income Levels Among Black Households

In 2023, Black households had a median annual income of $54,000. Income levels varied among different Black demographic groups:

  • Multiracial Black households: Median income of $65,800
  • Black Hispanic households: Median income of $60,000
  • Single-race Black households: Median income of $52,800

The data highlights the economic diversity within the Black population, with significant variations based on racial and ethnic identity.

Conclusion

The U.S. Black population has grown substantially over the past two decades, both in size and diversity. This increase has been driven by multiple factors, including immigration and a broader societal shift in racial self-identification. The growth patterns across different states and metro areas highlight changing demographics, while trends in education, marriage, and income provide insight into the evolving social and economic landscape of Black Americans today.

https://www.pewresearch.org/short-reads/2025/01/23/key-facts-about-black-americans/

Enviroment

Trump Declares End to Biden’s ‘Plastic Straw Mandate,’ Plans Executive Order to Reinstate Plastic Use

Former U.S. President Donald Trump took to Truth Social on Saturday, February 8, to announce the end of what he described as President Joe Biden’s “plastic straw mandate.” He celebrated the return of plastic straws while ridiculing paper alternatives.

In his post, Trump wrote, “Crooked Joe’s MANDATE, ‘NO PLASTIC STRAWS, ONLY PAPER,’ IS DEAD! Enjoy your next drink without a straw that disgustingly dissolves in your mouth!!!”

He further revealed his plan to sign an executive order the following week, reversing Biden’s push for paper straws and officially reinstating plastic.

Labeling the move “ridiculous,” Trump criticized the functionality of paper straws. Expressing his frustration in a post on X, he stated, “I will be signing an Executive Order next week ending the ridiculous Biden push for Paper Straws, which don’t work. Back to plastic!”

Exit from Paris Agreement

Trump’s announcement came shortly after he signed an executive order withdrawing the United States from the Paris Climate Agreement. This decision mirrored a move he made during his first term in office. The international accord, signed by nearly 200 countries, seeks to limit global warming, though it is not legally binding.

Trump Declares End to Biden’s ‘Plastic Straw Mandate,’ Plans Executive Order to Reinstate Plastic Use

Former U.S. President Donald Trump took to Truth Social on Saturday, February 8, to announce the end of what he described as President Joe Biden’s “plastic straw mandate.” He celebrated the return of plastic straws while ridiculing paper alternatives.

In his post, Trump wrote, “Crooked Joe’s MANDATE, ‘NO PLASTIC STRAWS, ONLY PAPER,’ IS DEAD! Enjoy your next drink without a straw that disgustingly dissolves in your mouth!!!”

He further revealed his plan to sign an executive order the following week, reversing Biden’s push for paper straws and officially reinstating plastic.

Labeling the move “ridiculous,” Trump criticized the functionality of paper straws. Expressing his frustration in a post on X, he stated, “I will be signing an Executive Order next week ending the ridiculous Biden push for Paper Straws, which don’t work. Back to plastic!”

Exit from Paris Agreement

Trump’s announcement came shortly after he signed an executive order withdrawing the United States from the Paris Climate Agreement. This decision mirrored a move he made during his first term in office. The international accord, signed by nearly 200 countries, seeks to limit global warming, though it is not legally binding.

Trump Announces White House Faith Office and Task Force to Combat Anti-Christian Bias

U.S. President Donald Trump announced on Thursday the creation of a White House faith office and appointed Attorney General Pam Bondi to lead a newly formed task force dedicated to eliminating what he described as anti-Christian bias within the federal government.

Speaking at the National Prayer Breakfast at the U.S. Capitol, Trump called for “unity” and reflected on how his perspective on religion had “changed” after surviving two assassination attempts last year. However, during a second prayer breakfast in Washington, his remarks took on a more partisan tone as he celebrated recent political victories and announced measures aimed at protecting Christians from what he characterized as religious discrimination.

“The mission of this task force will be to immediately halt all forms of anti-Christian targeting and discrimination within the federal government, including at the DOJ, which was absolutely terrible, the IRS, the FBI, and other agencies,” Trump stated.

He further pledged that his attorney general would take decisive action to “fully prosecute anti-Christian violence and vandalism in our society and to move heaven and earth to defend the rights of Christians and religious believers nationwide.”

Although Trump did not provide specific examples of anti-Christian bias during his speech, he has previously accused the Biden administration of using federal institutions to target Christians.

On the same day, Trump signed an executive order formally establishing the task force. Its responsibilities include evaluating policies and recommending measures to eliminate “violative policies, practices, or conduct” perceived as discriminatory against Christians.

This initiative follows the Biden administration’s efforts to counter religious discrimination in other communities. In December, Biden’s administration introduced a strategy to combat anti-Muslim and anti-Arab bigotry, following a similar plan in September 2023 aimed at addressing antisemitism.

Trump’s announcement raises potential constitutional concerns regarding the separation of church and state. The First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution limits government involvement in promoting specific religions, and critics may question whether these new initiatives align with constitutional principles.

Since surviving an assassination attempt last year, Trump has increasingly framed his political journey in religious terms, positioning himself as a leader divinely spared for a purpose. “Many people have told me that God spared my life for a reason,” he has repeated at various campaign events across the country.

Trump continues to hold strong support among White evangelical Christian voters, a key Republican voting bloc. In recent election cycles, this group has consistently backed him due to his alignment with conservative Christian values and policies that reflect their concerns about shifting gender norms and changing family structures.

During his speech, Trump also announced the creation of a White House Faith Office, to be led by Rev. Paula White, a longtime religious adviser. This move mirrors an initiative from his first term when he established a similar office and maintained close relationships with a group of evangelical advisors.

In addition, Trump declared plans to establish a new commission on religious liberty and criticized the Biden administration for what he described as the “persecution” of religious believers through its prosecution of anti-abortion activists.

“If we don’t have religious liberty, then we don’t have a free country,” Trump emphasized.

The structure of the National Prayer Breakfast changed in 2023, splitting into two separate events. Lawmakers attended an official gathering on Capitol Hill, while a separate private event was held in a hotel ballroom for a larger audience. This shift came after concerns arose over the management and funding of the private religious group previously associated with the event.

International Criminal Court Defiant as Trump Imposes Sanctions on Officials

The International Criminal Court (ICC) has reaffirmed its commitment to judicial independence despite sanctions imposed by former US President Donald Trump. The court condemned Trump’s executive order, stating it was designed to undermine its “independent and impartial” judicial processes.

The order follows the ICC’s issuance of an arrest warrant for Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu over alleged war crimes in Gaza, charges Israel has denied. The court also issued a warrant for a senior Hamas commander. Trump’s order accuses the ICC of engaging in “illegitimate and baseless actions,” arguing its recent decisions set a “dangerous precedent” that could expose Americans to “harassment, abuse, and possible arrest.”

As a global tribunal, the ICC has jurisdiction over genocide, war crimes, and crimes against humanity. While more than 120 countries, including the UK and European nations, are members, the US and Israel have never joined.

In response to the sanctions, the ICC released a statement condemning the executive order. “The ICC condemns the issuance by the US of an executive order seeking to impose sanctions on its officials and harm its independent and impartial judicial work,” it said. The court also emphasized its mission to provide justice, stating it remains committed “to continue providing justice and hope to millions of innocent victims of atrocities across the world.”

The court has previously issued arrest warrants for world leaders, including Russian President Vladimir Putin for alleged war crimes in Ukraine, Taliban figures for “persecuting Afghan girls and women,” and Myanmar’s military leader for crimes against the Rohingya Muslims.

In Netanyahu’s case, ICC judges determined that there were “reasonable grounds” to believe that he, along with former Israeli Defense Minister Yoav Gallant and Hamas commander Mohammed Deif—who died last year—bore “criminal responsibility for alleged war crimes and crimes against humanity.”

However, the White House rejected the court’s actions, with a memo circulated on Thursday accusing the ICC of drawing a “shameful moral equivalency” between Israel and Hamas by issuing the warrants simultaneously.

Trump’s order also claims the ICC’s actions “threaten to infringe upon the sovereignty of the United States” and “undermine” US national security and foreign policy.

The sanctions specifically target individuals who assist ICC investigations involving US citizens or allies, restricting their financial transactions and travel. The timing of the move, which coincided with Netanyahu’s visit to the US, has drawn criticism from multiple allies, including the Netherlands and Germany.

UK Prime Minister Keir Starmer’s spokesperson reaffirmed Britain’s stance, stating that the UK supports the ICC’s independence.

The United Nations also condemned the order, calling for it to be reversed. European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen emphasized the court’s crucial role, posting on X (formerly Twitter) that the ICC “must be able to freely pursue the fight against global impunity.”

Conversely, Israel’s Foreign Minister Gideon Saar praised Trump’s decision. “I strongly commend President Trump’s executive order,” he wrote on X, calling the ICC’s actions “immoral” and claiming they lacked “legal basis.”

Hungary also backed Trump’s stance. Foreign Minister Peter Szijjarto said on Facebook that the order was “absolutely understandable,” alleging that the ICC had become a “biased political tool.” Hungary has faced criticism for maintaining ties with Russia despite the invasion of Ukraine and has invited Netanyahu to visit even after the ICC issued his arrest warrant.

Experts warn that the sanctions could have a major impact on the ICC’s operations. Zachary Kaufman, a former clerk for the court’s first chief prosecutor, told the BBC World Service that “the sanctions… do have the potential of freezing property and assets, as well as suspending entry into the United States of ICC officials and their immediate family members.”

The US has long rejected the ICC’s jurisdiction over its citizens and officials. Washington has accused the court of constraining Israel’s right to self-defense while failing to prosecute Iran and anti-Israel groups.

During his first term, Trump imposed similar sanctions on ICC officials investigating alleged US war crimes in Afghanistan. The measures included travel bans and asset freezes on then-chief prosecutor Fatou Bensouda. These were later lifted by President Joe Biden’s administration.

Despite Trump’s latest order, efforts to sanction the ICC remain stalled in Congress. Last month, the US House of Representatives passed a bill seeking to impose penalties on the court, but the legislation failed in the Senate.

Meanwhile, some countries have moved to reinforce the ICC’s authority. In response to what they view as attacks on the court, nine nations, including South Africa and Malaysia, formed the “Hague Group” last month to support the ICC and its rulings.

Before leaving office, President Biden also criticized the ICC’s decision to issue an arrest warrant for Netanyahu. He labeled the move “outrageous” and rejected any comparison between Israel and Hamas.

Trump’s order maintains that “both nations [the US and Israel] are thriving democracies with militaries that strictly adhere to the laws of war.”

The ICC prosecutor’s case against Netanyahu and Gallant found “reasonable grounds to believe” they bear criminal responsibility as co-perpetrators for multiple offenses, including “the war crime of starvation as a method of warfare” and “the crimes against humanity of murder, persecution, and other inhumane acts.” Additionally, it found “reasonable grounds” that both leaders were responsible for directing attacks against civilians.

Trump’s executive order follows his controversial proposal to “take over” Gaza and resettle Palestinians elsewhere. During a joint press conference with Netanyahu, he claimed his plan would transform Gaza into the “Riviera of the Middle East.” After widespread condemnation from Arab leaders and the UN, he reiterated the proposal on his Truth Social platform on Thursday.

Trump Imposes New Tariffs on Imports from Canada, Mexico, and China

Donald Trump has introduced new tariffs on goods imported into the U.S. from Canada, Mexico, and China. The former president signed an executive order imposing a 25% tariff on all imports from Canada and Mexico, aiming to pressure these countries into taking stronger action against illegal immigration and drug trafficking.

Additionally, a 10% tariff will be levied on goods from China, on top of existing duties, until the country addresses fentanyl smuggling. Trump has previously pledged to impose a 60% tariff on Chinese goods and has even considered a 200% tax on certain vehicle imports.

Tariffs have been a key component of Trump’s economic strategy, which he believes can bolster the U.S. economy, protect domestic jobs, and generate tax revenue. During his election campaign, he reassured voters that these taxes would not be a burden on them. “It’s not going to be a cost to you, it’s a cost to another country,” he asserted.

However, this claim was widely dismissed by economists as misleading.

How Tariffs Function

A tariff is essentially a domestic tax applied to goods entering the country, based on their value. For instance, if an imported car worth $50,000 is subject to a 25% tariff, an additional $12,500 charge will be applied. The cost of the tariff is paid by the domestic company that imports the product rather than the foreign exporter. In practice, this means U.S. firms must pay the tariff to the U.S. government.

In 2023, the U.S. imported approximately $3.1 trillion worth of goods, representing about 11% of the nation’s GDP. The tariffs imposed on these imports generated $80 billion in revenue, accounting for roughly 2% of total U.S. tax revenue.

However, the ultimate economic impact of tariffs is more complex. If an importing company passes the tariff cost onto consumers through price increases, American buyers bear the financial burden. Conversely, if the firm absorbs the cost, it results in reduced profits. A third possibility is that foreign exporters lower their prices to offset the tariff and maintain U.S. customers, leading to reduced profits on their end.

While all these scenarios are theoretically possible, economic analyses of the tariffs implemented by Trump between 2017 and 2020 indicate that American consumers bore most of the burden.

A University of Chicago survey conducted in September 2024 found that an overwhelming majority of economists agreed with the statement that “imposing tariffs results in a substantial portion of the tariffs being borne by consumers of the country that enacts the tariffs, through price increases,” with only 2% disagreeing.

Price Increases and Consumer Impact

One concrete example of tariff-driven price hikes is Trump’s 2018 decision to impose a 50% tariff on washing machine imports. Researchers found that this policy led to a 12% price increase, costing U.S. consumers approximately $1.5 billion annually.

If Trump were to introduce even higher tariffs in a future administration, the economic impact is expected to be similar. The Peterson Institute for International Economics, a nonpartisan think tank, estimates that Trump’s proposed tariffs would lower American incomes. The wealthiest fifth of Americans would see a reduction of around 2%, while the poorest fifth would experience a decline of approximately 4%.

A typical middle-income U.S. household would lose an estimated $1,700 per year due to these tariffs. The Center for American Progress, a left-leaning think tank, projects even higher losses, estimating that middle-income families could see annual financial hits ranging from $2,500 to $3,900.

Several economists have warned that another large round of tariffs could contribute to increased domestic inflation.

Job Market Effects

Trump has repeatedly justified his tariffs as a means to protect and create American jobs. “Under my plan, American workers will no longer be worried about losing your jobs to foreign nations, instead, foreign nations will be worried about losing their jobs to America,” he stated during his campaign.

His tariffs were introduced in response to longstanding concerns over the decline of U.S. manufacturing jobs due to globalization, particularly following the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) with Mexico in 1994 and China’s entry into the World Trade Organization in 2001.

In January 1994, when NAFTA came into effect, the U.S. had nearly 17 million manufacturing jobs. By 2016, that number had fallen to about 12 million.

However, many economists argue that this decline is not solely due to trade agreements but also reflects the rise of automation and other technological advancements.

Studies analyzing Trump’s first-term tariffs found no substantial overall employment gains in U.S. industrial sectors that were protected by these policies.

For example, in 2018, Trump imposed a 25% tariff on imported steel to support domestic steel producers. Yet, by 2020, employment in the U.S. steel industry had actually declined, standing at 80,000 jobs—down from 84,000 in 2018.

It is possible that without the tariffs, steel industry employment would have dropped even further. However, detailed economic studies concluded that the tariffs did not lead to meaningful job growth.

Moreover, some industries suffered indirect job losses due to higher material costs. For example, manufacturers reliant on steel, such as agricultural machinery producer Deere & Co, reportedly experienced lower employment levels as a result of higher steel prices.

Trade Deficit Challenges

Trump has frequently criticized the U.S. trade deficit, arguing that it harms the economy. “Trade deficits hurt the economy very badly,” he has claimed.

In 2016, before Trump assumed office, the U.S. trade deficit for goods and services was $480 billion, or about 2.5% of GDP. By 2020, despite his tariff policies, the deficit had ballooned to $653 billion, approximately 3% of GDP.

Economists attribute this increase partly to the impact of tariffs on currency values. By reducing demand for foreign currencies in international trade, tariffs strengthened the U.S. dollar, making American exports less competitive globally.

Additionally, tariffs in a globalized economy can often be circumvented.

For instance, Trump imposed a 30% tariff on Chinese solar panel imports in 2018. However, the U.S. Commerce Department later found that many Chinese manufacturers had relocated assembly operations to countries such as Malaysia, Thailand, Cambodia, and Vietnam. By exporting finished solar panels from these nations, companies effectively evaded U.S. tariffs.

Limited Support for Tariffs Among Economists

While most economists oppose Trump’s tariffs, some believe they could benefit U.S. industry. Jeff Ferry of the Coalition for a Prosperous America, a domestic industry advocacy group, supports the tariffs as a means of strengthening American manufacturing.

Similarly, Oren Cass, director of the conservative think tank American Compass, argues that tariffs can incentivize companies to keep production in the U.S., which he believes has national security and supply chain benefits.

Despite Trump’s aggressive trade policies, the Biden administration has retained many tariffs introduced after 2018. Additionally, Biden has imposed new tariffs on certain Chinese imports, including electric vehicles, citing concerns over national security, domestic industry protection, and unfair subsidies from Beijing.

Looking Ahead

As Trump prepares for a potential return to office, his tariff policies remain a focal point of economic debate. While he insists that tariffs will boost U.S. industry and protect jobs, economic studies suggest they have primarily increased costs for American consumers without delivering significant employment benefits.

With China, Canada, and Mexico vowing to retaliate, the long-term consequences of these policies remain uncertain.

House Passes Laken Riley Act: Immigration Legislation Sent to President Trump for Approval

The House of Representatives passed the Laken Riley Act on Wednesday, delivering an immigration-focused bill to President Trump’s desk. This marks a potential legislative victory for Trump following his return to the White House earlier this week.

The bill was passed by a vote of 263-156, with 46 Democrats joining all present Republicans in support. The House’s approval followed the Senate’s bipartisan vote on Monday, where the measure was cleared by a margin of 64-35.

Trump is expected to sign the bill into law, making it the first legislation enacted during his second term. Immigration and border security have been central to Trump’s agenda and campaign messaging.

“The Laken Riley Act will now go to President Trump’s desk for him to sign into law,” said Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) on social platform X. “Criminal illegal aliens must be detained, deported, and NEVER allowed back into our country. The American people demand and deserve safety and security.”

While the White House has not confirmed a signing ceremony, Trump is scheduled to leave for North Carolina on Friday.

Provisions of the Laken Riley Act

The legislation mandates the detention of a wide range of migrants without legal status, including those legally allowed into the United States to seek asylum, if they have been accused of crimes such as theft, burglary, or shoplifting.

The bill is named after Laken Riley, a nursing student from Georgia who was killed by a Venezuelan migrant previously arrested for shoplifting. This incident occurred after the individual had been paroled into the U.S.

Criticism and Concerns

The bill has drawn criticism for requiring the detention of individuals based on accusations rather than convictions. Critics argue this could lead to unjust detainment and deportation.

“Under this bill, a person who has lived in the United States for decades, say for most of her life, paid taxes and bought a home, but who is mistakenly arrested for shoplifting would not be free to resume her life, but rather would be detained and deported, even if the charges are dropped,” said House Judiciary Committee ranking member Jamie Raskin (D-Md.) during earlier debates.

Legislative Journey

The passage of the bill in the House marks the culmination of months of effort by Republicans. The legislation was first approved by the House in March, shortly after Riley’s death. However, it stalled in the then-Democratic-controlled Senate.

The bill was reintroduced earlier this month as the first measure of the 119th Congress. With a Republican majority in the Senate, the legislation quickly advanced. The Senate made minor technical adjustments and added two amendments before sending it back to the House for final approval.

One amendment, introduced by Sen. John Cornyn (R-Texas), adds assault of a law enforcement officer to the list of crimes triggering detainment. Another amendment, known as Sarah’s Law and proposed by Sen. Joni Ernst (R-Iowa), requires the detention of migrants without legal status who are charged with crimes resulting in death or serious bodily harm. This provision honors Sarah Root, a victim of a fatal car crash in 2016 caused by a migrant who later fled the country after posting bond.

Twelve Democrats joined all Senate Republicans in passing the final version of the bill.

Dividing Democrats

The legislation has exposed divisions among Democrats, who are still grappling with the aftermath of their losses in the November elections. Immigration and border security were pivotal issues during the campaign, with polls consistently identifying these topics as top concerns for voters.

Trump frequently highlighted Riley’s case on the campaign trail, using her death to critique the Biden administration’s immigration policies. When a Georgia court sentenced Jose Ibarra, the Venezuelan migrant who killed Riley, to life in prison in November, Trump described the verdict as “justice.”

“The Illegal who killed our beloved Laken Riley was just found GUILTY on all counts for his horrific crimes,” Trump said at the time, shortly after his election victory.

Executive Actions on Immigration

Immigration remains a priority for the Trump administration. On his first day back in office, Trump issued several executive orders aimed at tightening border security and restricting migration.

One order pauses refugee admissions, while another reinstates a program that partners local law enforcement with immigration officials. Additionally, Trump declared a national emergency to allow for greater deployment of active-duty military personnel at the southern border and to allocate resources for border wall construction.

Another executive order frames migration as an “invasion” and seeks to halt asylum processing by citing public health and national security concerns.

The Path Forward

With the Laken Riley Act expected to be signed into law, Republicans view this as a significant step toward fulfilling their campaign promises on immigration. However, critics warn that the bill’s provisions may lead to human rights concerns and unintended consequences for migrants who have long been part of American society.

As immigration continues to be a contentious issue, the passage of this legislation highlights the deep divide between Republicans and Democrats on how to address border security and the treatment of migrants.

Trump’s Executive Orders: A First 3-Day Policy Blitz on Immigration, Trade, Civil Rights, and Government Efficiency

In his first three days, President Donald Trump launched a flurry of executive orders aimed at reshaping the U.S. government across multiple sectors, reflecting his commitment to campaign promises and a rightward shift in policy. These orders span immigration, trade, civil rights, government efficiency, and climate action. While some have immediate implications, others face legal challenges, and several have symbolic significance.

Immigration and Border Security

Trump focused heavily on immigration, declaring a national emergency at the southern border, characterizing the influx of migrants as an “invasion.” His orders trigger several immediate actions, including utilizing military personnel for border enforcement—a move that could challenge the Posse Comitatus Act, which restricts military involvement in domestic law enforcement. Other directives include halting refugee arrivals, redefining birthright citizenship, prioritizing border wall construction, and revoking the “catch-and-release” practice. Trump also authorized local law enforcement to assist federal immigration enforcement and mandated DNA collection from immigration detainees. The orders aim to streamline deportations and curtail family reunification programs, setting the tone for a tough stance on immigration.

International Trade and the Economy

Trump took steps to address trade imbalances by ordering reviews of U.S. trade relations, especially with Mexico, Canada, and China. He proposed new tariffs, including a 25% tariff on Mexican and Canadian goods. He also directed the establishment of an “External Revenue Service” to handle tariffs and foreign trade revenues. Additionally, Trump suspended U.S. participation in the Global Tax Deal, aiming to protect American interests in international corporate taxation.

Climate, Energy, and Environmental Policy

In a significant move away from the Biden administration’s climate policies, Trump withdrew the U.S. from the Paris climate agreement, blocking funding for the International Climate Finance Plan. He also declared a national energy emergency to promote fossil fuel production, including streamlining permitting processes for energy projects. Trump rolled back numerous regulations aimed at reducing carbon emissions, including restrictions on fossil fuel extraction in Alaska and the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge. His directives signal a push for greater energy independence and a reversal of the green energy push under Biden.

Civil Rights and Transgender Rights

Trump issued orders to roll back Biden-era initiatives on racial and ethnic equity and transgender rights. The White House ordered the elimination of diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) programs, including positions like “chief diversity officer.” Trump also mandated the recognition of only male and female gender categories on government documents, ending policies that supported transgender individuals in federal programs and military service. He directed that civil rights laws be interpreted with the understanding that “sex” excludes “gender identity.”

Federal Workers and Government Efficiency

On the domestic front, Trump focused on streamlining government operations. He established the Department of Government Efficiency, led by Elon Musk, to recommend cuts in federal programs and spending. Additionally, Trump froze federal hiring, with exceptions for immigration, border enforcement, and military positions. His orders also make it easier to remove, demote, or reassign senior federal employees, effectively tightening control over the federal workforce.

These executive actions highlight Trump’s goal of centralizing power within the executive branch and taking swift action on key issues. They reflect his unwavering commitment to his political base and his ambition to reshape U.S. policies on immigration, trade, civil rights, and government structure. However, many of these orders face legal hurdles and will continue to spark debates over the balance of power in the U.S. government.

OpenAI Partners with Major Tech Giants and Investors for $500 Billion AI Infrastructure Project Amidst Skepticism

OpenAI, the creator of ChatGPT, is collaborating with a major U.S. tech company, a Japanese investment firm, and a sovereign wealth fund from the United Arab Emirates to establish a vast $500 billion artificial intelligence (AI) infrastructure in the United States. The project, named The Stargate Project, was unveiled at the White House by President Donald Trump, who hailed it as “the largest AI infrastructure project by far in history” and emphasized its importance for maintaining “the future of technology” within the U.S.

Despite the project’s ambitious claims, Elon Musk, a prominent adviser to Trump and a rival to OpenAI CEO Sam Altman, raised doubts about its financial backing. On Wednesday, Musk questioned the project’s funding, stating that it “does not actually have the money” it claims to invest.

AI investment is surging, leading to an increasing demand for new data centers. At the same time, the environmental concerns surrounding the immense amounts of water and power required by these facilities have also sparked debate.

The Stargate Project is a joint venture between OpenAI, Oracle, Japan’s SoftBank, led by Masayoshi Son, and MGX, the technology investment arm of the United Arab Emirates government. The companies involved announced that the new venture, which was in the works before Trump’s administration, has secured $100 billion in immediate funding, with the remaining amount to be provided over the next four years. The project is expected to create approximately 100,000 jobs.

Elon Musk, who owns the platform X (formerly known as Twitter), expressed his skepticism about the funding on a post in which OpenAI detailed the venture. Musk wrote, “They don’t actually have the money.” He further claimed, “SoftBank has well under $10B secured. I have that on good authority,” although he did not provide specifics or evidence to support his statement.

In response, Sam Altman, CEO of OpenAI, denied Musk’s claims, stating, “Wrong, as you surely know.” Altman then invited Musk to visit the project’s first site, which is already under construction, and added, “This is great for the country. I realize what is great for the country isn’t always what’s optimal for your companies, but in your new role, I hope you’ll mostly put the US first.”

Musk is playing a central role in advising Trump on government efficiency and is tasked with overseeing federal spending. However, tensions between Musk and Altman have been evident since Musk’s departure from OpenAI’s board in 2018, after which he launched his own AI startup.

A source familiar with The Stargate Project stated that it was unclear where Musk had obtained his information and reaffirmed that the venture is well-positioned to deploy $100 billion. The project’s first data center is currently under construction in Texas, as confirmed by Oracle’s Chief Technology Officer, Larry Ellison. Additional data centers are planned for other U.S. locations.

During the announcement at the White House, Altman expressed optimism about the venture’s significance, calling it “the most important project of this era.” He also acknowledged President Trump’s role in the project, stating, “We wouldn’t be able to do this without you, Mr. President,” although the initiative had begun before Trump took office.

The U.S. has long been the global leader in AI investment, far outspending other countries in this field. Major U.S. tech companies have been heavily investing in AI-related data centers over the past year. For instance, Microsoft, one of OpenAI’s main backers, recently revealed plans to invest $80 billion in AI-focused data centers this year alone. Additionally, Microsoft is part of a $100 billion venture involving BlackRock and MGX, which focuses on AI data center investments.

Amazon has also been making significant investments in data centers, with two projects valued at around $10 billion each announced within the last two months.

A McKinsey report last year predicted that global demand for data center capacity would more than triple by 2030, growing at an annual rate of 19% to 27%. To meet this demand, the consultancy estimated that developers would need to construct at least double the capacity built since 2000 by 2030. However, analysts have warned that various challenges, such as power limitations, land constraints, and permitting delays, could hinder progress.

Trump, who has previously taken credit for promoting business investment, promised that he would take steps to support the industry. He declared, “I’m going to help a lot through emergency declarations because we have an emergency,” underlining the importance of keeping AI development in the U.S. The President added that his administration would ensure the project’s success by making it “possible for them to get that production done very easily.”

The growing demand for AI infrastructure has been a key topic for OpenAI, which has long called for more investment in data centers. The Information, a technology news website, first reported on The Stargate Project in March of the previous year.

Other partners involved in the project include the British chipmaker Arm, U.S. chipmaker Nvidia, and Microsoft, which already collaborates with OpenAI.

Alongside Musk’s concerns about the funding for the Stargate Project, there are broader concerns about the environmental impact of the data centers, particularly their massive energy consumption and the role of foreign investors in the U.S. AI industry.

In one of his final acts as President, Joe Biden introduced rules aimed at restricting exports of AI-related chips to several countries, arguing that this move would help the U.S. maintain control over the industry. Biden also issued executive orders related to the development of data centers on government land, emphasizing the role of clean energy in powering these facilities.

As the U.S. continues to be at the forefront of AI investment, The Stargate Project represents one of the largest ventures aimed at shaping the future of artificial intelligence and the infrastructure needed to support it. Whether it can meet the ambitious goals set forth by its creators remains to be seen, as the industry grapples with significant challenges, from financing concerns to environmental implications.

Trump’s Pardons of Capitol Rioters Raise Fears of Emboldened Extremism

Former President Donald Trump’s decision to pardon around 1,500 individuals involved in the January 6 Capitol riot has drawn significant reactions from far-right activists and sparked deep concern among legal and extremism experts. The mass pardons, granted on Monday, included many who had been convicted of violent offenses, with far-right groups hailing the move as a reaffirmation of their loyalty to Trump.

Far-right activists celebrated the pardons, often echoing Trump’s own rhetoric. The California chapter of the Proud Boys posted on Telegram, “We’ll never forget, we’ll never forgive. You can’t get rid of us.” Similarly, a post on X from one pardoned rioter warned, “You are on notice. This is not going to end well for you,” addressing those who had supported the prosecution of Capitol rioters.

Enrique Tarrio, the former national leader of the Proud Boys who had been serving a 22-year sentence for seditious conspiracy, was among those pardoned. After his release, Tarrio appeared on conspiracy theorist Alex Jones’ podcast, stating, “The people who did this, they need to feel the heat. We need to find and put them behind bars for what they did.”

Experts worry that these pardons could embolden extremists and increase the likelihood of political violence, particularly in contentious areas like border security and elections. Heidi Beirich, co-founder of the Global Project Against Hate and Extremism, remarked, “This move doesn’t just rewrite the narrative of January 6. It sets a dangerous precedent that political violence is a legitimate tool in American democracy.”

While not all those pardoned were involved in violent actions, the clemency order has amplified the voices of some individuals, raising concerns about its impact. Michael Premo, director of the documentary Homegrown, which chronicled the experiences of right-wing activists, noted, “This is going to build that base of support so when the next election cycle comes around, there’s the potential for Trump to hold onto power or to ensure his successor comes into office.”

Trump’s sweeping clemency fulfilled a campaign promise to the rioters he often referred to as “patriots” and “political prisoners.” The order dismissed or pardoned charges against nearly all individuals involved in the January 6 riots, including those convicted of violent attacks on police officers and obstructing official proceedings. Jacob Chansley, widely recognized for his horned fur hat during the riot, was among those pardoned. Celebrating the news, he wrote on X, “NOW I AM GONNA BUY SOME MOTHER … GUNS!!!”

For victims of the riot, the pardons have created a sense of helplessness. Former Metropolitan Police Officer Michael Fanone, who suffered a heart attack after being assaulted by a rioter with a stun gun, expressed frustration. Unable to obtain a protective order against his assailants, Fanone lamented, “We have no recourse outside of buying a gun.”

Critics argue that pardoning violent offenders sends a troubling message. Barb McQuade, a former U.S. attorney in Michigan, warned, “It signals that political violence is acceptable when it’s committed in service of the leader.”

Many pardoned individuals have openly expressed renewed devotion to Trump. Ali Alexander, a key organizer of the “Stop the Steal” rallies, declared in a Telegram livestream, “I would storm the Capitol again for Donald Trump. I would start a militia for Donald Trump. I dare say I’d— I would die for Donald Trump, obviously.”

Tarrio, who had once referred to January 6 as a “national embarrassment” during his sentencing, now praises Trump as “the best president, I think, since George Washington.” Speaking on Jones’ podcast, Tarrio expressed his enthusiasm, saying, “I love you, I love Elon Musk, and I love President Donald Trump, and I’m happy that all of us are going to be working together to make America great again.”

Stewart Rhodes, founder of the Oath Keepers militia, was also among those whose sentences were commuted. Rhodes, who was convicted of orchestrating a weekslong plot culminating in the Capitol attack, referred to January 6 as “Patriots’ Day.” Speaking outside the District of Columbia jail, Rhodes asserted, “I’m only guilty of opposing those who are destroying the country. We stood up for our country because we knew the election was stolen. Biden did not get 81 million votes.”

The claims of election fraud have been widely debunked. Recounts, audits, and reviews in battleground states—including those conducted under Republican leadership—affirmed the validity of the 2020 election results. Trump’s own attorney general acknowledged that there was no evidence of widespread fraud, and an Associated Press review found no substantial irregularities that could have affected the outcome.

Rhodes, who visited Capitol Hill to advocate for the release of another defendant, maintained his innocence, stating, “I didn’t lead anything on January 6 and bear no responsibility for the riot.” He described the actions of other Oath Keepers who entered the Capitol as “stupid” but not criminal.

Rep. Jamie Raskin, a Maryland Democrat who served on the House committee investigating the attack, expressed concerns about whether the pardoned individuals had reformed. “The question is, are they contrite? Are they repentant? Are they reformed, or do they still pose a threat to police officers and to government in different parts of the country?” Raskin asked.

Legal experts and historians have raised broader concerns about the implications of Trump’s actions. Larry Rosenthal, chair of the UC Berkeley Center for Right-Wing Studies, compared the situation to historical instances of fascism, where private militias worked on behalf of political parties to suppress dissent. Rosenthal noted that militia groups active at the southern border might now seek endorsement from a future Trump administration. “The question is whether Trump’s administration will bring them into the fold,” he said.

When asked if groups like the Proud Boys and Oath Keepers would have a role in his movement, Trump replied, “Well, we have to see. They’ve been given a pardon. I thought their sentences were ridiculous and excessive.”

As the pardons continue to stir debates, the long-term impact on American democracy and the potential for increased political violence remain significant concerns. For many, the clemency order signals a troubling normalization of political violence and raises questions about the future of justice and accountability in the United States.

India Identifies 18,000 Undocumented Immigrants in US for Deportation Amid Trump Administration’s Push

The Indian government has identified 18,000 Indian nationals living in the United States illegally and is working on their repatriation as part of efforts to ease tensions under former President Donald Trump’s administration, according to a report by Bloomberg. This move signals India’s attempt to strengthen bilateral ties and safeguard its interests amid Trump’s focus on immigration policies.

Bloomberg sources revealed that Indian authorities are collaborating with their US counterparts to pinpoint undocumented Indian immigrants for deportation. This cooperation aims to show India’s willingness to work closely with the Trump administration, particularly in preserving legal immigration avenues for its citizens.

President Trump’s tenure was marked by stringent immigration policies, including declaring a national emergency over border security and deploying troops to the US-Mexico border. His administration’s actions created pressure on countries with significant undocumented populations in the US.

While Indian authorities have identified 18,000 undocumented immigrants so far, sources noted that this figure likely underrepresents the actual number. The Pew Research Center estimates approximately 725,000 undocumented Indian immigrants reside in the US, ranking them as the third-largest group of unauthorized immigrants, following nationals from Mexico and El Salvador.

The strategy to identify and repatriate undocumented Indian immigrants has been characterized as a gesture to appease Trump as he entered office. Prime Minister Narendra Modi is widely regarded as maintaining a strong personal rapport with Trump, with both leaders often referring to each other as “great friends.” Despite their camaraderie, Trump’s America-first trade policies included threats of substantial tariffs on Indian goods, a potential economic blow India aims to avoid.

India’s Ministry of External Affairs did not officially confirm the 18,000 deportation figure but acknowledged ongoing collaboration with the US to address illegal immigration. Randhir Jaiswal, a ministry spokesperson, stated, “As part of India-US cooperation on migration and mobility, both sides are engaged in a process to deter illegal migration. This is being done to create more avenues for legal migration from India to the US.”

Jaiswal noted that the deportation process was already underway. In October, a flight carrying over 100 undocumented Indian nationals returned from the US, and more than 1,000 individuals have been repatriated in the past year.

One of India’s primary concerns is protecting the H-1B visa program, a vital pathway for skilled Indian workers seeking employment in the US, particularly in technology and engineering. In 2023, Indians accounted for nearly 75% of all H-1B visas issued. These visas are critical for Indians pursuing career opportunities in the US, offering a pathway to better prospects and financial stability.

Despite its importance to Indian workers, the H-1B program has faced criticism from certain quarters in the US. Some Republican lawmakers have argued that the visa scheme allows foreign nationals to take high-paying jobs that should be reserved for Americans. Trump initially criticized the program as “very, very bad” for US workers. However, his stance softened over time, and he later described it as a “great program.”

Prominent figures in Trump’s circle have also supported the H-1B visa program. Elon Musk, CEO of Tesla and SpaceX and a significant contributor to Trump’s campaign, has expressed his approval of the scheme, underscoring its value for attracting skilled talent.

Amid fears of widespread deportations under Trump’s immigration policies, Modi’s administration’s proactive approach to deport undocumented immigrants is viewed as an effort to prevent large-scale expulsions of Indian nationals by US authorities. Such an event could have caused significant embarrassment for India.

The India-US relationship has been on a positive trajectory, with both nations emphasizing stronger ties as a counterbalance to China’s growing influence. Although the Biden administration has also prioritized deepening ties with India, bilateral relations have faced challenges, including accusations against India regarding an alleged extrajudicial killing on US soil.

Since Trump’s 2016 election victory, India has consistently sought to demonstrate its commitment to working closely with his administration. Foreign Minister Subrahmanyam Jaishankar echoed this sentiment late last year, stating, “I know today a lot of countries are nervous about the US, let’s be honest about it. We are not one of them.”

India’s cooperation on immigration issues aligns with its broader strategy to maintain robust ties with the US while ensuring the protection of its citizens’ interests.

Trump’s second inaugural address: Immigration, culture, and conflict

Previewing Donald Trump’s second inaugural address, several of his political advisors suggested that its tone would be gentler and its substance more unifying than was his “American Carnage” inaugural address eight years ago. They must have been misinformed as his spoken words continued to emphasize American crisis and decline and were hardly unifying or uplifting.

While there were occasional rhetorical bows toward unity, the thrust of the speech was an all-out assault on illegal immigration and on aspects of American culture loathed by social conservatives (with scant attention to any plans to bring down the cost of living, one of the issues that elected him). He wants to be a peacemaker overseas but a warrior at home. And in a speech traditionally devoted to selfless themes, President Trump spoke about the extent of his electoral victory and professed his belief that he had been saved by God to save the nation.

The speech celebrated the broadening of the Republican coalition that Trump has achieved. He praised Martin Luther King and promised that “we will strive to make his dream a reality.” To the Black and Hispanic communities, he said, “I want to thank you, we set records [measured in votes] and I will not forget it.” Absent, however, was a nod to President Biden, Vice President Harris, or any of his predecessors—or an olive branch to the 48.4% of Americans who voted for Harris.

Surprisingly, President Trump had little to say about his economic plans or efforts to tackle inflation, preferring instead to spend much of his time on the “invasion” of illegal immigrants into this country. Indeed, this was the portion of the address that was most detailed and concrete. To counter this “invasion,” Trump promised to declare a national emergency at the southern border, reinstate the remain in Mexico policy, end the practice of catch and release, send troops to the southern border, and designate cartels as foreign terrorist organizations.

In addition to the war at the southern border Trump, promised to wage a culture war, which he termed a “revolution of common sense.” Under his administration, the United States government would only recognize two genders, male and female, eliminate diversity, equity and inclusion (DEI) programs in the government (especially in the military), and “end the practice of trying to engineer race and gender into every aspect of public life.”

Trump promised a golden age with no new overseas wars. He did not mention Russia or the war in Ukraine, but he did note his plan to expand our nation, including “increas[ing] our territory” and “[planting] the Stars and Stripes on the planet Mars.” (Elon Musk smiled broadly at this phrase.) He declared that “We didn’t give the Panama Canal to China, we gave it to Panama, and we’re taking it back.” He did not say how he would do this without starting a new war.

The newly inaugurated president used the occasion to announce two name changes. The Gulf of Mexico will henceforth be called “the Gulf of America,” and Mount Denali will revert to its name before the Obama administration—Mount McKinley. Indeed, William McKinley (who was a big fan of tariffs) seems to have replaced Andrew Jackson as Trump’s favorite president. What this portends for the fate of economic populism in the new administration is anyone’s guess. But it cannot be an accident that Trump chose to resuscitate the phrase “manifest destiny.” We will find out whether our destiny includes control of Greenland and Canada, as he has suggested.

Along with his unscripted speech later in the afternoon that talked about the stolen 2020 election and his grievances against political opponents, Trump’s second inaugural address is consistent with his campaign, in which he worked tirelessly to intensify his support rather than broaden it. If he wishes to maintain majority support, however, he must recognize that the voters who put him over the top were not fervent MAGA supporters but rather swing voters who decided that he offered a better chance than his opponent of solving specific problems, high prices for the basics of daily life first among them. If he governs as a hardliner on immigration and cultural issues, he may solidify his loyal base, but if he fails to take down high prices or restore economic hopes of upward mobility, he risks losing swing voters while reenergizing his disheartened opponents. In an era of narrow and shifting majorities, this is a risk that he ignores at his peril.

SEC’s New Leadership Forms Task Force to Revamp Crypto Regulations

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), under its new leadership, announced on Tuesday the formation of a task force dedicated to establishing a regulatory framework for cryptocurrency assets. This represents the first significant step by President Donald Trump’s administration to reshape crypto policy.

Trump, who positioned himself as a “crypto president” during his campaign, has vowed to undo what he perceives as an aggressive regulatory stance implemented by former President Joe Biden’s SEC. Under Biden’s leadership, the SEC pursued legal actions against several crypto companies, including Coinbase and Kraken, accusing them of violating SEC rules.

The accused firms have consistently denied these allegations, asserting that the current SEC regulations are unsuitable for the crypto industry. They argue that the criteria determining whether a cryptocurrency qualifies as a security, thus falling under the SEC’s jurisdiction, remain unclear. For years, industry leaders have been calling on the SEC to provide a coherent and transparent regulatory framework for digital assets.

Tuesday’s initiative, spearheaded by Republican Commissioner Mark Uyeda, recently appointed by Trump as acting SEC chair, and Commissioner Hester Peirce, signals a significant policy win for the cryptocurrency sector under the new administration.

“The Task Force’s focus will be to help the Commission draw clear regulatory lines, provide realistic paths to registration, craft sensible disclosure frameworks, and deploy enforcement resources judiciously,” Uyeda’s office stated in the announcement.

Earlier this month, Reuters reported that Uyeda and Peirce were gearing up to launch the Trump administration’s overhaul of crypto policies, including initiating the rule-making process. Additionally, reports suggest Trump may soon issue executive orders to reduce regulatory scrutiny on the crypto industry while fostering the adoption of digital assets.

Jonathan Jachym, Kraken’s global head of policy, welcomed the development, stating in an email, “We are encouraged by this meaningful first step towards real policy solutions and ending the regulation by enforcement era of the past. We look forward to accelerating our policy engagement … to establish regulatory clarity.”

Investor enthusiasm over the crypto-friendly administration led to Bitcoin reaching a record high of $109,071 on Monday.

Beyond setting regulatory boundaries, the newly established task force will assist lawmakers in drafting cryptocurrency-related legislation. It will also work in collaboration with other federal entities, such as the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, and coordinate with state and international agencies, according to the SEC.

Coinbase’s Chief Legal Officer Paul Grewal expressed optimism about the shift in policy. “We have been saying for years to help us by crafting rules for crypto. Over the last four years, the answer was resoundingly ‘no,’” Grewal stated in a phone interview. “It is a new day.”

Trump’s First-Day Actions Signal U-Turn on Climate Policies

On his first day back in office, President Donald Trump wasted no time signaling his Administration’s intent to steer away from combating climate change. In a series of swift executive orders, Trump withdrew the United States from the Paris climate agreement, halted offshore wind expansion, promised to bolster oil and natural gas production, and vowed to rescind what he inaccurately described as Joe Biden’s electric vehicle mandate.

These measures, aligned with his campaign promises, pose a significant setback to international climate change mitigation efforts. However, experts argue that the momentum toward renewable energy remains “unstoppable,” despite Trump’s attempts to reverse progress.

Withdrawing From the Paris Climate Agreement

One of Trump’s first executive orders was to once again withdraw the United States from the Paris climate agreement. This move, signed during a rally at the Capital One Arena, marked a repeat of his actions during his first term, which were later reversed by Joe Biden.

The Paris accord aims to limit global temperature increases to 2.7 degrees Fahrenheit (1.5 degrees Celsius) above pre-industrial levels. Failing that, the agreement seeks to ensure temperatures do not rise above 3.6 degrees Fahrenheit (2 degrees Celsius). Participating nations are required to set and periodically update their greenhouse gas reduction targets.

Trump also signed a letter to the United Nations formalizing his intention to leave the 2015 agreement. This pact allows nations to define their own emission reduction targets, which are intended to become progressively stringent. A critical deadline looms in February 2025, by which nations must submit updated plans.

Before leaving office, Biden proposed a plan to cut U.S. greenhouse gas emissions by more than 60% by 2035. However, Trump criticized the Paris accord, stating that it represents international agreements that “don’t reflect U.S. values” and misallocate taxpayer funds to countries that, in his view, are undeserving of financial assistance.

Laurence Tubiana, CEO of the European Climate Foundation and a key architect of the Paris agreement, expressed disappointment at Trump’s decision but remained optimistic. She emphasized, “Action to slow climate change is stronger than any single country’s politics and policies.”

Halting Offshore Wind Development

Another key executive order signed by Trump halted offshore wind lease sales and paused the issuance of approvals, permits, and loans for both onshore and offshore wind projects.

The order directs the interior secretary to review federal practices surrounding wind leasing and permitting. This review will evaluate the environmental impact of wind projects, the economic implications of intermittent electricity generation, and the role of subsidies in sustaining the wind industry.

Currently, wind energy accounts for approximately 10% of electricity generated in the United States, making it the country’s largest renewable energy source. The American Clean Power Association reports that 73 gigawatts of offshore wind capacity are under development, enough to power 30 million homes.

Boosting Oil and Gas Production

Trump also signed executive orders aimed at easing regulatory restrictions on oil and natural gas production, including measures tied to projects in Alaska. Declaring a national energy emergency, Trump reiterated his commitment to expand fossil fuel production under the slogan “drill, baby, drill.”

The move is part of Trump’s vision to increase energy production, which he argues is critical for the United States to compete globally in sectors like artificial intelligence that require substantial energy consumption in data centers.

Challenging Electric Vehicle Policies

During a call with reporters on Monday, a White House official stated that the Trump Administration plans to end what the president referred to as an electric vehicle “mandate.” However, no such mandate exists. Biden’s policies have encouraged the adoption of electric vehicles (EVs) through incentives and have urged automakers to transition from gas-powered to electric vehicles.

By framing these policies as mandates, Trump seeks to draw a contrast between his administration’s support for traditional fossil fuels and Biden’s push for cleaner energy alternatives.

A Climate Crisis at a Tipping Point

Trump’s actions come at a critical moment. The planet recently experienced its hottest year on record, and the effects of the climate crisis continue to intensify. Despite these challenges, experts remain hopeful that global efforts to combat climate change can withstand Trump’s policy reversals, as they did during his first term.

Ultimately, the transition to renewable energy and the fight against global warming may prove resilient in the face of political headwinds. As Tubiana noted, the movement for climate action transcends individual leaders and national politics, driven instead by a broader, global commitment to securing a sustainable future.

Trump Signs Executive Order to ‘Restore Free Speech,’ Critics Question Motives

On Monday, U.S. President Donald Trump signed an executive order he claimed would protect freedom of speech and put an end to censorship. The announcement, however, has faced sharp criticism due to Trump’s history of threatening and suing journalists, critics, and political adversaries, actions some argue undermine his commitment to free expression.

Trump, along with his Republican allies, has frequently accused the administration of his Democratic predecessor, Joe Biden, of encouraging the suppression of free speech on online platforms. Much of their criticism focuses on the Biden administration’s efforts to counter misinformation regarding vaccines and elections.

Despite these allegations, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled in June that the Biden administration’s interactions with social media companies did not infringe upon the First Amendment, which guarantees free speech. This decision served as a significant legal clarification of the boundaries between government influence and free expression.

Ironically, Trump himself faced restrictions on social media platforms following the January 6, 2021, attack on the U.S. Capitol by his supporters. The insurrection occurred shortly after Trump lost the 2020 presidential election to Biden, and his repeated claims of election fraud were widely condemned.

While Trump now positions himself as a defender of free speech, his track record tells a different story. Over the decades, he has frequently targeted his critics through legal threats and lawsuits. For example, in 2022, Trump filed a lawsuit against his 2016 presidential campaign rival, Hillary Clinton, over her remarks about his alleged connections to Russia. The case was dismissed, with the presiding judge labeling it a misuse of the judicial system.

Trump has also demonstrated hostility toward the press, famously branding journalists as the “enemy of the people.” His legal battles with the media include lawsuits against five major entities: CNN, ABC News, CBS News, publisher Simon & Schuster, and the Des Moines Register. Of these, the lawsuit against CNN was dismissed, ABC News settled out of court, and the remaining cases are still unresolved.

David Kaye, a law professor at the University of California, Irvine, and former United Nations Special Rapporteur on free speech issues, was skeptical of the executive order’s significance. “The federal government is already barred from interfering with its citizens’ First Amendment rights,” Kaye explained. “This order would not stop behavior that is already prohibited.”

He criticized the executive order as a “deeply cynical” move aimed more at bolstering Trump’s public image than enacting substantive change.

The White House, in its first official statement following Trump’s inauguration, accused the previous administration of suppressing free speech. “Over the last four years, the previous administration trampled free speech rights by censoring Americans’ speech on online platforms, often by exerting substantial coercive pressure on third parties, such as social media companies, to moderate, de-platform, or otherwise suppress speech that the Federal Government did not approve,” the statement read.

However, Kaye highlighted the contradiction in Trump’s messaging. “You cannot on the one hand say, ‘The media is the enemy of the people,’ and at the same time say, ‘It’s the policy of the United States to secure the right of the American people to engage in constitutionally protected speech.’ Those two things don’t fit together,” he argued.

This executive order, while symbolically significant for Trump and his supporters, raises questions about its practical implications and the consistency of its principles. The tension between the president’s professed commitment to free speech and his contentious history with the media underscores the ongoing challenges in navigating the boundaries of expression in a polarized political climate.

Indian American Leaders React to Trump’s Inauguration as 47th President

Indian American community leaders expressed a range of reactions as Donald Trump was sworn in as the 47th president on Monday.

Some celebrated his victory, while others approached his second term with caution, urging the U.S. and India to strengthen ties and avoid policies that could harm H-1B visa holders.

Dr. Amit Desai,[Above right wearing glasses] founding director of the U.S.-India Relationship Council, hosted a celebration with friends following Trump’s inauguration. He expressed optimism, saying, “Everything will be fine now.”

Desai emphasized that Trump’s stance on immigration focused on illegal, not legal, immigrants, and noted that legal immigrants like himself contribute significantly to the nation.

“He knows immigrants bring a lot of value to this nation. Illegals are dangerous for society,” Desai said.

Desai was hopeful that Trump and Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi would continue their strong working relationship.

“Trump and Modi have good chemistry,” Desai said, adding that both leaders would likely prioritize economic and geopolitical partnerships between the two countries.

Dr. Sampat Shivangi, a delegate at the Republican National Convention, expressed concerns over the green card backlog affecting aging children of Indian immigrants. He also noted that thousands of legal immigrants with expired visas face uncertainty. Shivangi stated he was working with senators and Congress to address these issues.

While he was unsure about future immigration policies, Shivangi predicted Trump’s second term would be more powerful than President Joe Biden’s.

“He knows the whole country is with him and got the highest number of votes,” Shivangi said. He also mentioned his support for former UN Ambassador Nikki Haley and his efforts to bring her into the Trump administration.

Kanwal Rekhi, a veteran venture capitalist, echoed Shivangi’s sentiments, stating, “Trump won the election fair and square. It is time for all of us to respect the people’s verdict and let him execute.”

Mohan Nannapaneni, founder of nonprofit organization TEAM Aid, welcomed Trump’s immigration stance. He criticized the current system, saying, “I see fake resumes and bribery… Our kids pay hundreds of thousands of dollars to go to college here and can’t find a job.”

Chintan Patel, executive director of Indian American Impact, criticized Trump’s immigration executive actions, which he said target and demonize immigrants.

“These unconstitutional actions strike at the heart of our nation’s principles,” Patel said in a statement, vowing to mobilize the community to fight back against what he called divisive measures.

Political strategist Preity Upala, expressed confidence that Trump’s second term would strengthen U.S.-India relations.

“Shared values, enemies, security challenges, geo-political aspirations, and national goals will steer this relationship in the right direction,” she said. Upala also praised the H-1B visa program, noting its value for both the U.S. and India, particularly in the tech sector.

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi congratulated Trump shortly after the inauguration, calling him “my dear friend.” Modi expressed his eagerness to work closely with Trump to benefit both nations. “Best wishes for a successful term ahead!” Modi wrote on X, the social media platform formerly known as Twitter.

Rep. Ami Bera, a Democrat representing Sacramento County, attended the inauguration, stating that he was there to uphold the tradition of peaceful power transfer. While acknowledging that the outcome was not what many had hoped for, Bera reiterated his commitment to working with both parties to improve the lives of Americans.

As Trump begins his second term, the Indian American community remains hopeful that the U.S. and India will work together to strengthen economic and diplomatic ties while addressing the concerns of immigrants.

Source Credit: indica News

Trump Sworn in as 47th U.S. President, Vows to Reverse America’s Decline and Bring Change

Donald Trump has been officially sworn in as the 47th President of the United States by Chief Justice John Roberts, marking a dramatic political return after his felony convictions. His running mate, JD Vance, took the oath of office administered by Justice Brett Kavanaugh.

In his inauguration speech, Trump declared that “the golden age of America begins right now.” The new administration is preparing to implement numerous executive actions, including efforts to end birthright citizenship and declaring a national emergency regarding the U.S.-Mexico border, according to incoming White House sources. Additionally, sources informed CNN that Trump plans to pardon some individuals involved in the January 6 riots on his first day in office.

The inauguration event was attended by a broad spectrum of political figures, former presidents, and influential billionaires like Elon Musk and Jeff Bezos. Country music sensation Carrie Underwood performed “America the Beautiful” at the event. The world was able to tune in to the proceedings via various media platforms.

In the lead-up to the inauguration, outgoing President Joe Biden took a significant step by issuing pardons for key individuals. These included General Mark Milley, Dr. Anthony Fauci, and members of Congress who had been involved in investigating the January 6 events. Biden also granted preemptive pardons to his family members, including his brothers James and Frank, his sister Valerie, and their spouses.

Trump took the opportunity in his speech to reflect on his personal journey and the significance of his victory. In particular, he referenced a moment of personal reflection tied to an assassination attempt during his campaign. “My life was saved by the grace of God to make America great again,” Trump said, evoking religious imagery. This sentiment was shared by many of his supporters, who believed his survival of the assassination attempt was a divine sign.

Trump further characterized Inauguration Day, January 20, 2025, as “liberation day,” emphasizing the hope that the presidential election would be remembered as “the greatest and most consequential election in the history of our country.” He argued that his victory marked a broad and rapidly growing unity among the American people. “The entire nation is rapidly unifying behind our agenda with dramatic increases in support from virtually every element of our society,” he stated.

Acknowledging the diverse coalition that helped propel him to victory, Trump expressed gratitude toward Black and Hispanic voters. He thanked them for the “tremendous outpouring of love and trust that you have shown me with your vote.” He vowed to remember this support, saying, “We set records and I will not forget it. I’ve heard your voices on the campaign, and I look forward to working with you in the years to come.”

Trump also addressed the recent devastation caused by wildfires in Los Angeles, where numerous homes were destroyed. These fires, exacerbated by high winds, affected not only the general public but also some of the “wealthiest and most powerful” individuals in the country. “They’re raging through the houses and communities, even affecting some of the wealthiest and most powerful individuals in our country, some of whom are sitting here right now. They don’t have a home any longer,” Trump remarked. Despite the loss, he underscored the importance of preventing further tragedies, stating, “That’s interesting. But we can’t let this happen.”

In another portion of his speech, Trump criticized the Biden administration, which was present at the inauguration, for its handling of domestic and international challenges. “We now have a government that cannot manage a simple crisis at home while at the same time stumble into a continuing catalog of catastrophic events abroad,” he claimed. He also expressed frustration over immigration policies, asserting that the government had “failed to protect our magnificent law-abiding citizens but proves sanctuary and protection for dangerous criminals.” Trump continued, emphasizing the disparity in border protection efforts: “We have a government that has given unlimited funding to the defense of foreign borders but refuses to defend American borders or, more importantly, its own people.”

Trump highlighted his commitment to ending what he described as America’s ongoing decline, particularly in sectors like education and healthcare. He vowed to reverse the current trajectory swiftly: “All of this will change starting today, and it will change very quickly,” he said. His victory, he asserted, was a mandate to undo “a horrible betrayal” of the American people. “From this moment on, America’s decline is over,” Trump declared, signaling his intention to enact sweeping reforms.

As the 47th president, Trump expressed optimism and confidence about the future. He promised to lead the country into “a thrilling new era of national success” and emphasized that “a tide of change is sweeping the country.” Reflecting on the opportunities before the nation, he said, “Sunlight is pouring over the entire world and America has the chance to seize this opportunity like never before.” His words were an indication of his hope to restore American greatness and assert the country’s place on the world stage.

With his inaugural speech, Trump set the tone for his presidency, stressing the need for immediate change and national unity. From addressing the wildfires to criticizing the previous administration, he laid out an ambitious agenda aimed at reasserting American values and interests. As the nation looks forward to the new administration, Trump’s bold promises will serve as a framework for the first term of his presidency.

The inauguration of President Donald Trump marks the beginning of a new chapter in American politics, characterized by promises of national revitalization and a determination to reverse the country’s perceived decline. His speech touched on various themes, from personal reflections to critiques of the previous administration, and outlined his vision for the future. With a strong emphasis on unity and restoration, Trump’s presidency begins with a clear sense of direction, ready to implement the changes he campaigned on.

Donald Trump’s Second Presidency Begins with Bold Moves, Controversy, and Power Plays

On Monday, Donald Trump launched his second term with swift and sweeping actions, aiming to redefine his presidency while addressing his previous term’s shortcomings. Proclaiming the dawn of a “Golden Age” for America, Trump quickly consolidated his authority, implementing measures that targeted Joe Biden’s legacy and signaling an aggressive approach to governance.

Within hours, he pardoned hundreds of January 6 rioters, initiated stringent immigration reforms, and solidified alliances with influential tech leaders. His unorthodox foreign policy decisions sent ripples through global capitals, underscoring a dramatic pivot from the internationalism championed by most presidents since World War II.

In a press conference at the Oval Office, Trump showcased a confident, decisive demeanor, drawing on lessons from his first term to maximize his control over executive powers. However, alongside ambitious goals and bold rhetoric, Trump’s actions were accompanied by grievances, misinformation, and a growing sense of self-importance, raising concerns about his commitment to democratic principles.

The day’s rapid sequence of events, including the issuance of numerous executive orders, hinted at looming legal battles. Despite the theatrics, Trump’s agenda faces challenges, with new legislation requiring cooperation from a narrowly Republican-controlled House of Representatives. Without such legislative backing, many of his actions could be reversed by the next administration, much like his dismantling of Biden-era policies.

Pardons for January 6 Rioters

In a polarizing move, Trump issued blanket pardons to approximately 1,500 individuals convicted or accused of crimes during the January 6, 2021, Capitol attack. These pardons extended to high-profile members of extremist groups like the Proud Boys and Oath Keepers, erasing distinctions between violent offenders and those guilty of lesser charges.

This act underscored Trump’s willingness to shield his supporters from legal consequences, even at the cost of undermining democratic norms. Critics warned this could embolden future acts of political violence. Former House Speaker Nancy Pelosi denounced the move, stating, “Trump’s actions are an outrageous insult to our justice system and the heroes who suffered physical scars and emotional trauma as they protected the Capitol, the Congress, and the Constitution.”

Biden’s Preemptive Pardons

Trump wasn’t the only president accused of misusing pardon power. Before leaving office, Biden issued blanket pardons to officials such as Dr. Anthony Fauci, former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Mark Milley, and members of the House committee investigating January 6. Biden justified these actions as necessary protections against Trump’s threats of retribution.

Additionally, Biden preemptively pardoned several family members, including his brothers and sister, claiming it was to safeguard their reputations. Critics argued this expanded the potential misuse of presidential pardon power, setting a dangerous precedent. Trump seized on this development, remarking, “Now every president, when they leave office, they are going to pardon everyone they met.”

Immigration Overhaul

Trump moved swiftly on immigration, declaring an emergency at the southern border, ending the use of an app facilitating legal migrant entry, and initiating efforts to terminate birthright citizenship. He also suspended refugee resettlement for four months and dismissed senior Justice Department officials overseeing immigration courts.

While his actions aimed to fulfill campaign promises, they also set the stage for constitutional and legal challenges. Trump’s broader vision for mass deportations requires congressional approval, highlighting the limitations of executive orders in enacting lasting policy changes.

Rolling Back Diversity Policies

Fulfilling another campaign promise, Trump revoked Biden’s executive orders protecting against discrimination based on gender identity and sexual orientation. Federal diversity programs were also dismantled, with changes extending to documentation requirements, such as passports and visas reflecting applicants’ biological sex.

These actions catered to Trump’s base but risked alienating many Americans who viewed such policies as steps backward in civil rights.

Tech Titans Join Trump’s Inner Circle

Trump’s inaugural celebrations prominently featured Silicon Valley leaders, marking a shift in allegiance from Democrats to his administration. Elon Musk, Jeff Bezos, Tim Cook, Sundar Pichai, and Mark Zuckerberg attended events and appeared alongside Trump, signaling their willingness to collaborate with his government.

Musk, who received significant federal contracts, was even appointed to lead a newly established Department of Government Efficiency. While Trump argued that leveraging tech pioneers was in America’s interest, their proximity to power raised concerns about potential conflicts of interest and the influence of tech giants on public discourse.

Shaking Global Norms

Trump’s return to power reverberated across the globe. In his first press conference, he demanded NATO allies increase defense spending to 5% of GDP—a nearly unattainable goal for many nations. He also reignited tensions over the Panama Canal, falsely claiming, “China is operating the Panama Canal and we didn’t give it to China. We gave it to Panama and we’re taking it back.”

Additionally, Trump labeled Mexican drug cartels as foreign terrorist organizations and hinted at deploying special forces into Mexico—a proposal fraught with diplomatic and security risks. On Ukraine, he increased pressure on Russian President Vladimir Putin to negotiate peace, asserting, “The war does not make him look very good.”

Economic and Trade Policies

While Trump refrained from immediately imposing new tariffs, he confirmed plans to introduce 25% duties on Mexican and Canadian imports starting February 1, risking a trade conflict within North America. Although tariffs on China remain unimplemented, Trump hinted at using them as leverage in upcoming negotiations.

Trump’s assertion that tariffs would generate significant revenue for the U.S. was misleading, as their costs are typically borne by American consumers. Potential inflationary effects and rising prices for essentials like food and fuel could pose challenges to his administration’s economic agenda.

Challenges Ahead

Despite a dramatic start, Trump’s second term faces significant hurdles. His reliance on executive orders underscores his difficulty in securing legislative support, a necessity for long-lasting reforms. Additionally, his tendency toward grievance politics and self-promotion could distract from meaningful governance.

The widespread pardons and sweeping policy changes highlight Trump’s determination to reshape America, but they also risk deepening divisions and eroding democratic norms. As he seeks to solidify his legacy, the success of his presidency will hinge on balancing bold ambitions with the practicalities of governance.

By the end of his first day back in office, Trump had cemented his reputation as a disruptor, willing to challenge conventions and push the boundaries of presidential power. However, whether this approach can deliver sustained progress or merely provoke further polarization remains to be seen.

Trump Begins Second Term with Ambitious Policies Amid Mixed Reactions

Donald Trump has started his second term as President of the United States with a flurry of executive orders, policy announcements, and international reactions. On his first full day back in the White House, the president set the tone for his administration’s direction, emphasizing themes of strength, transparency, and economic growth.

A Bold Start: Executive Orders and National Emergency Declaration

On Monday, Trump initiated the process of withdrawing the United States from the World Health Organization (WHO) and the Paris Climate Agreement. He also declared a national emergency at the southern border, citing the need to address immigration issues. Mexico’s President Claudia Scheinbaum criticized these moves, stating that the emergency declaration is a rehash of a similar order from 2019 and labeled the “Remain in Mexico” policy as a repeat from 2018. On a lighter note, Scheinbaum dismissed Trump’s directive to rename the Gulf of Mexico as the “Gulf of America,” asserting that Mexico and the rest of the world would continue using its current name.

The president also granted nearly 1,600 pardons related to the Capitol riots of January 6, 2021. Many prisoners are expected to be released promptly, a move that has sparked intense debate.

Press Briefings Absent but Transparency Promised

Nearly a full day into Trump’s second term, the White House has yet to hold a press briefing. Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt, in an interview with Fox News, stated that “the American people won’t be hearing from me today,” redirecting attention to Trump’s infrastructure announcement planned for later. Leavitt described Trump as “the most transparent president in history,” suggesting more direct interactions between the president and reporters in the future.

Reporters in the White House press area expressed eagerness for clarity on Trump’s policies and plans. News briefings typically offer opportunities to scrutinize presidential decisions and understand the administration’s perspective. These sessions can be tense, as seen during Joe Biden’s tenure, particularly when the press queried sensitive topics like the Gaza conflict or the president’s age.

Canada Responds to Tariff Threats

Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau responded to Trump’s renewed threat to impose 25% tariffs on Canadian imports, emphasizing the interconnectedness of the two countries’ economies. “Canadian energy powers American manufacturing, business, homes,” Trudeau remarked. Referring to Trump’s vision of a “golden age” for America, Trudeau noted that achieving it would require critical resources such as steel, aluminum, and minerals—many of which Canada provides.

Trudeau warned of retaliatory measures should the tariffs proceed. “Canada will respond—and everything is on the table,” he stated. Trump, meanwhile, has instructed his administration to review U.S. trade relationships, with findings expected by April 1.

Rubio Takes Helm as Secretary of State

Florida Senator Marco Rubio has been sworn in as Secretary of State, becoming the first member of Trump’s new cabinet to secure Senate approval. Known for his hawkish foreign policy stance, Rubio emphasized a transformative approach to U.S. diplomacy. “Does it make us stronger? Does it make us safer and does it make us more prosperous? If not, we will not do it,” he declared.

Rubio, who has a reputation for taking firm positions on issues involving Iran and China, described this period as a “new era” for U.S. foreign policy. He reiterated Trump’s focus on promoting peace as the primary goal of international engagement.

Infrastructure Announcement and Religious Observance

Today, Trump is scheduled to attend an interfaith prayer service at Washington, D.C.’s National Cathedral, joined by notable figures such as JD Vance. Later in the day, he plans to unveil a “massive announcement” regarding infrastructure. Leavitt hinted that this initiative would showcase America’s resurgence on the global stage, though no specific details were disclosed.

Global Reactions to U.S. Policies

International responses to Trump’s decisions have been swift and varied. Laurence Tubiana, a key architect of the Paris Climate Agreement, urged nations to persist with climate action despite the U.S. withdrawal. “We should not be frightened by shouting or declarations,” Tubiana asserted, adding, “Let’s not be derailed or distracted. It is a moment of courage I’m waiting for.”

In Germany, Chancellor Olaf Scholz commented on Elon Musk’s controversial gesture at Trump’s inauguration, which some compared to a Nazi salute. Scholz reiterated Germany’s commitment to freedom of speech while condemning any actions that support extremist views. Musk dismissed the criticism on social media, calling it a “tired attack.”

Challenges and Opportunities Ahead

Political analyst Anthony Zurcher highlighted the challenges and opportunities Trump faces in his second term. His policies on trade, climate, and immigration will shape both domestic and international perceptions. Meanwhile, his approach to transparency and press relations could redefine the dynamics of presidential accountability.

As the day unfolds, Trump’s actions will likely continue to spark debates, signaling an administration eager to implement its vision while navigating complex political landscapes. Whether these early moves will lead to the promised “golden age” remains to be seen.

Trump’s Inauguration Festivities and Protests Kick Off Ahead of Monday’s Ceremony

Festivities marking the inauguration of President-elect Donald Trump have commenced, drawing both his supporters and protesters to Washington, D.C. The series of events, leading up to Monday’s swearing-in as the 47th president, began on Saturday with Trump’s arrival and a host of planned celebrations and demonstrations.

Trump’s schedule included his anticipated arrival at Joint Base Andrews in Maryland, followed by a reception and a fireworks show at his Virginia golf course. Additionally, Vice President-elect Vance was set to be honored at a Cabinet reception and dinner at the National Gallery of Art that evening.

In parallel, the D.C. People’s March, spearheaded by multiple activist organizations, began on Saturday morning. The demonstration culminated in a rally outside the Lincoln Memorial at 3 p.m., where approximately 50,000 participants were expected. The march showcased impassioned calls for change, with chants of unity led by organizers.

On Sunday, Trump plans to host a rally at Capital One Arena in Washington, featuring speeches from notable allies, including tech entrepreneur Elon Musk. The event is also set to include performances by artists such as the Village People, Kid Rock, and Billy Ray Cyrus.

The weather played a significant role in reshaping the inaugural plans. Although Saturday was mild, the forecast of a snowstorm and freezing temperatures prompted the ceremony to be relocated inside the Capitol on Monday.

Trump Heads to Washington

At 4:35 p.m. on Saturday, President-elect Trump, joined by his wife, Melania, and their son, Barron, boarded a plane at Palm Beach International Airport. Waving from the top of the stairs, Trump set off for Washington to prepare for his inauguration.

Earlier in the afternoon, Trump’s adult children and their families also departed for Washington. Eric and Lara Trump, alongside Ivanka Trump, Jared Kushner, and their children, were seen boarding the family’s plane at the airport. Trump himself was expected to leave at 4:30 p.m., traveling aboard an official government aircraft.

Dignitaries to Attend the Inauguration

Vice President-elect Vance is expected to participate in Monday’s ceremony, joining a host of prominent figures, including current President Joe Biden, former President Barack Obama, and former President George W. Bush. The event’s relocation to an indoor venue underscores the logistical challenges posed by the severe weather.

Protests Amplify Voices

The People’s March, which concluded around 3 p.m. on Saturday, was marked by fervent chants of “I believe we will win!” as attendees rallied for justice and equality. Raquel Willis, co-founder of the Gender Liberation Movement, delivered a stirring speech urging attendees to assert their presence and power. “Take up space,” she proclaimed. “If you feel disempowered, if you feel angry and afraid, it’s time to take up space.”

Willis further emphasized inclusivity, advocating for autonomy and understanding across all gender identities. “If you know that women and girls and dolls and fems are the rulers of their own lives, take up space,” she declared. “If you know men and boys and masculine folk, especially my trans men and trans masculine folk, can be empathetic and understanding, take up space.”

Call for Ceasefire in Gaza

Palestinian rights advocate Iman Abid also addressed the crowd, urging an end to the ongoing violence in Gaza. As director of advocacy and organizing for the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights, Abid called for a lasting ceasefire between Israel and Hamas and demanded the cessation of U.S. arms sales to Israel.

“Days ago, we learned that a temporary ceasefire deal has been reached after over 15 months of Israel bombarding Gaza and massacring tens of thousands of Palestinians,” Abid said. “This is urgently needed relief, but it is only the beginning. We will not stop until the occupation ends, the blockades are lifted, and the violence ends.”

Abid’s remarks echoed the broader political divide over U.S. policy toward Israel. The ongoing conflict in Gaza, exacerbated by Hamas’ invasion of Israel, has stirred heated debates within the Democratic Party, influencing the presidential primary.

Snowstorm Looms Over Washington

As festivities continue, Washington braces for a significant winter storm. The predicted snowfall and freezing temperatures have added a layer of urgency to the logistical arrangements for Monday’s inauguration. With Trump’s allies and detractors converging in the capital, the weekend is shaping up to be a pivotal moment, both in celebration and resistance.

The upcoming events promise a mix of jubilance and defiance, reflecting the complex emotions surrounding Trump’s presidency. As Washington prepares for the historic ceremony, all eyes remain on the unfolding dynamics of America’s political landscape.

Donald Trump Sworn In As The 47th US President

“The golden age of America begins right now,” declared Donald Trump in his inaugural address on January 20, 2025, immediately after he was sworn in as the 47th president of the United States. Trump said the US would “flourish and be respected” under his leadership. Trump is taking charge of the world’s most powerful nation, even as the Republicans claim unified control of Washington and setting out to reshape the country’s institutions.

Trump was sworn in by Chief Justice of the US Supreme Court John Roberts, marking a political comeback after being convicted of felonies. His running mate, JD Vance, was sworn in by Justice Brett Kavanaugh. The ceremony was moved inside to the U.S. Capitol Rotunda because of frigid weather for only the first time since Ronald Reagan’s second inauguration 40 years ago.

Photos of the swearing-in show Trump with his hand at his side, not on the Bible, as has been a long held tradition. Using a Bible during the presidential oath is traditional but not required; only the oath is mandated by the Constitution. Theodore Roosevelt, John Quincy Adams, and Lyndon B. Johnson did not use a Bible for their oaths.

The high-profile, solemn ceremony was attended by, among others, Tech billionaires, including Elon Musk and Jeff Bezos, cabinet nominees, and former presidents, who were all at the ceremony in the rotunda of the US Capitol. Country music star Carrie Underwood performed “America the Beautiful.”

President Donald Trump claimed today, January 20, 2025, is “liberation day.”  He went on to state that, “It is my hope that our recent presidential election will be remembered as the greatest and most consequential election in the history of our country.” Trump added that his presidential victory showed that “the entire nation is rapidly unifying behind our agenda with dramatic increases in support from virtually every element of our society.”

Inauguration ceremony for Trump's second presidential term
Photo Credit: Reuters

He went on to thank Black and Hispanic voters for “the tremendous outpouring of love and trust that you have shown me with your vote. We set records and I will not forget it,” the president said. “I’ve heard your voices on the campaign, and I look forward to working with you in the years to come.”

In his inaugural address Trump slammed the Biden administration — as former President Joe Biden sat steps away — for failing to “manage simple crisis at home. We now have a government that cannot manage a simple crisis at home while at the same time stumble into a continuing catalog of catastrophic events abroad,” Trump said.

Per reports, Trump is expected to sign an executive order declaring that the federal government would recognize only two genders as well as a series of orders aimed at remaking America’s immigration policies, including ending asylum access, sending troops to the southern border and ending birthright citizenship.

Focusing on immigration, a major focus of his new administration, Trump said, the government “fails to protect our magnificent law-abiding citizens but proves sanctuary and protection for dangerous criminals. We have a government that has given unlimited funding to the defense of foreign borders but refuses to defend American borders or, more importantly, its own people.”

Hours before the change in US leadership, President Joe Biden issued pardons for Gen. Mark Milley, Dr. Anthony Fauci, and members of Congress who served on the committee investigating January 6. He also issued preemptive pardons for his brothers, James and Frank, his sister Valerie, and their spouses.

A coalition of veterans, public health professionals, teachers, and consumer advocates has filed a federal lawsuit against Trump’s special commission on government efficiency. Filed after Trump’s swearing-in, the suit seeks an injunction against the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) under the Federal Advisory Committee Act. It claims Trump is not complying with federal transparency laws and argues that private commission activities must be public. Trump mentioned DOGE, led by Tesla CEO Elon Musk, in his inauguration speech.

Rabbi Ari Berman, president of Yeshiva University, delivered the first benediction after Trump’s inaugural address. He is the second Orthodox rabbi to do so at a presidential inauguration. The tradition of clergy offering prayers at inaugurations dates back to President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s second inauguration in 1937. Rev. Lorenzo Sewell, pastor of 180 Church Detroit, delivered the second benediction, expressing gratitude for the “millimeter miracle” given to the 45th and 47th presidents.

Trump’s Unfulfilled Promises

Ordinarily, presidents wait until they are in the Oval Office before breaking campaign promises. However, Donald Trump began this process before Inauguration Day. As a candidate, Trump promised to lower grocery prices. As president-elect, he acknowledged that achieving this goal would be “very hard” and expressed uncertainty about his ability to do so.

Trump had claimed that Elon Musk would find ways to cut “at least $2 trillion” from the federal budget. As president-elect, his GOP megadonor publicly stated that the $2 trillion figure was more of a “best-case outcome” than a realistic goal, though there might still be a “good shot” at achieving half of it.

Perhaps most notably, Trump asserted during his campaign that he would successfully broker an end to Russia’s war in Ukraine within 24 hours, even during his transition period. He reiterated this promise during his presidential debate with Vice President Kamala Harris, assuring Americans that “I will get it settled before I even become president.”

Despite these assurances, as Trump prepares to return to the White House, it is evident that this promise remains unfulfilled. Nearly three years after Russia launched a full-scale invasion of Ukraine, the war, Europe’s worst since World War II, continues with no end in sight. The New York Times published an analysis noting that Trump “not only has failed to keep his promise; he has also made no known serious effort to resolve the war since his election in November.”

In summary, the president-elect did not attempt to honor his commitment. This was not merely a one-time statement; according to data published by NOTUS, Trump told voters on 33 occasions that he would end the conflict within one day. A recent Reuters report added that the president-elect’s team now concedes “that the Ukraine war will take months or even longer to resolve, a sharp reality check on his biggest foreign policy promise.”

A New Beginning in 2025

Trump’s second inaugural speech today marked a major departure from his tone the first time he took the Oath of Office in 2017, when Trump put aside the typical optimism and promises of unity with a dark portrait of national life as he spoke of “American Carnage.” He had declared then,  “From this day forward, a new vision will govern our land. From this moment on, it’s going to be America first.”

However, today, Trump portrayed himself in a positive manner. “Many people thought it was impossible for me to stage such a historic political comeback, but as you see here today, here I am,” Trump said in his inaugural address in 2025. “I stand before you now as proof that you should never believe that something is impossible to do in America,” he went on, adding: “In America, the impossible is what we do best.”

Tech Titans and Trump: Inauguration Marks an Unlikely Alliance

The upcoming inauguration of President-elect Donald Trump will feature some of the most influential technology leaders in the country, showcasing a significant shift in the industry’s relationship with the new president. This development follows months of outreach efforts by tech giants to reconcile with Trump, who has historically criticized Silicon Valley’s major players.

Prominent figures such as Tesla CEO Elon Musk, Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg, and Google CEO Sundar Pichai are expected to attend the event, sitting prominently in close proximity to Trump. Other notable attendees include Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, OpenAI CEO Sam Altman, TikTok CEO Shou Zi Chew, and Apple CEO Tim Cook.

“You have this incoming president, elevating these people, seating them on the dais and … effectively trying to make them captives of his policymaking,” said Daniel Alpert, managing partner at Westwood Capital. He added, “The market is receiving it as Trump showing support for these companies, but really what he’s doing is it’s more like organized crime. It’s an offer you can’t refuse.”

The initial plan to have these tech leaders sit directly on the dais, alongside Trump’s family and former presidents, underscores their newfound proximity to the president-elect. While such a scene might have seemed improbable during Trump’s first administration, the tech industry has undergone a significant shift.

From Critics to Collaborators

During Trump’s first presidential campaign in 2016, many Silicon Valley leaders voiced strong opposition to his policies and political ascension. However, as Trump’s third bid for the presidency gained momentum, the tech community appeared eager to turn over a new leaf.

In the lead-up to Election Day, several industry leaders reached out to Trump. Apple’s Tim Cook discussed concerns about European regulations, while Pichai highlighted the web traffic generated by Trump’s campaign visit to McDonald’s. Zuckerberg praised Trump in a private call after an assassination attempt, describing the president as “badass.”

Following Trump’s reelection, tech companies such as Meta, Google, and Amazon donated $1 million each to his inaugural fund. Altman, a longtime Democratic donor, personally contributed $1 million, expressing his belief that Trump would lead the U.S. into the “age of artificial intelligence.”

Republican strategist Brittany Martinez interpreted these gestures as pragmatic moves. “A lot of these founders want to maybe be on the good side of the president of the United States,” she said. “You don’t want to be an enemy of the most powerful individual in the world.”

A Transactional Relationship

While the tech executives seem intent on repairing relations, Alpert believes Trump’s motivations are different. “The man is massively transactional,” Alpert said. “He’s simply going to use each of these guys to the extent that he finds them valuable.”

Alpert warned that Trump’s support could be fleeting. “When he no longer finds them valuable or doesn’t find them to be producing anything for him, particularly if there’s a groundswell of opposition to them in Congress, and he needs to buy votes, he’ll sell them off,” he said.

Some industry insiders see this dynamic as a natural aspect of adapting to a new administration. “There’s been a little bit of deference to the incoming administration, but that’s historically been fairly normal,” said Matt Calkins, co-founder of Appian. He dismissed concerns of an “emerging oligarchy,” noting that attending an inauguration is not unusual for top business leaders.

Democratic Pushback

Despite the outreach efforts, Democrats remain skeptical. In his farewell speech, President Joe Biden warned against an “oligarchy” of extreme wealth and influence, though he did not name Trump or his allies directly. Biden criticized Meta for discontinuing its fact-checking program amid growing concerns about misinformation.

Senator Chris Murphy (D-Conn.) was more explicit, writing, “The billionaires are in charge. People who want to addict our kids to their technology, control what we think and do, destroy small businesses so they own everything. That’s what you will see on Monday.”

Policy Shifts and Controversies

The inauguration comes during a period of significant changes in the tech sector. Meta recently eliminated its third-party fact-checking program, replacing it with a community-driven initiative called “Community Notes.” The company also rolled back LGBTQ protections and reduced its diversity and inclusion programs. Zuckerberg described these changes as part of a broader cultural shift, stating they prioritized “speech” in response to the election results.

Meanwhile, TikTok’s future in the U.S. remains uncertain. After the Supreme Court upheld a law requiring TikTok’s parent company to either divest or face a ban, enforcement now rests with the incoming Trump administration. Chew, TikTok’s CEO, has aligned himself with Trump, thanking him for his commitment to keeping the app active in the U.S. Chew called the move a “strong stand for the First Amendment and against arbitrary censorship.”

TikTok has also spent $50,000 on an inauguration party for influencers who supported Trump’s campaign. Additionally, Chew will attend Trump’s victory rally in Washington, D.C., solidifying his position among the tech leaders embracing the new administration.

Musk’s Influence

Elon Musk, a vocal supporter of Trump, is seen as a key figure in bridging the gap between the president-elect and other tech leaders. Musk has publicly clashed with competitors like Jeff Bezos and Mark Zuckerberg but has recently softened his stance. In a playful nod to their rivalry, Musk compared himself and Bezos to the protagonists of the movie “Stepbrothers,” suggesting a thaw in their relationship.

However, Musk has continued to challenge Zuckerberg, even suggesting physical confrontations, and is currently suing Altman and OpenAI over alleged deviations from its original mission.

Looking Ahead

The inauguration provides an opportunity for Trump to showcase his alliances with tech leaders, who may hope to gain favor with the administration. However, the underlying dynamics remain complex. While the tech industry’s leaders are eager to align themselves with Trump, observers caution that their newfound closeness may be short-lived.

As Alpert noted, “They’rescared out of their wits. They don’t want to have an oligarchy led by just companies with X in their name; they want to be able to share the pie equally or at least get their share.”

The event will serve as a symbolic moment for Trump and the tech industry, marking a cautious partnership between two historically opposed forces. Whether this alliance endures or fractures under political and economic pressures remains to be seen.

TikTok Restores Service in the U.S. Following Temporary Shutdown Amid Ban Concerns

TikTok announced on Sunday that it is working to restore access to its platform in the United States, less than a day after suspending service in anticipation of a potential ban. The shutdown occurred in response to a law requiring TikTok’s parent company, ByteDance, to divest from the app or face a ban, which took effect on Sunday.

“In agreement with our service providers, TikTok is in the process of restoring service,” the company stated in a message shared on the social platform X.

The statement also expressed gratitude toward President Donald Trump, saying, “We thank President Trump for providing the necessary clarity and assurance to our service providers that they will face no penalties providing TikTok to over 170 million Americans and allowing over 7 million small businesses to thrive.”

TikTok characterized the move as a victory for free speech, adding, “It’s a strong stand for the First Amendment and against arbitrary censorship. We will work with President Trump on a long-term solution that keeps TikTok in the United States.”

By 1 p.m. ET on Sunday, the platform was operational again, although it had yet to reappear on the Apple App Store and Google Play Store. Users in the U.S. were greeted with a message on the app that read, “Welcome back! Thanks for your patience and support. As a result of President Trump’s efforts, TikTok is back in the U.S.! You can continue to create, share, and discover all the things you love on TikTok.”

Trump’s Role in TikTok’s Reinstatement

President Trump, who is set to take office on Monday, posted on Truth Social that he had urged companies “not to let TikTok stay dark” and would issue an executive order to extend the app’s operations in the U.S.

The shutdown was initiated late Saturday night, just before the law mandating ByteDance’s divestment went into effect. The Supreme Court had earlier rejected TikTok’s legal challenge to the law on Friday, ruling that it did not violate the First Amendment. Despite this, the Biden administration declined to enforce the law, leaving its implementation to the incoming Trump administration.

TikTok had warned on Friday that it would “go dark” unless President Joe Biden intervened, citing the lack of “necessary clarity and assurance to the service providers.” However, the Biden administration dismissed the platform’s warnings as a “stunt.”

ByteDance Faces Continued Pressure

While TikTok has temporarily resolved the immediate threat of a U.S. ban, its parent company, ByteDance, still faces significant pressure to divest its ownership of the app. President Trump himself has emphasized the importance of a new ownership structure.

In a Sunday post, Trump stated, “Without U.S. approval, there is no TikTok. With our approval, it is worth hundreds of billions of dollars – maybe trillions.” He proposed a joint venture between ByteDance, potential new owners, and the U.S. government, suggesting that the U.S. should hold a 50% ownership stake.

“My initial thought is a joint venture between the current owners and/or new owners whereby the U.S. gets a 50% ownership in a joint venture set up between the U.S. and whichever purchase we so choose,” he explained.

Support from Tech Leaders

As Trump prepares to assume office on Monday, he will be joined by prominent tech leaders, including Tesla CEO Elon Musk, Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, and Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg. TikTok CEO Shou Zi Chew, who visited Trump at Mar-a-Lago last month, is also expected to attend the inauguration.

Chew expressed gratitude to Trump after Friday’s Supreme Court ruling, saying, “Thank you for your commitment to finding a solution to keep TikTok available.”

Although TikTok’s immediate future in the U.S. has been secured, ByteDance’s path forward remains uncertain, with divestment still looming as a key issue. As the Trump administration takes charge, negotiations are likely to continue over TikTok’s ownership and its role in the American market.

Indian Americans: A Model Population Shaping America’s Future, Says Dr. Rahul Gupta

Dr. Rahul Gupta, the Director of the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP), has praised Indian Americans for embodying the essence of opportunities available in the United States and serving as an inspiration for others. In a conversation with New India Abroad, Gupta referred to Indian Americans as a “model population” due to their exceptional contributions to American society.

Indian Americans, while accounting for only one percent of the U.S. population, make an outsized impact on the country’s growth, Gupta pointed out. “They contribute six percent of the taxes, excel in education, professional careers, and public service,” he stated, emphasizing the community’s industrious nature. He added, “The industriousness of the Indian American people is very much proof of the success that they see. I think it’s a model population and it needs to maintain that model population status. It’s very important.”

As the first Indian American to lead the ONDCP, Gupta expressed immense pride in the accomplishments of his community. He acknowledged the record-breaking representation of Indian Americans in the Biden administration, with over 150 individuals occupying significant roles. “Every administration will find itself appointing an increasing number of Indian Americans,” Gupta noted. “And it’s not because they’re Indian Americans. It’s also because they’re some of the most competent, hardest-working, and most educated people that you see on the planet, not only in the United States.”

Journey from India to the White House

Reflecting on his journey from Uttar Pradesh, India, to a pivotal role in the White House, Gupta highlighted the cultural values that drive Indian Americans to strive for excellence and leadership. He encouraged future generations to continue this legacy.

On his experience working at the White House, Gupta remarked, “It has been a privilege not only to serve in the White House, answer to the President of the United States, but also been able to make a significant contribution as the first physician and the first immigrant to hold this position.” He further emphasized the importance of immigrants in shaping the nation, saying, “It’s been important to demonstrate and highlight the role that immigrants like myself play in furthering the country, saving more lives, and making sure that we’re leaving the office as well as the White House better than we found it.”

Combatting the Opioid Crisis

Beyond celebrating Indian American achievements, Gupta discussed his work addressing the opioid epidemic, one of the most pressing challenges facing the United States. The crisis has claimed countless lives annually, but Gupta shared the progress made under the Biden administration.

He outlined a comprehensive strategy to combat the crisis, focusing on expanding treatment options, investing in prevention programs, and strengthening partnerships with state and local governments. These efforts have yielded notable results. “What we have today is not only a 17 percent decline in overall overdose deaths as of the mid of 2024 data, but a 22 percent decline in fentanyl overdose deaths,” Gupta stated. “So if you think about it, that’s over 50 percent turnaround in just a matter of a few years. Why that’s happened is we focus on putting over $167 billion into United States communities, states and others.”

Gupta also stressed the significance of fostering international partnerships, particularly with India, to tackle the global drug crisis.

Strengthening U.S.-India Relations

Speaking on the broader relationship between the United States and India, Gupta underlined the growing partnership between the world’s two largest democracies. He believes this cooperation has reached an irreversible point and is critical for addressing global issues.

“I think it’s important for the world—the safety, security, and health of the world—that these two nations, two great nations, maintain and accelerate their partnership, their cooperation in all areas,” Gupta said. “Because when we have a United States and an India that are looking forward together to solve the world’s problems, it is the only way we’re going to be able to solve the world’s problem because this is really where East meets the West.”

Gupta highlighted the unique position of Indian Americans in bridging the cultural and strategic gap between the two nations.

Encouraging Leadership Among Indian Americans

Gupta expressed optimism about the future of Indian Americans in the U.S., noting their increasing representation in leadership positions across various sectors such as technology, healthcare, politics, and education. This progress, he said, serves as motivation for young Indian Americans to take up leadership roles and contribute meaningfully to society.

“As Indian Americans, we bring a sense of culture, a sense of wanting to do excellence, and making sure that we make this country great,” he stated. Gupta viewed the increasing visibility of Indian Americans in key roles as a testament to their dedication and a source of inspiration for future generations.

He concluded by encouraging young Indian Americans to embrace the legacy of excellence set by their predecessors. “It’s important that the Indian Americans find this number of people that have been working in the last four years, an increasing number in the years to come, as a mark of excellence and dedication, but also feel that they can also do that,” he said.

Looking Ahead

Gupta’s reflections provide a glimpse into the resilience and potential of Indian Americans in shaping the future of the U.S. Through their cultural values, hard work, and commitment to excellence, they have emerged as a “model population” that exemplifies the opportunities available in America while inspiring others to follow in their footsteps. At the same time, Gupta’s work on pressing issues like the opioid crisis and his efforts to bolster U.S.-India relations showcase the far-reaching impact of Indian Americans on the nation’s progress and global leadership.

Biden’s Final Farewell: A Reflective End to a Half-Century Political Journey

As President Joe Biden delivered his farewell addresses to his diplomatic corps, military leaders, and the nation, the scene contrasted sharply with the vision he had for the end of his political career. After over 50 years in Washington, Biden’s departure on Monday is marked by reluctance, as he firmly believes he had more to contribute. However, questions about his health and vitality linger.

Biden’s record in office is a mixture of achievements and lingering frustrations. His political career’s conclusion has left him estranged from some former allies who urged him to step aside. Many Democrats blame him for paving the way for Donald Trump’s return to the White House. Furthermore, his relationship with Vice President Kamala Harris has become strained, adding complexity to his final days in office.

As Biden departs Washington on his helicopter, the city he leaves behind is now under the control of his rival Trump. Biden’s ambition to solidify his legacy as the leader who vanquished Trump once and for all has given way to a more somber reality. Instead of being remembered as a transformative statesman, Biden fears he will be seen as an interim figure between two Trump administrations.

“While my term in office is ending, the work continues,” Biden said during a speech to mayors on Friday, signaling hope for the future while reflecting on his presidency.

A Term Defined by Highs and Lows

Biden’s presidency was eventful, defined by significant challenges and mixed outcomes. He guided the nation out of a devastating pandemic but faced criticism for the inflation that followed, partly fueled by his stimulus spending. Although he ended Trump-era immigration policies deemed inhumane, the surge in illegal crossings and the eventual reinstatement of some restrictions sparked backlash.

In foreign policy, Biden made the historic decision to withdraw U.S. forces from Afghanistan, ending the nation’s longest war. However, the chaotic and deadly withdrawal left a lasting stain on his administration. The war in Ukraine saw renewed alliances with Western nations, but the conflict continues with no clear resolution. In the Middle East, Biden brokered a last-minute ceasefire in Gaza, but critics noted Trump’s role in securing the deal.

Domestically, Biden’s investments in infrastructure and manufacturing created thousands of jobs, fostering new industries. Yet, as Biden himself acknowledged, “It will take time to feel the full impact of all we’ve done together. But the seeds are planted, and they’ll grow and they’ll bloom for decades to come.”

A Legacy of Contradictions

Biden’s efforts to restore normalcy to the presidency after Trump’s tumultuous years were overshadowed by decisions such as pardoning his son, Hunter. Despite criticism, he remains hopeful that history will ultimately recognize the merits of his administration.

During a 19-minute farewell address from the Oval Office, Biden emphasized the long-term impact of his presidency rather than listing immediate accomplishments. He also warned against the rise of a “tech-industrial complex” that he believes threatens democratic institutions. Critics, however, noted his reliance on financial support from billionaires, including those in Silicon Valley and Wall Street.

“He’s forever frustrated we didn’t tell a good enough story about what the administration did,” a senior White House official remarked, highlighting Biden’s concerns about how his achievements were communicated to the public.

Biden’s allies remain optimistic about his legacy. “I think historians are not gonna be dealing with sound bites… They’re going to deal with the substance, and on substance, I think you’re going to find that Joe Biden is going to be treated very, very well,” said Rep. Jim Clyburn of South Carolina.

Strained Dynamics with Harris

As Biden’s presidency concludes, his comments about the election have strained his relationship with Kamala Harris. Biden has suggested in private conversations and interviews that he could have defeated Trump had he not been pressured to step aside. “It’s presumptuous to say that, but I think yes, based on the polling,” Biden told USA Today. However, polling data offered no such indication.

Every mention of Biden’s belief that he could have won is seen as a slight against Harris, who ultimately failed to defeat Trump. A former Harris adviser noted, “It’s a sign of disrespect whether he intends it or not.”

Although Biden has not directly criticized Harris, his remarks have caused friction within the Democratic Party. Harris’ supporters have expressed frustration over her unwavering loyalty to Biden during her campaign, with one former adviser commenting, “She was loyal to her detriment.”

The tension between Biden and Harris became evident when Biden modified his language after a conversation with Harris about his election comments. “I think I would have beaten Trump, could’ve beaten Trump,” Biden said. “I think Kamala could have beaten Trump, would have beaten Trump.” While the adjustment aimed to acknowledge Harris’ efforts, it further frustrated her supporters.

Despite these tensions, Harris has maintained a public show of unity with Biden. In the final days of their partnership, she stood by his side during key moments, including the announcement of the Middle East ceasefire deal and his farewell address from the Oval Office.

Reflecting on the Road Ahead

Biden’s departure from public office marks the end of a remarkable political career. As the nation’s youngest senator in 1972 and its oldest president, Biden is set to enter private life while remaining engaged in public discourse. “I’m not going to be out of sight or out of mind,” he assured reporters.

Biden’s post-presidency plans include raising funds for a presidential library and potentially writing a book. His legacy, however, remains a topic of debate. Democratic leaders have expressed a desire to move past the 2024 election losses. “This is our reality, and we have to move forward,” said Rep. Sydney Kamlager-Dove of California.

Harris, 22 years younger than Biden, faces a different set of challenges. Many believe her political career is far from over, with possibilities ranging from a 2026 bid for California governor to a 2028 presidential campaign. “It is not my nature to go quietly into the night,” Harris told staffers, signaling her intent to remain active in politics.

A Complicated Legacy

As Biden and Harris part ways, their final days reflect the divergent paths they will take. Biden’s focus will shift to solidifying his legacy and ensuring his contributions are recognized. Harris, on the other hand, must navigate the challenges of shaping her own political future.

For Biden, the hope remains that time will provide a more favorable assessment of his presidency. “The seeds are planted,” he said, “and they’ll grow and they’ll bloom for decades to come.” Whether those seeds bear fruit as he hopes, only history will tell.

Biden’s Presidency Marred by Supreme Court Defeats as Conservative Majority Dominates

During his tenure as president, Joe Biden faced a string of significant defeats at the U.S. Supreme Court, where the conservative-dominated bench dismantled parts of his agenda and upended legal precedents long upheld by liberals.

The Supreme Court, with its 6-3 conservative majority, delivered one of its most seismic rulings in 2022 by overturning Roe v. Wade, a 1973 landmark decision that had guaranteed the constitutional right to abortion. Despite the Biden administration’s efforts to safeguard it, the ruling marked a major blow to reproductive rights.

In 2023, the court further undermined Biden’s priorities by striking down race-conscious admissions policies at colleges and universities. These policies, long defended by his administration, were designed to boost representation among Black, Hispanic, and other minority students. Additional setbacks followed, including the court’s decision to expand gun rights in 2022 and, in 2024, invalidate a federal ban on bump stocks, devices enabling semiautomatic weapons to mimic machine guns.

One of the most striking defeats came in 2023 when the justices blocked Biden’s $430 billion student loan relief program. The court also curtailed the Environmental Protection Agency’s regulatory reach as part of broader efforts to limit the power of federal agencies.

Legal experts compared the scope of these defeats to challenges faced by President Franklin D. Roosevelt in the 1930s, whose New Deal initiatives were struck down by a similarly conservative Supreme Court. Erwin Chemerinsky, dean of the University of California Berkeley Law School, noted, “I think it is the toughest series of defeats since Franklin Roosevelt… had many New Deal programs declared unconstitutional.”

John Yoo, a former Justice Department lawyer under President George W. Bush, echoed this sentiment, stating, “It’s hard to think of another president in our lifetimes who lost so many high-profile cases on issues so near and dear to his constitutional agenda.”

Conservative Majority Solidified Under Trump

Biden’s presidency began just months after the Senate confirmed Justice Amy Coney Barrett, Donald Trump’s third appointee, cementing a solid conservative majority. Trump’s other nominees—Justices Neil Gorsuch and Brett Kavanaugh—joined Barrett and fellow conservatives Chief Justice John Roberts, Clarence Thomas, and Samuel Alito to form the 6-3 divide.

In contrast, Biden managed to appoint only one justice, Ketanji Brown Jackson, who became the first Black woman on the court. However, her appointment replaced another liberal justice, Stephen Breyer, leaving the court’s ideological balance unchanged.

As Biden’s presidency concludes, Trump’s second term could allow him to further shape the judiciary. By potentially replacing senior conservative justices with younger counterparts—or even filling a liberal vacancy—Trump could ensure a long-lasting conservative influence.

Chemerinsky attributed Biden’s judicial losses to the “ideological difference between the Supreme Court’s majority and the Biden administration.” These defeats underscored Biden’s frustration, with the president at one point describing the court as “not a normal court.”

In his final year, Biden proposed significant judicial reforms, including term limits for justices and enforceable ethics rules. He argued that “extreme opinions that the Supreme Court has handed down have undermined long-established civil rights principles and protections.” However, these proposals found no traction in a Republican-controlled Congress.

Conservative Legal Philosophy and Administrative Constraints

John Yoo criticized Biden’s administration for failing to adapt to the court’s conservative approach, which emphasizes the Constitution’s “original understanding, history, and tradition.” He argued, “By refusing to accept this change, the administration rendered itself irrelevant on the most important constitutional questions of the day. That is a recipe for defeat.”

The Supreme Court’s conservative bloc has been advancing a campaign to rein in federal agencies, a movement sometimes referred to as a “war on the administrative state.” This philosophy proved instrumental in high-profile rulings during Biden’s presidency.

Faced with a gridlocked Congress, Democratic presidents have increasingly relied on federal agencies to enact policy. However, during Biden’s term, the court embraced the major questions doctrine, a principle granting judges discretion to invalidate agency actions with significant economic or political impact unless Congress explicitly authorized them.

This doctrine was pivotal in the court’s decision to block Biden’s student debt relief program and restrict the EPA’s ability to regulate carbon emissions from power plants.

Cornell Law School professor Gautam Hans highlighted the challenges this posed, noting, “The environmental law and student loan cases show how disdainful the court is of Democratic executive action, precisely because the lack of congressional movement means that executive action remains the only avenue for any kind of policy progress in the U.S.”

In another blow to regulatory power, the court in 2024 overturned the Chevron deference, a 1984 precedent that required courts to defer to federal agencies’ interpretations of ambiguous laws. This longstanding principle had been a target of conservative and business interests.

Limited Wins for Biden

While major defeats dominated Biden’s record at the Supreme Court, his administration did secure some victories. In a significant ruling, the justices upheld a law requiring the sale of TikTok by its Chinese parent company or its ban in the U.S., citing national security concerns.

Additionally, the court preserved the funding structure of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and upheld a law barring individuals under domestic violence restraining orders from owning firearms.

However, other cases resulted in more tentative victories. The court dismissed several challenges against Biden-backed policies due to a lack of legal standing, including cases involving access to the abortion pill mifepristone, immigration enforcement priorities, and the Affordable Care Act (Obamacare).

Hans cautioned that these outcomes were not definitive triumphs, explaining, “These cases didn’t really resound to validate political goals of the Biden administration.” Instead, he warned that the issues might return in future cases, potentially leading to adverse rulings.

Trump’s Legal Wins

While Biden grappled with setbacks, Trump enjoyed notable victories at the Supreme Court, particularly in cases addressing presidential immunity.

In 2023, the court ruled in favor of Trump’s request for immunity following his indictment on federal charges related to efforts to overturn the 2020 election. The decision marked the first time the court recognized presidential immunity from prosecution for official acts. Biden criticized the decision as setting “a dangerous precedent.”

Steve Schwinn, a law professor at the University of Illinois Chicago, observed that Biden’s challenges reflect broader trends in the court’s jurisprudence. These include curbing federal agency powers and expanding presidential authority. Schwinn remarked, “We’ll see this immediately in the second Trump administration, with a president who has promised to take full advantage of these trends.”

Biden’s presidency may ultimately be remembered for its confrontation with a Supreme Court determined to reshape the balance of power in American governance. As Trump prepares to assume office again, the court’s conservative majority appears poised to continue its transformative agenda.

Ceasefire Agreement in Gaza Faces Challenges, US Envoy Highlights Ongoing Efforts

The recently brokered ceasefire and hostage release agreement between Israel and Hamas marks a significant milestone, but its successful implementation still requires substantial effort, according to U.S. officials. The truce, designed to facilitate the phased release of hostages and Palestinian detainees, has garnered attention for its complexity and the diplomatic efforts involved.

Amos Hochstein, a U.S. envoy, emphasized the arduous negotiations that led to this deal. Speaking with CNN’s Kaitlan Collins, he described the process as “hard fought” and praised the U.S. negotiating team for their diligence. “The hostages will start to come home in a couple of days,” Hochstein noted. He added, “There’sa very large task of implementation and getting to phase two. Sothere’s a lot of work still to be done. But this is a huge milestone.”

Hochstein refrained from assigning political credit for the agreement, though he acknowledged President Joe Biden’s strategic move to involve Steve Witkoff, an ally of President-elect Donald Trump, in the negotiations. This decision demonstrated a unified American approach, according to Hochstein. “The only thing that President Biden wanted to achieve until the last minute was to get the hostages home and stop the carnage in this crisis,” he stated. “Ultimately, the most important thing is that these hostages are going to come home on Sunday or latest Monday morning.”

Deal Confirmed by Israeli Authorities

The Israeli Prime Minister’s Office confirmed the agreement with Hamas, noting that it would involve a temporary pause in hostilities and the phased exchange of hostages and prisoners. While Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu initially withheld comments, awaiting finalization, he later convened Israel’s security cabinet to discuss the deal’s approval.

“The State of Israel is committed to achieving all the goals of the war, including the return of all our hostages—both living and dead,” the Prime Minister’s Office stated.

Mediators from Qatar, the U.S., and Egypt played pivotal roles in brokering the arrangement. The full Israeli cabinet is expected to vote on the deal on Saturday, following a smaller security cabinet meeting scheduled for Friday.

Trump’s Stance on Ceasefire

President-elect Donald Trump, set to assume office on January 20, expressed urgency regarding the deal’s implementation. In an interview on The Dan Bongino Show, Trump said, “The implementation of the Gaza ceasefire and hostage deal better be done before I take the oath of office.” He also asserted that his incoming administration played a crucial role in expediting the agreement. “If we weren’t involved, the deal would never have happened,” Trump claimed.

Both Trump and Biden have taken credit for the breakthrough, with analysts attributing the cooperation to mutual interests. A senior Biden administration official described the bipartisan collaboration as “almost unprecedented.” However, Biden dismissed suggestions of credit-sharing with a sarcastic remark, prompting Trump to label his response as “ungracious.”

Humanitarian Toll Persists

Despite the ceasefire announcement, hostilities have continued in Gaza. According to Mahmoud Basal, a spokesperson for Gaza’s Civil Defense, Israeli strikes have resulted in 86 fatalities and 258 injuries since the deal’s revelation. Among the dead are 23 children. Israeli Defense Forces reported targeting approximately “50 terror sites” in Gaza during this period.

Calls for Political Unity in Israel

Israeli opposition leader Yair Lapid urged Netanyahu to prioritize the deal’s implementation despite political pressures. Addressing Netanyahu on X, Lapid wrote, “Don’t be afraid or intimidated; you will get every safety net you need to make the hostage deal. This is more important than any disagreement we’ve ever had.”

Lapid’s comments came amid threats from far-right factions within Netanyahu’s coalition. National Security Minister Itamar Ben Gvir warned of withdrawing his party’s support if the ceasefire proceeded. Similarly, Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich’s Religious Zionism Party demanded a swift return to war following the deal’s initial phase. Such political rifts pose a potential risk to the stability of Netanyahu’s government.

White House Optimism

National Security Advisor John Kirby expressed confidence in the deal’s progression, despite last-minute challenges. “We are aware of these issues and are working through them with the Israeli government,” Kirby told CNN. “All systems are go right now. We see nothing that would derail this at this point.”

Delays in Israeli Cabinet Meeting

The Israeli cabinet’s vote on the ceasefire was postponed to Saturday due to unresolved issues at the negotiating table. Initially planned for Thursday, the meeting was deferred as mediators worked to finalize details in Doha. Netanyahu’s office indicated the government would only convene once these matters were resolved.

The ceasefire and hostage deal remain a focal point of international attention, with hopes that it will provide a path toward de-escalation in the region. However, as officials work to overcome political and logistical hurdles, the true test lies in the effective implementation of this fragile agreement.

Trump Seeks Solution to Keep TikTok Operational Amid Legal and Ownership Challenges

President-elect Donald Trump plans to ensure TikTok remains accessible in the United States if a viable resolution is reached before the app faces a ban, according to his incoming national security adviser. This comes as the app’s Chinese owner, ByteDance, approaches a critical deadline to divest its U.S. operations.

Mike Waltz, a Republican representative from Florida, stated on Fox News, “We will put measures in place to keep TikTok from going dark.” Waltz highlighted that the law permits a 90-day extension for ByteDance to finalize the divestiture process. “As long as a viable deal is on the table, that essentially buys President Trump time to keep TikTok going,” he added.

The ban on TikTok, which serves over 170 million monthly U.S. users, is scheduled to take effect unless the app’s ownership changes hands by January 19. Waltz noted that if the Supreme Court upholds the law enforcing the ban, Trump would step in to address the situation.

In its final days, the Biden administration is also reportedly exploring ways to prevent TikTok from disappearing. NBC News reported that discussions are ongoing regarding measures to maintain TikTok’s availability for American users.

ByteDance announced plans to shut down the app for U.S. users by Sunday unless a resolution is reached. Meanwhile, The New York Times revealed that Trump is contemplating an executive order to allow TikTok to continue operating temporarily despite the legal ban. However, uncertainties remain regarding whether the president has the authority to issue such an order, given the congressional requirements for divestiture.

A coalition of U.S. lawmakers is advocating for a 270-day extension to avert the ban, warning that its implementation could harm Americans who depend on TikTok for their livelihoods. Karoline Leavitt, a spokesperson for Trump’s transition team, emphasized the president’s commitment to finding a resolution, stating, “President Trump has repeatedly expressed his desire to save TikTok, and there’s no better deal maker than Donald Trump.”

According to Reuters, President Joe Biden has no intention of intervening to block the ban if the Supreme Court fails to act during his final days in office. Biden’s legal capacity to intervene is restricted unless ByteDance presents a credible plan to divest TikTok. The law, enacted in April, mandates a ban on new TikTok downloads from app stores operated by Apple and Google if ByteDance fails to complete its divestiture.

For users who already have TikTok installed, the app would remain operational theoretically. However, the law prohibits U.S. companies from supporting the app’s distribution, maintenance, or updates once the ban is in effect.

The president has the option to delay the ban for 90 days by certifying to Congress that substantial progress has been made toward divestiture and that binding legal agreements are in place for completion within the three-month period.

Separately, TikTok CEO Shou Zi Chew is reportedly scheduled to attend the U.S. presidential inauguration on January 20 as a high-profile guest invited by Trump, according to a source cited by Reuters.

The U.S. Supreme Court is currently deliberating whether to uphold the law enforcing the ban, overturn it, or pause its implementation to allow more time for review.

Privately owned ByteDance’s structure is notable, with institutional investors like BlackRock and General Atlantic holding approximately 60%, while the company’s founders and employees each hold 20%. ByteDance employs more than 7,000 people in the United States.

This situation underscores the complexities surrounding TikTok’s fate, with its widespread popularity clashing with national security concerns and legal constraints. Both the outgoing and incoming administrations are navigating uncharted territory to balance these competing priorities.

Jack Smith Defends Rule of Law Amid Controversy Over Trump Investigation

Special counsel Jack Smith, in a highly anticipated report released on Tuesday, defended his team’s work investigating former President Donald Trump’s efforts to overturn the 2020 election results. Smith emphasized that his decision to bring criminal charges against Trump was firmly rooted in the belief that the evidence would have led to a conviction, had Trump not been re-elected in 2024.

“Our team stood up for the rule of law,” Smith wrote, adding that Trump’s actions were marked by “deceit — knowingly false claims of election fraud — used as a weapon to undermine a fundamental democratic process.”

The report, published just days before Trump’s return to the White House on January 20, casts a harsh light on the Republican leader’s failed attempts to cling to power after losing to Joe Biden in 2020. It serves as the Justice Department’s final account of events that threatened the bedrock principle of a peaceful transfer of power, complementing previously released indictments and investigations.

Trump responded with a defiant post on Truth Social, declaring his innocence and dismissing Smith as “a lamebrain prosecutor who failed to get his case tried before the election.” He concluded with, “THE VOTERS HAVE SPOKEN!!!”

Legal and Procedural Challenges

In August 2023, Trump was indicted on charges related to efforts to overturn the election. However, the case was delayed by appeals and ultimately stymied by a conservative-majority Supreme Court ruling that former presidents enjoy broad immunity from criminal prosecution for official acts.

According to Smith’s report, the Supreme Court decision introduced unresolved legal questions that would have required further litigation. While Smith sought to press forward, longstanding Justice Department policies prohibit the indictment or prosecution of a sitting president.

“The Department’s position that the Constitution bars prosecuting a president is absolute and unaffected by the seriousness of the charges or the strength of the evidence,” the report stated. “Had it not been for Mr. Trump’s re-election, we believed the evidence was sufficient to secure a conviction at trial.”

Faced with these constraints, Smith’s team dismissed the indictment in November 2023.

Trump’s Attempts to Subvert the Election

The report provides an exhaustive account of Trump’s efforts to overturn the election, describing them as an “unprecedented criminal campaign to retain power.” These included pressuring the Justice Department to pursue baseless fraud claims, orchestrating a scheme involving fake electors in battleground states, and inciting an angry mob to storm the U.S. Capitol on January 6, 2021.

One particularly contentious moment occurred when Trump clashed with then-Vice President Mike Pence. On the morning of January 6, Trump urged Pence to refuse to certify the electoral vote count. When Pence resisted, Trump reportedly expressed anger and instructed staff to include language targeting Pence in his speech at the Ellipse.

The report also sheds light on Trump’s attempts to intimidate state and federal officials, judges, and election workers through social media.

“Mr. Trump’s conduct during the investigation and his use of platforms like Twitter to attack those who opposed his false claims of election fraud were part of a broader strategy of intimidation,” Smith wrote.

Defense Against Criticism

In the report, Smith strongly refuted accusations by Trump and his allies that the investigation was politically motivated or carried out in collaboration with the Biden administration.

“The suggestion that our inquiry was influenced by political bias is laughable,” Smith stated, adding, “While we could not bring the case to trial, our commitment to the rule of law and justice remains critical.”

Smith also detailed the obstacles his team faced, including Trump’s frequent invocation of executive privilege to block witness testimony and his use of social media to target prosecutors, witnesses, and courts.

Weighing Charges

The special counsel’s report offers insights into the decisions behind the charges brought against Trump. Smith’s team opted not to charge Trump with incitement due to concerns about free speech and declined to pursue insurrection charges, citing legal uncertainty about trying a sitting president for an offense with no historical precedent.

Additionally, the report confirmed that a separate volume detailing Trump’s handling of classified documents at Mar-a-Lago remains sealed.

Closing Reflections

In a letter to Attorney General Merrick Garland included with the report, Smith emphasized the broader significance of the investigation.

“Even though we were unable to prosecute the case, the example set by our team — fighting for justice despite personal costs — is what matters most,” Smith wrote.

He concluded with a call to vigilance, urging future administrations to safeguard democratic processes against efforts to subvert them.

Joe Biden’s Tumultuous Presidency: Achievements, Missteps, and the Road to Trump’s Return

Standing at a lectern in Washington’s National Cathedral, Joe Biden eulogized former President Jimmy Carter as three former presidents—Bill Clinton, George W. Bush, and Barack Obama—and Donald Trump looked on. Biden, like Carter, is a one-term president. The parallels were evident as Biden paid tribute to Carter, commending his foresight and achievements in civil rights, peace, nuclear non-proliferation, and environmental protection.

“Many think he was from a bygone era, but in reality, he saw well into the future,” Biden said.

Earlier that week, Biden reflected on his own presidency. “I hope history says I came in with a plan to restore the economy and America’s global leadership,” he stated in an interview. “And I hope it records that I did it with honesty and integrity.”

As Biden prepares to leave office with approval ratings near their lowest at 39%, history’s judgment remains uncertain. His presidency ends with his 2020 opponent, Donald Trump, poised to reclaim power, framing Biden’s tenure as a bridge between Trump’s two terms.

Author and strategist Susan Estrich summarized Biden’s legacy as one tied to Trump. “He’d like his legacy to be that he rescued us from Trump. But sadly, for him, it’s Trump again.”

Early Missteps and Challenges

Biden’s presidency faced setbacks from its early days. The chaotic withdrawal from Afghanistan in August 2021 was a turning point. Though the Trump administration had negotiated the exit, Biden approved it despite military advisors’ warnings. The resulting turmoil in Kabul damaged Biden’s approval, which fell below 50% and never recovered.

Domestically, inflation surged past 5% for the first time in 30 years by mid-2021. Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen and Biden initially called it “transitory,” a stance contradicted by economists like Larry Summers. By June 2022, inflation peaked at 9.1%, forcing the administration to concede its miscalculations. Although inflation later dropped below 3%, public sentiment remained pessimistic.

The administration also struggled with the post-Covid surge in undocumented migration and was unprepared for Republican-led efforts to relocate migrants to northern cities. Other crises—shortages in Covid tests, rising egg prices, and the overturning of Roe v. Wade—compounded public dissatisfaction.

While many challenges were global in scope, including the wars in Ukraine and Gaza, they heightened the stakes for Biden, who sought to position Democrats as a competent counterweight to authoritarian regimes.

Biden’s Public Perception

Biden’s communication skills, once praised, appeared diminished. A senior White House official noted, “Watching Biden speak, I’m like, oh my God, this is a different person.” Special counsel Robert Hur’s report on Biden’s handling of classified documents described him as an “elderly man with a poor memory,” reinforcing Republican attacks on his age.

The administration restricted Biden’s media interactions and carefully scripted his public appearances. Yet verbal gaffes and stumbles became ammunition for opponents. Biden’s age became a defining issue, particularly as his performance in public events appeared inconsistent.

Legislative Wins and Long-Term Goals

Despite challenges, Biden’s administration achieved significant legislative milestones. Early successes included the $2 trillion American Rescue Plan, which funded Covid vaccine distribution and reduced child poverty to record lows. His bipartisan infrastructure bill allocated $1 trillion to transportation, clean energy, and broadband expansion.

However, critics like historian Brent Cebul argued that the administration’s focus on long-term policy outcomes was out of sync with voters’ immediate needs. Biden himself admitted the delay in tangible benefits during a later interview.

Internal Struggles and Political Battles

Biden’s team excelled at navigating narrow congressional majorities, but internal dynamics became strained over time. A senior official admitted that as progress stalled, “infighting and frustration” grew. The administration faced mounting Republican opposition, including hearings on Afghanistan, Hunter Biden’s business dealings, and an impeachment inquiry in September 2023.

Biden’s presidency was marked by two distinct phases, says Cebul. The early period saw major accomplishments, but the later years were defined by less focus and greater public dissatisfaction.

A Beleaguered Re-election Campaign

On April 25, 2023, Biden announced his re-election campaign, framing it as a battle against Trump’s “extremists.” He championed “Bidenomics,” touting economic growth and inflation reduction. However, his message failed to resonate with many Americans.

During a June 2023 trip to Chicago, Biden emphasized restoring the American dream. “Bidenomics is about the future,” he declared. Yet his halting delivery and missteps undermined the message. Cebul criticized Biden’s focus on economic success, calling it “discordant” given public sentiment.

Despite internal and external doubts, Biden maintained he was the best candidate to defeat Trump. “I’m not a young guy,” he acknowledged in a campaign ad, “but I understand how to get things done for the American people.”

New Crises: Hamas and Hunter Biden

The October 7 Hamas attack on Israel added another challenge to Biden’s presidency. While Biden cautioned Israel against overreach, domestic support for his handling of the conflict waned.

Meanwhile, Hunter Biden’s legal troubles, including a gun charge conviction and tax-related indictments, became a distraction. Biden’s decision to pardon his son after November’s election drew widespread criticism.

The End of a Presidency

Biden’s campaign effectively ended during a June debate with Trump in Atlanta. His confused performance reinforced concerns about his age and capabilities. Trump’s subsequent resurgence, marked by a unified party convention and response to an assassination attempt, solidified his lead.

In July, Biden withdrew from the race. Kamala Harris, Biden’s chosen successor, lost to Trump in the general election, sealing the final judgment on Biden’s political career as one of defeat.

Reflecting on Biden’s decision to seek re-election, Estrich argued, “We should have had primaries. His successor would have had time to make the case.”

Biden’s Legacy in Retrospect

Had Biden stepped aside after one term, his legacy might have been different. Avoiding a grueling campaign could have allowed him to be remembered for legislative achievements rather than missteps.

With Trump’s imminent return to office, much of Biden’s work faces potential dismantling. Attorney General Merrick Garland succinctly captured the uncertainty surrounding Biden’s legacy: “I’ll leave that to the historians.”

As Biden departs the White House, his presidency is framed by the successes of his early years and the challenges that defined its conclusion. His ultimate place in history rests on how the next chapter of American politics unfolds.

President Biden Awards Pope Francis the Presidential Medal of Freedom with Distinction

In a momentous announcement on January 11, President Joe Biden honored Pope Francis with the Presidential Medal of Freedom with Distinction, the highest civilian accolade in the United States. This marks the first time President Biden has bestowed this exceptional level of recognition during his presidency. The award underscores Pope Francis’s profound influence on global peace, humanitarian principles, and the promotion of unity across diverse cultures and religions. President Biden personally informed the Pope of this honor during a telephone call on Saturday, January 11.

A Testament to Global Solidarity

The Presidential Medal of Freedom recognizes individuals who have made remarkable contributions to society by advancing prosperity, ensuring security, or fostering global peace. The “with Distinction” designation, an exceedingly rare honor, emphasizes the unparalleled impact of Pope Francis on critical global issues such as poverty, climate change, and the importance of compassion in a fractured world.

Praising the Pope’s unwavering dedication to uplifting human dignity, President Biden remarked, “His Holiness Pope Francis embodies the moral clarity and humility that inspire not only Catholics but people of all faiths around the world. He is a beacon of hope and a reminder of the transformative power of love and service.”

Change of Plans: A Missed Opportunity for a Vatican Meeting

The honor was originally intended to coincide with a private meeting between President Biden and Pope Francis at the Vatican on January 11. However, due to unforeseen circumstances, the meeting had to be canceled. President Biden adjusted his schedule to address the catastrophic wildfires devastating parts of Los Angeles, California.

Despite the change in plans, the announcement of the award carried significant symbolic weight. It underscored the shared values of the two leaders and highlighted their mutual commitment to fostering global peace and human dignity. While the Pope’s response to this recognition has not yet been publicly disclosed, Vatican officials have indicated his deep gratitude for the acknowledgment, which reflects their shared aspirations for a more compassionate world.

A History of Shared Goals and Warm Relations

President Biden and Pope Francis share a history rooted in mutual respect and shared values. Their relationship has consistently been characterized by a focus on the roles of faith and morality in global leadership. In their past meetings, the two leaders have discussed pressing global issues such as combating climate change, alleviating poverty, and advocating for marginalized communities.

For President Biden, a devout Catholic, honoring the Pope with this award carries profound personal and symbolic significance. It reflects not only a gesture of respect but also recognition of Pope Francis’s relentless efforts to bridge divisions and promote inclusivity.

A Rare and Exceptional Honor

The Presidential Medal of Freedom with Distinction is reserved for individuals whose contributions transcend borders and resonate with universal human values. Past recipients of this rare honor include luminaries such as Mother Teresa and Nelson Mandela, whose legacies have left indelible marks on humanity.

Pope Francis now joins this illustrious group, an acknowledgment of his tireless work as a global leader advocating for justice, solidarity, and compassion. His leadership, characterized by powerful encyclicals on environmental stewardship and calls for social and economic justice, aligns closely with the Biden administration’s priorities of fostering unity and addressing shared global challenges.

By recognizing Pope Francis, President Biden has reaffirmed the importance of moral leadership in a time of division and uncertainty, signaling that the transformative power of love, service, and solidarity remains a guiding principle in addressing the world’s most pressing issues.

S Jaishankar to Attend Donald Trump’s Swearing-In as 47th U.S. President

India’s External Affairs Minister (EAM) S. Jaishankar is set to represent the country at Donald Trump’s inauguration as the 47th President of the United States on January 20, 2025. The Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) confirmed the announcement on Sunday, noting that Jaishankar’s visit follows an invitation from the Trump-Vance Inaugural Committee.

“During the visit, EAM will also have meetings with representatives of the incoming administration, as also some other dignitaries visiting the US on that occasion,” the ministry stated. This significant occasion underscores the strengthening diplomatic ties between India and the United States.

Preparations Ahead of Trump’s Return

Ahead of the inauguration, Jaishankar undertook a six-day trip to Washington, D.C., from December 24 to 29, 2024. During this visit, he met with key members of the outgoing Biden administration, including Secretary of State Antony Blinken and National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan. These discussions revolved around various facets of the India-U.S. strategic partnership.

Earlier, on December 9, Jaishankar engaged in detailed discussions with Sullivan to evaluate the progress of bilateral relations in areas such as defense, technology, and trade. These meetings highlight India’s proactive approach to ensuring continuity and advancement in its partnership with the U.S., regardless of administration changes.

World Leaders Gather for Trump’s Inauguration

Donald Trump’s second inauguration is poised to be a high-profile event, attracting leaders from across the globe. Reflecting Trump’s international alliances, many of the attendees represent the nationalist and conservative political spectrum.

China was initially invited to send President Xi Jinping, marking a potential diplomatic step toward easing ongoing trade and geopolitical tensions. However, Xi declined the invitation and is expected to send either Vice President Han Zheng or Foreign Minister Wang Yi in his stead.

The event will also see the participation of prominent global figures. Argentinian President Javier Milei, recognized for his libertarian economic policies, has confirmed his attendance. El Salvador’s President Nayib Bukele, known for his aggressive anti-crime measures and centralized leadership style, is another key attendee.

Italy’s far-right Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni has been invited and is expected to attend, barring any scheduling conflicts. Hungary’s nationalist Prime Minister Viktor Orbán, a critic of the European Union and an advocate of conservative policies, is also expected to be present.

Former Brazilian President Jair Bolsonaro, despite facing legal challenges in his home country, has received an invitation, although his attendance remains uncertain. French far-right politician Éric Zemmour, aligning with the conservative ideologies represented at the event, has also been invited.

India’s Diplomatic Outreach

Jaishankar’s participation in Trump’s swearing-in ceremony signifies India’s commitment to strengthening ties with the incoming U.S. administration. Over recent years, the India-U.S. relationship has grown substantially, marked by increased collaboration in defense, technology, and trade.

By engaging with Trump’s team early, India aims to reinforce these ties and ensure smooth continuity in key bilateral initiatives. Jaishankar’s scheduled meetings with members of the new administration are expected to address strategic priorities and explore opportunities for future cooperation.

The inclusion of high-ranking officials from various nations at this inauguration reflects Trump’s continued influence on global conservative politics. For India, this occasion presents an opportunity to align with key global players and further its strategic interests on the world stage.

India to Locally Manufacture Stryker Armored Fighting Vehicles in Landmark Agreement with the U.S.

In November 2023, India and the United States entered into a significant agreement to locally produce 8×8 Stryker Armored Fighting Vehicles (AFVs). This collaboration positions India as the world’s first global manufacturer of this wheeled combat vehicle, marking a notable milestone in the defense relationship between the two nations.

During a recent visit to New Delhi, U.S. National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan underscored the importance of this partnership. Speaking at the Indian Institute of Technology, he highlighted the expanding defense production ties between the two countries and the opportunities they create. Sullivan pointed out the role of American companies in Indian defense programs, including the Light Combat Aircraft (LCA) Tejas and its upcoming variants.

He remarked, “The Biden administration has approved technological proposals that will enable India to become the first global producer of Stryker combat vehicles, a prominent manufacturer of advanced ammunition systems, and the first foreign producer of next-generation maritime systems.” His comments reflected the broader ambitions of the partnership, which extends beyond Strykers to advanced weaponry and naval technologies.

The agreement reached in 2023 includes provisions for local production of up to 1,000 Stryker AFVs in India, with reports suggesting that these vehicles will come in various configurations. These configurations are expected to focus on enhancing the vehicles’ anti-tank capabilities, which are of particular relevance to India’s military needs.

According to Sullivan, these combat vehicles hold significant strategic value for India, especially in addressing challenges along the Line of Actual Control (LAC) with China. He emphasized the Stryker’s potential to enhance India’s military capabilities in regions where tensions with the People’s Republic of China (PRC) persist.

Secretary of State Antony Blinken echoed these sentiments during his visit to India in 2023, noting, “The Stryker has great potential in the future to give India more capabilities in areas particularly relevant along the Line of Actual Control (LAC) and some of the challenges it faces with the PRC.” His statement reaffirmed the alignment of U.S. defense support with India’s strategic needs.

Despite the significant developments, certain details of the agreement remain undisclosed. The Indian Ministry of Defense has yet to confirm specifics such as the exact number of Strykers to be produced, the local company that will oversee production, and the total scale of investments. However, the initiative is widely viewed as a crucial step toward bolstering India’s defense manufacturing sector and reducing dependence on foreign imports.

This agreement aligns with India’s broader push for self-reliance in defense production under the “Make in India” initiative. By partnering with the U.S., India is not only gaining access to advanced technologies but also strengthening its position as a global player in the defense industry.

With the production of Stryker AFVs, India is poised to modernize its armed forces and address emerging security challenges effectively. The collaboration underscores the deepening strategic partnership between India and the United States, emphasizing shared goals of regional stability and technological advancement.

As further details emerge, the local production of Stryker vehicles is expected to set the stage for future defense collaborations between the two countries, solidifying their partnership in an increasingly complex geopolitical landscape.

First Lady Dr. Jill Biden Receives 7.5-Carat Lab-Grown Diamond as Part of 2023 Gifts from World Leaders

First Lady Dr. Jill Biden was presented with a 7.5-carat lab-grown diamond, valued at $20,000, by Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, according to a report released by the U.S. State Department on January 2, 2025. The diamond, which was given during Modi’s state visit to the United States on June 22, 2023, became the most expensive gift received by either President Joe Biden or the First Lady from a foreign leader in 2023. The State Department mentioned that the diamond is “retained for official use in the East Wing.”

In addition to the diamond, other notable gifts were “retained for official use.” These include a piece of calligraphy titled “The Ship in the Sky,” presented by Sugako Hamazaki, wife of Japanese Prime Minister Kishida Yuko, on June 13, 2023. This gift, valued at $2,500, is also kept for official use. Another significant item, a “Steel Fragment Forget-Me-Not Flower Brooch,” gifted by Ukraine’s Ambassador to the U.S., Oksana Markarova, on February 7, 2023, is worth $14,063 and was retained for official use as well.

While most gifts presented to the President and First Lady have already been transferred to the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA), the First Lady’s diamond is expected to be transferred to NARA once the President and First Lady leave office. U.S. officials are also allowed to purchase gifts from the federal government at the market value. Other gifts received by Dr. Biden, which have already been transferred to NARA, include items such as a Delvaux pouch, a Brown Lip Shell Jewelry Box, a Swarovski Necklace, Earrings, Ring, an Eye of Horus Necklace, an Egyptian Wood Inlaid Shell Purse, a Scarf, a book titled “Carthage – Fact and Myth,” a Sculpture, traditional sweets, wine, handkerchiefs, and a pair of bangles.

Each year, the State Department’s Chief of Protocol compiles a list of gifts received by U.S. officials from foreign governments, which includes tangible items and travel-related gifts exceeding a minimum threshold value of $480. The report for 2023, which includes a full list of these gifts, is set to be published in the Federal Register on January 3, 2025, and will be made available online for public access.

In addition to Dr. Biden’s gifts, Prime Minister Modi also presented President Joe Biden with several items during his state visit on June 22, 2023. These included a “Carved Sandalwood Box,” a book titled “The Ten Principal Upanishads,” a statue, and an oil lamp, collectively valued at $6,232. These gifts, like Dr. Biden’s, were transferred to NARA for official documentation and preservation. Additionally, on November 15, 2022, President Biden received a painting from Prime Minister Modi, valued at $1,000, which was also sent to NARA.

Aside from the gifts presented by Prime Minister Modi, other international leaders also presented items to U.S. officials. For example, Deputy Assistant to the President and Coordinator for Indo-Pacific Affairs, Kurt Campbell, was gifted a “Wall Hanging” by Modi on August 1, 2023, valued at $850. This gift is still pending transfer to the General Services Administration (GSA). National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan received a “Wooden Elephant Sculpture,” valued at $638, from India’s National Security Advisor, Ajit Doval, on July 1, 2023. This gift is also pending transfer to GSA. Doval presented another gift to Sullivan, a “Silver Jaguar Statue” worth $485, on January 31, 2023, which is likewise awaiting transfer to GSA.

On September 23, 2022, Homeland Security Advisor Elizabeth Sherwood-Randall was given a “Silver Elephant Sculpture” valued at $3,980 by Deputy National Security Advisor Rajinder Khanna. This gift is also pending transfer to GSA. Furthermore, Khanna presented another gift to Anne Neuberger, Deputy Assistant to the President and Deputy National Security Advisor for Cyber & Emerging Technology, on July 1, 2022. This included a “Silver Candlestick” and a “Silver Picture Frame,” valued at $515. This gift is also pending transfer to GSA.

In addition to gifts from Indian leaders, international figures from other countries have also presented gifts to President Biden. For instance, Rishi Sunak, the Indian-origin former Prime Minister of the United Kingdom, gave a “Glass Thomas Lyte Bowl” to President Biden on July 10, 2023. Valued at $900, this gift has already been transferred to NARA. Additionally, Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif of Pakistan presented a “Rug in Velvet Case” valued at $525 to President Biden on October 20, 2022, which was also transferred to NARA.

Gifts from heads of state and government from other nations, including Ukraine, China, Pakistan, Germany, Israel, Ireland, Egypt, Ghana, Tunisia, Mauritius, Brazil, Australia, South Korea, Japan, and the Philippines, have also been presented to President Biden. These items have varied in nature and value, but many are retained for official use or have already been documented and transferred to NARA.

The gifts presented to the President and First Lady serve as symbols of diplomatic relations between the U.S. and foreign governments. These presents, including the high-value diamond from Prime Minister Modi, are carefully cataloged and preserved for official use, and in many cases, are eventually transferred to the National Archives for posterity. The report also highlights the practice of documenting such gifts for transparency, with the 2023 compilation expected to be available to the public in early 2025.

Supreme Court Weighs TikTok Ban Over National Security Concerns

In a critical session, the U.S. Supreme Court seems inclined to uphold the controversial ban on TikTok due to concerns over its connection to China. During over two hours of oral arguments, justices voiced skepticism about whether the law that mandates TikTok’s Chinese parent company, ByteDance, divest from the platform truly raises First Amendment concerns. Instead, they appeared to view the law as an effort to control potential foreign influence on an app used by millions of Americans.

The law, passed by Congress in April, would restrict TikTok’s operations in the U.S. unless ByteDance sells the app. Set to take effect on January 19, it could be blocked temporarily by the Court if justices intervene. A decision could come swiftly, before the Court addresses the broader issue of free speech protections related to the app.

Both former President Donald Trump and current President Joe Biden have expressed concerns about TikTok’s data collection practices and the potential for content manipulation. TikTok has strongly rejected these claims, arguing they are speculative and denying that the Chinese government controls what content appears on the app. The following are key takeaways from the oral arguments:

Roberts Questions First Amendment Relevance

The majority of justices expressed doubt about whether the First Amendment even applies in this case. Chief Justice John Roberts questioned TikTok’s argument, emphasizing that Congress was focused not on restricting expression but on addressing the national security risk posed by the app’s connection to a foreign adversary. “They’re not fine with a foreign adversary, as they’ve determined it is, gathering all this information about the 170 million people who use TikTok,” Roberts said.

Roberts further probed TikTok’s lawyer, questioning whether there was any precedent for striking down a law that regulates a company’s corporate structure based on First Amendment grounds. Justice Elena Kagan echoed these concerns, suggesting that the law targets a foreign company that doesn’t have First Amendment rights. “The law is only targeted at this foreign corporation, which doesn’t have First Amendment rights,” Kagan noted.

Kavanaugh Highlights National Security Risks

Justice Brett Kavanaugh and other conservative justices appeared more focused on national security concerns, a domain where the Court has traditionally deferred to the other branches of government. Solicitor General Elizabeth Prelogar, representing the Biden administration, argued that TikTok’s vast data collection on Americans posed a significant national security threat. “For years, the Chinese government has sought to build detailed profiles about Americans – where we live and work, who our friends and coworkers are, what our interests are and what our vices are,” Prelogar said.

Kavanaugh seemed particularly swayed by these arguments, stressing that the information TikTok collects could be used for espionage or blackmail. “China was accessing information about millions of Americans – tens of millions of Americans – including teenagers, people in their twenties,” Kavanaugh said. He expressed concerns that this data could be exploited by China to manipulate individuals in positions of power, such as future members of the FBI or the CIA.

Gorsuch and Kagan Express Concerns About Ban

Justice Neil Gorsuch, who often champions First Amendment rights, raised concerns about the sweeping nature of the ban. He suggested that the appropriate remedy for problematic speech might not be a ban but rather counter-speech or a warning label. “Don’t we normally assume that the best remedy for problematic speech is counter speech?” Gorsuch asked. He further noted that TikTok had proposed a solution, saying the platform could add a disclaimer indicating potential Chinese manipulation.

Gorsuch also posed a hypothetical scenario to the Court, questioning whether the government could shut down a foreign-owned newspaper on the same grounds. Prelogar countered that social media platforms like TikTok differ from traditional media because of their interactive nature, where users are influenced by algorithms rather than receiving one-way communication, as with newspapers.

Justice Kagan also voiced concerns, drawing parallels to the U.S. government’s historical tolerance of foreign propaganda. She referred to the Cold War era, when communist propaganda potentially tied to the Soviet Union was freely distributed in the U.S. “You know, in the mid-20th century, we were very concerned about the Soviet Union, and what the Soviet Union was doing in this country,” Kagan remarked, questioning whether Congress would have been right to demand the Communist Party sever ties with the Soviet Union at the time.

TikTok’s Future on January 19

Unless the Supreme Court intervenes, TikTok is set to be banned in the U.S. starting January 19. TikTok’s attorney, Noel Francisco, stated that the app would “go dark” if the law takes effect, with the potential for the app to be removed from app stores and no longer accessible for new downloads. While current users could still access the app, it would become increasingly vulnerable to bugs and security issues due to a lack of updates from the app stores. Francisco, a former solicitor general, warned of far-reaching consequences for service providers that continue to support TikTok in violation of the law.

However, even if the Court upholds the ban, there remains uncertainty about TikTok’s future. Francisco noted that former President Trump, who once expressed support for saving TikTok, could potentially alter the timeline for the divestiture requirement, particularly after January 19. “It is possible that come January 20th, 21st, 22nd, we might be in a different world,” Francisco said.

Trump’s Influence on the Case

Despite not being in office at the time of the arguments, former President Trump made his influence felt by filing a brief urging the Court to delay the ban’s implementation so that he could negotiate with TikTok. Justice Samuel Alito asked whether the Court could grant an administrative stay to pause the law’s implementation. Prelogar acknowledged that the Court had the authority to do so but emphasized that the case had been fully briefed and argued.

As the arguments concluded, Justice Sonia Sotomayor raised concerns about companies relying on promises from a president-elect to ignore laws. “I am a little concerned that a suggestion that the president-elect or anyone else would not enforce the law, when a law is in effect and is prohibitive of certain action, that a company would choose to ignore enforcement on any assurance, other than a change in that law,” she warned.

In conclusion, the justices’ questions and concerns during Friday’s oral arguments suggest a strong possibility that the Court may uphold the TikTok ban due to national security risks. With the law set to take effect on January 19, TikTok’s future in the U.S. hangs in the balance, and the Court’s decision could have lasting implications for the intersection of national security and free speech.

Trump to Inherit Strong Labor Market as Biden Prepares to Exit

As President Biden prepares to step down, President-elect Donald Trump will take office amid a robust labor market. December’s job report from the Labor Department reveals over 250,000 new jobs were created, surpassing expectations and bringing the unemployment rate down to 4.1%. Here are four key takeaways about the state of the job market and the broader economic picture.

The American Job Market’s Resilience

While the pace of hiring in the U.S. has slowed compared to earlier months, it remains steady. Over the past six months, employers added an average of 165,000 jobs monthly. This figure, though lower than the 207,000 monthly average during the previous six months, is sufficient to keep unemployment at historically low levels.

The job growth in December was broad-based, with notable gains in healthcare and government sectors, which typically remain stable regardless of economic fluctuations. Even industries sensitive to economic cycles, like restaurants and retail, contributed tens of thousands of jobs. Construction, often affected by high interest rates, added 8,000 jobs. However, manufacturing faced challenges, losing 13,000 jobs during the same period.

Wage Growth Persists, but at a Slower Pace

Wages continued to rise in December, albeit more modestly. Average wages were 3.9% higher than a year ago, slightly down from November’s annual increase of 4%. Employers are not struggling to find workers as much as they did in recent years, leading to the gradual slowing of wage growth.

Despite the slower increase, wages have consistently outpaced inflation, allowing workers to maintain better purchasing power. For 19 consecutive months through November, wages grew faster than consumer prices. December’s inflation data, expected next week, will likely affirm this trend, offering some relief to households grappling with rising living costs.

The Federal Reserve’s Cautious Stance on Interest Rates

The Federal Reserve, which had raised interest rates to their highest levels in two decades to combat inflation, has lowered them by a full percentage point since September. However, with inflation remaining above the central bank’s 2% target, the Fed is unlikely to cut rates aggressively. The latest jobs report underscores the strength of the labor market, reinforcing the Fed’s cautious approach.

The central bank must balance its efforts to curb inflation without prompting layoffs. A significant weakening in the job market would increase pressure on the Fed to reduce interest rates. However, December’s robust employment figures suggest the Fed can afford to proceed with caution.

This measured stance on interest rates has disappointed investors. On Friday, the Dow Jones Industrial Average plunged over 600 points within the first 90 minutes of trading, reflecting concerns about prolonged high borrowing costs.

Uncertainty Looms Over the Economic Outlook

While the labor market remains strong and inflation has shown signs of cooling, political changes in Washington have introduced new uncertainties for the economy. President-elect Trump has pledged tax cuts and deregulation, which could spur economic growth but might also rekindle inflation. Additionally, his proposals for higher tariffs and stricter immigration policies could exert upward pressure on prices.

The extent of these policy shifts remains unclear, leaving businesses and Federal Reserve policymakers in a state of anticipation as the nation transitions to a new administration and a new year begins.

President-elect Trump will inherit a thriving labor market, but the broader economic outlook will depend on how his policies unfold and their subsequent impact on growth and inflation.

TikTok Takes Its First Amendment Fight to the Supreme Court Amid National Security Concerns

TikTok, the widely popular platform known for its vibrant array of dance videos, recipes, cat antics, and news clips, is heading to the Supreme Court on Friday in a major First Amendment battle. As the Biden administration defends its proposed ban on the app citing national security risks, TikTok and its allies argue that the case is fundamentally about the free speech rights of millions of Americans who rely on the platform for creative expression and information.

At the heart of TikTok’s appeal is a lower court decision that highlighted the U.S. government’s concerns about Beijing’s potential misuse of the app. The government fears that TikTok’s Chinese parent company, ByteDance, might allow data collection on American users or manipulate content for espionage and other harmful purposes. The case, which involves judges from across the ideological spectrum, has drawn significant attention due to its implications for both national security and free speech.

National Security vs. Free Speech

TikTok and content creators opposing the ban have focused their legal arguments on the potential suppression of free speech, even if some content could theoretically advance China’s geopolitical goals. TikTok’s new legal representative, Noel Francisco, a former U.S. solicitor general under Donald Trump, will present the company’s case. “Only a fraction of the content on TikTok could even plausibly be put to the task of trying to advance China’s geopolitical interests,” argued Jeffrey Fisher, the attorney representing individual creators. He emphasized that most TikTok content consists of harmless entertainment, such as dance videos and tutorials.

Fisher further contended in a recent court filing that the government’s concerns over foreign influence do not justify infringing on First Amendment rights. “It makes no difference that the government’s fear is that a ‘foreign adversary’ might be involved in pushing the objectionable speech to Americans,” he wrote.

The Lower Court Ruling

Despite these arguments, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit unanimously sided with the Biden administration, citing national security concerns. The court upheld the law requiring TikTok to find a new owner or face a ban effective January 19. Judge Douglas Ginsburg, a Ronald Reagan appointee, described the government’s interests in countering China’s potential data collection and content manipulation as “compelling.” Judges Neomi Rao, appointed by Donald Trump, and Chief Judge Sri Srinivasan, an appointee of Barack Obama, also supported the ruling.

Srinivasan noted that the law targets foreign control of mass communication channels rather than domestic speech. “Congress did not need to wait for the risk to become realized and the damage to be done before taking action to avert it,” he wrote, emphasizing the law’s alignment with longstanding restrictions on foreign influence in media.

The appellate court’s 92-page opinion repeatedly referenced a 2010 Supreme Court decision, Holder v. Humanitarian Law Project, which grants significant deference to government actions addressing national security. Ginsburg echoed this precedent, stating, “The government’s judgment based upon this evidence is entitled to significant weight.”

Bipartisan Concerns Over Chinese Influence

The Biden administration’s defense is rooted in years of bipartisan apprehension about Beijing’s influence on American interests. Officials have long warned that sensitive data collected by TikTok could be used for blackmail or corporate espionage. The law, signed by President Biden in April, mandates TikTok’s divestment from ByteDance to continue operating in the U.S. after January 19. If the company fails to comply, app stores and internet hosting services will be prohibited from distributing and supporting TikTok.

Solicitor General Elizabeth Prelogar, representing the Biden administration, argued in a court filing that China’s control of TikTok poses a serious national security threat. “No one disputes that the People’s Republic of China seeks to undermine U.S. interests by amassing sensitive data about Americans and engaging in covert and malign influence operations,” she stated. Prelogar stressed that the PRC’s potential to exploit TikTok through ByteDance represents a “grave threat.”

TikTok’s Counterarguments

TikTok’s legal team counters that the government’s fears are overstated and its measures excessive. Francisco, representing TikTok, asserts that while Congress can require disclosure of ties to foreign adversaries, it cannot outright ban the platform’s distribution, even if some content aligns with foreign propaganda. He likened the case to Cold War-era debates, arguing that the First Amendment protected Americans’ rights to distribute communist propaganda, even at the height of tensions with the Soviet Union.

TikTok also maintains that it has robust measures to prevent interference from China. According to Francisco, the platform’s American employees exercise independent control over its operations and can resist any undue influence from ByteDance.

Content creators supporting TikTok’s case argue that Congress could have addressed data security concerns without infringing on speech rights. Fisher suggested alternatives such as prohibiting ByteDance from sharing data with China. He warned the justices about the far-reaching consequences of shutting down TikTok. “Rarely if ever has the Court confronted a free speech case that matters to so many people. 170 million Americans use TikTok on a regular basis to communicate, entertain themselves, and follow news and current events,” Fisher wrote. He emphasized that banning the platform would “profoundly limit their expression.”

Broader Implications

The stakes in this case extend beyond TikTok’s fate. The platform’s immense popularity among Americans highlights the tension between protecting national security and preserving free speech rights. The Supreme Court’s decision could set a precedent for how the U.S. government balances these competing interests, particularly in the face of foreign influence.

Adding to the complexity, President-elect Donald Trump has submitted a brief urging the justices to delay the ban. He expressed interest in negotiating a resolution that addresses security concerns while preserving TikTok’s availability. The timing is critical, as the ban is set to take effect just one day before Trump’s inauguration on January 20.

The case underscores the ongoing U.S. efforts to counter China’s influence and the bipartisan push to address security risks associated with Chinese technology companies. As the Supreme Court hears arguments on Friday, its ruling could have far-reaching implications for the future of TikTok and the broader tech industry.

-+=